Hyundai 2020 Kona 1.6 Turbo User Manual

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL

OOppeerraattiioonn

MMaaiinntteennaannccee

SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-

lication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at

any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be

carried out.

This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-

tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.

As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply

to your specific vehicle.

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way.

Such modifications may adversely affect the per-

formance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI

and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limit-

ed warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifi-

cations may also be in violation of regulations

established by the U.S. Department of

Transportation and other federal or state agencies.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec-

tion and other electronic components.It is possible

for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio

or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic

systems. For this reason, we recommend that you

carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-

tions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precau-

tionary measures or special instructions if you

choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO

YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as DAN-

GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.

These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE

WARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, will result in death or

serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, could result in death

or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, could result in minor or

moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not

avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICE

WARNING

Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected,

generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain

how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.

You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:

https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx

If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer

Connect Center at:

Hyundai Customer Care

P.O. Box 20850

Fountain Valley, CA 92728

800-633-5151

consumeraff[email protected]

Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,

between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM

PST (English).

For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday

through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.

HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY

INTRODUCTION

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of

discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs.We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construc-

tion of each HYUNDAI we build.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with

your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.

This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's con-

trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.

This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recom-

mended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.HYUNDAI deal-

ers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you

can refer to it at any time.The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor-

tant operating, safety and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA

in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI

Motor America.

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that

do not meet HYUNDAI specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the

specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

1.What are HYUNDAI Genuine

Parts?

HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the

same parts used by HYUNDAI

Motor Company to manufacture

vehicles. They are designed and

tested for the optimum safety, per-

formance, and reliability for our

customers.

2.Why should you use genuine

parts?

HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are

engineered and built to meet rigid

manufacturing requirements.

Damage caused by using imita-

tion, counterfeit or used salvage

parts is not covered under the

HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited

Warranty or any other HYUNDAI

warranty.

In addition, any damage to or fail-

ure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts

caused by the installation or fail-

ure of an imitation, counterfeit or

used salvage part is not covered

by any HYUNDAI Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-

chasing HYUNDAI Genuine

Parts?

Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine

Parts Logo on the package (see

below).

HYUNDAI Genuine Parts export-

ed to the U.S. are packaged with

labels written only in English.

HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only

sold through authorized

HYUNDAI Dealerships.

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS

Introduction

We want to help you get the greatest

possible driving pleasure from your

vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can

assist you in many ways. To gain an

overview of the contents of your

Owner's Manual, use the Table of

Contents in the front of the manual.

The first page of each Chapter

includes a detailed Table of Contents

of the topics in that Chapter.

To quickly locate information about

your vehicle, use the Index in the

back of the manual.It is an alphabet-

ical list of what is in this manual and

the page number where it can be

found.

For your convenience, we have

incorporated tabs on the right-hand

page edges. These tabs are coded

with the Chapter titles to assist you

with navigating through the manual.

Your safety, and the safety of others,

is very important. This Owner's

Manual provides you with many safe-

ty precautions and operating proce-

dures. This information alerts you to

potential hazards that may hurt you

or others, as well as damage to your

vehicle.

Safety messages found on vehicle

labels and in this manual describe

these hazards and what to do to

avoid or reduce the risks.

Warnings and instructions contained

in this manual are for your safety.

Failure to follow safety warnings and

instructions can lead to serious injury

or death.

Throughout this manual DANGER,

WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and

the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will

be used.

This is the safety alert sym-

bol. It is used to alert you to

potential physical injury haz-

ards. Obey all safety mes-

sages that follow this symbol

to avoid possible injury or

death. The safety alert sym-

bol precedes the signal words

DANGER, WARNING and

CAUTION.

HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL

DANGER indicates a hazardous

situation which, if not avoided,

will result in death or serious

injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous

situation which, if not avoided,

could result in death or serious

injury.

WARNING

SSAAFFEETTYY MMEESSSSAAGGEESS

Introduction

FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

NOTICE indicates a situation

which, if not avoided, could result

in vehicle damage.

Your new vehicle is designed to

obtain maximum performance with

UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-

mize exhaust emissions and spark

plug fouling.

Your new vehicle is designed to use

only unleaded fuel having an octane

number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research

Octane Number 91) or higher.(Do not

use methanol blended fuels)

To prevent damage to the engine

and engine components, never

add any fuel system cleaning

agents to the fuel tank other than

what has been specified.

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer for additional information.

Gasoline containing alcohol or

methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and

ethanol (also known as grain alco-

hol) are being marketed along with or

instead of leaded or unleaded gaso-

line. For example, "E15" is a gasohol

comprised of 15% ethanol and 85%

gasoline.

Do not use gasohol containing more

than 15% ethanol, and do not use

gasoline or gasohol containing any

methanol. Either of these fuels may

cause drivability problems and dam-

age to the fuel system, engine con-

trol system and emission control sys-

tem.

Discontinue using gasohol of any

kind if drivability problems occur.

NOTICE

CAUTION indicates a hazardous

situation which, if not avoided,

could result in minor or moder-

ate injury.

CAUTION

• Do not "top off" after the noz-

zle automatically shuts off

when refueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

WARNING

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-

prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15

percent gasoline, and is manufac-

tured exclusively for use in Flexible

Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati-

ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85"

may result in poor engine perform-

ance and damage to your vehicle's

engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI

recommends that customers do not

use fuel with an ethanol content

exceeding 15 percent.

To prevent damage to your vehicle’s

engine and fuel system:

• Never use gasohol which con-

tains methanol.

• Never use gasohol containing

more than 15% ethanol.

• Never use leaded fuel or leaded

gasohol.

• Never use "E85" fuel.

Your New Vehicle Limited

Warranty does not cover damage

to the fuel system or any perform-

ance problems caused by the use

of "E85" fuel.

Using Fuel Additives (except

Detergent Fuel Additives)

Using fuel additives such as:

- Silicone fuel additive

- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive

- Other metallic-based fuel additives

may result in cylinder misfire, poor

acceleration, engine stalling, dam-

age to the catalyst, or abnormal cor-

rosion, and may cause damage to

the engine resulting in a reduction in

the overall life of the powertrain.

- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) may illuminate.

Damage to the fuel system or per-

formance problem caused by the

use of these fuels or fuel additives

may not be covered by your New

Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains harmful

manganese-based fuel additives

such as

MMT (

Methylcyclopentadienyl

Manganese Tricarbonyl

)

HYUNDAI does not recommend the

use of gasoline containing MMT.

This type of fuel can reduce vehicle

performance and affect your emis-

sion control system.

The malfunction indicator lamp on

the cluster may come on.

Detergent Fuel Additives

HYUNDAI recommends that you use

good quality gasolines treated with

detergent additives such as TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-

vent deposit formation in the engine.

These gasolines will help the engine

run cleaner and enhance performance

of the Emission Control System. For

more information on TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline, please go to the

website (www.toptiergas.com).

NOTICE

Introduction

For customers who do not use TOP

Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,

and have problems starting or the

engine does not run smoothly, deter-

gent-based fuel additives that you

can purchase separately may be

added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER

Detergent Gasoline is not available,

one bottle of additive added to the

fuel tank according to the mainte-

nance schedule is recommended

(refer to the Maintenance Schedule

in chapter 7).

Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along

with information on how to use them.

Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle

in another country, be sure to:

• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.

• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

• This vehicle should not be modi-

fied. Modification of your vehicle

could affect its performance, safety

or durability and may even violate

governmental safety and emis-

sions regulations.

In addition, damage or perform-

ance problems resulting from any

modification may not be covered

under warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronic

devices, it may cause the vehicle to

operate abnormally, wire damage,

battery discharge and fire.For your

safety, do not use unauthorized

electronic devices.

By following a few simple precautions

for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you

may add to the performance, econo-

my and life of your vehicle.

• Do not race the engine.

• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions per

minute) between 2,000 rpm and

4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for

long periods of time, either fast or

slow.Varying engine speed is need-

ed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-

gencies, to allow the brakes to seat

properly.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSS

VVEEHHIICCLLEE MMOODDIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS

F10

Introduction

This vehicle is equipped with an

event data recorder (EDR). The

main purpose of an EDR is to

record, in certain crash or near

crash-like situations, such as an

air bag deployment or hitting a

road obstacle, data that will assist

in understanding how a vehicle’s

systems performed. The EDR is

designed to record data related to

vehicle dynamics and safety sys-

tems for a short period of time,

typically 30 seconds or less. The

EDR in this vehicle is designed to

record such data as:

• How various systems in your

vehicle were operating;

• Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver was

depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was travel-

ing.

These data can help provide a bet-

ter understanding of the circum-

stances in which crashes and

injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data

are recorded by your vehicle only

if a non-trivial crash situation

occurs; no data are recorded by

the EDR under normal driving

conditions and no personal data

(e.g., name, gender, age, and

crash location) are recorded.

However, other parties, such as

law enforcement, could combine

the EDR data with the type of per-

sonally identifying data routinely

acquired during a crash investiga-

tion.

To read data recorded by an EDR,

special equipment is required, and

access to the vehicle or the EDR is

needed. In addition to the vehicle

manufacturer, other parties, such

as law enforcement, that have the

special equipment, can read the

information if they have access to

the vehicle or the EDR.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Items contained in motor vehi-

cles or emitted from them are

known to the State of California

to cause cancer and birth

defects or reproductive harm.

These include:

• Gasoline and its vapors

• Engine exhaust

• Used engine oil

• Interior passenger compart-

ment components and materi-

als

• Component parts which are

subject to heat and wear

In addition, battery posts, termi-

nals and related accessories

contain lead, lead compounds

and other chemicals known to

the State of California to cause

cancer and reproductive harm.

WARNING

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Infotainment System

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications, Consumer Information and

Reporting Safety Defects

Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior Overview..................................................1-2

Interior Overview ...................................................1-4

Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5

Engine Compartment .............................................1-6

1-2

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Hood......................................................3-43

2. Headlamp ....................................3-91, 7-69

3. Daytime running light (DRL)..................3-90

4.Turn signal lamp....................................7-69

5.Tires and wheels ..................................7-38

6. Side view mirror ....................................3-32

7. Sunroof..................................................3-39

8.Wiper blade ..........................................7-32

9.Windows................................................3-35

OOS017001

■■

Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Door ......................................................3-13

2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-46

3. Rear combination lamp ........................7-75

4.Turn signal lamp, Back-up lamp............7-75

5. Liftgate ..................................................3-44

6. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-77

7. Defroster..............................................3-131

8. Rearview monitor................................3-105

9. Antenna ..................................................4-2

OOS017002

■■

Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-4

Your vehicle at a glance

IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

1. Inside door handle ................................3-14

2. Steering wheel ......................................3-19

3. Side view mirror control ........................3-33

4. Central door lock switch ........................3-15

5. Power window lock switch......................3-38

6. Power window switches ........................3-35

7. Seat..........................................................2-3

8. Instrument panel illumination

control switch ........................................3-50

9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system ..................................................5-48

10. Head-up display button........................3-88

11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system ......5-80

12. ESC OFF button ..................................5-34

13. Hood release lever ..............................3-43

14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-20

OOS017003N

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-5

Your vehicle at a glance

1. Instrument cluster....................................3-49

2. Horn ........................................................3-21

3. Driver’s front air bag................................2-47

4. Key ignition switch/....................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop button ..........................5-9

5. Light control/Turn signals ........................3-90

6.Wiper/Washer........................................3-101

7. Audio system/Navigation system ..............4-4

8. Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-2

9. Manual climate control system/ ............3-110

Automatic climate control system..........3-118

10. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-47

11. Glove box ............................................3-133

12. USB charger........................................3-158

13. Power outlet ........................................3-137

14. Automatic transmission shift lever/

Dual clutch transmission

shift lever......................................5-14, 5-20

15. Drive mode button ................................5-46

16. Heated steering wheel ..........................3-20

17. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)

OFF button ..........................................3-107

18. Seat warmer..........................................2-18

19. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat............2-19

20. AWD lock button....................................5-39

21. DBC button............................................5-36

22. Cruise control/Smart cruise control

button/switch ................................5-93, 5-97

23. Cup holder ..........................................3-135

24. Steering wheel audio controls/................4-3

Bluetooth

wireless technology

hands-free controls..................................4-4

[A-F] :Type A ~ Type F

OOS018004N

1-6

Your vehicle at a glance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

1. Engine coolant reservoir/

Engine coolant cap...........................7-23

2. Fuse box...........................................7-54

3. Battery ..............................................7-35

4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-27

5. Air cleaner.........................................7-29

6. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-21

7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-22

8.Windshield washer fluid reservoir.....7-28

9. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-23

10. Engine coolant cap ........................7-23

OOS077001/OOS078071N

■■

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■

Nu 2.0 MPI

Safety system of your vehicle

Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2

Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2

Restrain All Children.........................................................2-2

Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2

Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2

Control Your Speed...........................................................2-2

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-2

Seats ........................................................................2-3

Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-4

Front Seats .........................................................................2-5

Rear Seats.........................................................................2-11

Head Restraints ...............................................................2-14

Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-18

Seat Belts..............................................................2-21

Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-21

Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-22

Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-23

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-30

Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-33

Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-34

Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-34

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-35

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-37

Air Bag

- Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-45

Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-47

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-50

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-55

Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-56

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-61

SRS Care............................................................................2-66

Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-67

Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-67

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.

It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.

Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

2-2

You will find many safety precautions

and recommendations throughout

this section, and throughout this man-

ual.The safety precautions in this sec-

tion are among the most important.

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

A seat belt is your best protection in

all types of accidents. Air bags are

designed to supplement seat belts,

not replace them. So even though

your vehicle is equipped with air bags,

ALWAYS make sure you and your

passengers wear your seat belts, and

wear them properly.

Restrain All Children

All children under age 13 should ride

in your vehicle properly restrained in

a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants

and small children should be

restrained in an appropriate child

restraint. Larger children should use

a booster seat with the lap/shoulder

belt until they can use the seat belt

properly without a booster seat.

Air Bag Hazards

While air bags can save lives, they can

also cause serious or fatal injuries to

occupants who sit too close to them, or

who are not properly restrained.Infants,

young children, and shorter adults are

at the greatest risk of being injured by

an inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-

tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver Distraction

Driver distraction presents a serious

and potentially deadly danger, espe-

cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety

should be the first concern when

behind the wheel and drivers need to

be aware of the wide array of potential

distractions, such as drowsiness,

reaching for objects, eating, personal

grooming, other passengers, and

using cellular phones.

Drivers can become distracted when

they take their eyes and attention off

the road or their hands off the wheel to

focus on activities other than driving.To

reduce your risk of distraction or get-

ting into an accident:

• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-

tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is

parked or safely stopped.

• ONLY use your mobile device when

allowed by laws and when conditions

permit safe use. NEVER text or

email while driving. Most states have

laws prohibiting drivers from texting.

Some states and cities also prohibit

drivers from using handheld phones.

• NEVER let the use of a mobile

device distract you from driving.You

have a responsibility to your passen-

gers and others on the road to

always drive safely, with your hands

on the wheel as well as your eyes

and attention on the road.

Control Your Speed

Excessive speed is a major factor in

crash injuries and deaths. Generally,

the higher the speed, the greater the

risk, but serious injuries can also occur

at lower speeds.Never drive faster than

is safe for current conditions, regard-

less of the maximum speed posted.

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe

Condition

Having a tire blowout or a mechanical

failure can be extremely hazardous.To

reduce the possibility of such prob-

lems, check your tire pressures and

condition frequently, and perform all

regularly scheduled maintenance.

IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS

Safety system of your vehicle

2-3

Safety system of your vehicle

SSEEAATTSS

OOS037073N

Front seats

(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle

(3) Seat cushion height

(4) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*

(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat*

(6) Headrest

Rear seats

(7) Armrest*

(8) Seatback folding

(9) Headrest

* : if equipped

[A] : Front seat, [B] : Rear seat

2-4

Safety system of your vehicle

Safety Precautions

Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-

ting in a safe, comfortable position

plays an important role in driver and

passenger safety together with the

seat belts and air bags in an accident.

Air bags

You can take steps to reduce the risk

of being injured by an inflating air

bag. Sitting too close to an air bag

greatly increases the risk of injury in

the event the air bag inflates.

The National Highway Traffic Safety

Administration (NHTSA) recommends

that drivers allow at least 10 inches

(25 cm) between the center of the

steering wheel and their chest.

Seat belts

Always fasten your seat belt before

starting any trip.

At all times, passengers should sit

upright and be properly restrained.

Infants and small children must be

restrained in appropriate child restraint

systems. Adults and children who

have outgrown a booster seat must be

restrained using the seat belts.

Do not use a cushion that

reduces friction between the seat

and the passenger. The passen-

ger's hips may slide under the

lap portion of the seat belt during

an accident or a sudden stop.

Serious or fatal internal injuries

could result because the seat

belt cannot operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

air bag, take the following pre-

cautions:

• Adjust the driver's seat as far to

the rear as possible while main-

taining the ability to maintain

full control of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger seat

as far to the rear as possible.

• Hold the steering wheel by the

rim with hands at the 9 o'clock

and 3 o'clock positions to mini-

mize the risk of injuries to your

hands and arms.

• NEVER place anything or any-

one between the steering wheel

and the air bag.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place feet or legs on the

dashboard to minimize the risk

of leg injuries.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when adjusting your seat belt:

• NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant.

• Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion of

the seat belt snug and low

across the hips.

• NEVER allow children or small

infants to ride on a passen-

ger's lap.

• Do not route the seat belt

across your neck,across sharp

edges, or reroute the shoulder

strap away from your body.

• Do not allow the seat belt to

become caught or jammed.

WARNING

2-5

Safety system of your vehicle

Front Seats

Manual adjustment (if equipped)

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the levers located on the out-

side of the seat cushion. Before driv-

ing, adjust the seat to the proper

position so that you can easily con-

trol the steering wheel, foot pedals

and controls on the instrument

panel.

Take the following precautions

when adjusting your seat:

• NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-

ing. The seat could respond

with unexpected movement

and may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

• Do not place anything under

the front seats. Loose objects

in the driver's foot area could

interfere with the operation of

the foot pedals, causing an

accident.

• Do not allow anything to inter-

fere with the normal position

and proper locking of the seat-

back.

• Do not place a cigarette lighter

on the floor or seat. When you

operate the seat, gas may exit

out of the lighter causing a fire.

WARNING

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat while

wearing your seat belt.

Moving the seat cushion for-

ward may cause strong pres-

sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands or

fingers to get caught in the

seat mechanisms while the

seat is moving.

CAUTION

• Use extreme caution when

picking up small objects

trapped under the seats or

between the seat and the cen-

ter console.Your hands might

be cut or injured by the sharp

edges of the seat mechanism.

• If there are occupants in the

rear seats, be careful while

adjusting the front seat posi-

tion.

• Make sure that the seat is

locked in place after the

adjustment. If not, the seat

might move unexpectedly

resulting in an accident.

2-6

Safety system of your vehicle

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:

1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment

lever and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place. Move

forward and rearward without using

the lever. If the seat moves, it is not

locked properly.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:

1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback lever.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback to the

position you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure

the seatback is locked in place.

(The lever MUST return to its orig-

inal position for the seatback to

lock.)

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protection of your restraint system

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

OOS037002

OOS037003

NEVER ride with a reclined

seatback when the vehicle is

moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of seri-

ous or fatal injuries in the event

of a collision or sudden stop.

Drivers and passengers should

ALWAYS sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-7

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly.

When the seatback is reclined, the

shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you.During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, causing

neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined,

the greater chance the passenger's

hips will slide under the lap belt or

the passenger's neck will strike the

shoulder belt.

Seat cushion height

(for driver's seat)

To change the height of the seat

cushion:

• Push down on the lever several

times, to lower the seat cushion.

• Pull up on the lever several times,

to raise the seat cushion.

Power adjustment

(for driver's seat, if equipped)

The front seat can be adjusted by

using the control switches located on

the outside of the seat cushion.Before

driving, adjust the seat to the proper

position so that you can easily control

the steering wheel, foot pedals and

controls on the instrument panel.

OOS037004

NEVER allow children in the

vehicle unattended. The power

seats are operable when the

vehicle is turned off.

WARNING

2-8

Safety system of your vehicle

To prevent damage to the seats:

• Always stop adjusting the seats

when the seat has moved as far

forward or rearward as possible.

• Do not adjust the seats for

longer than necessary when the

vehicle is turned off. This may

result in unnecessary battery

drain.

• Do not operate two or more

seats at the same time.This may

result in an electrical malfunc-

tion.

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:

1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Seatback angle

To adjust the seatback:

1. Rotate the top of control switch

forward or rearward.

2. Release the switch once the seat-

back reaches the desired position.

NOTICE

OOS037005 OOS037006

2-9

Safety system of your vehicle

Reclining seatback

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protection of your restraint system

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly.

When the seatback is reclined, the

shoulder belt cannot do its job

because it will not be snug against

your chest. Instead, it will be in front

of you.During an accident, you could

be thrown into the seat belt, causing

neck or other injuries.

The more the seatback is reclined,

the greater chance the passenger’s

hips will slide under the lap belt or

the passenger's neck will strike the

shoulder belt.

Seat cushion tilt (1, if equipped)

To change the angle of the front part

of the seat cushion:

Push the front portion of the control

switch up to raise or down to lower

the front part of the seat cushion.

Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Seat cushion height (2, if equipped)

To change the height of the seat

cushion:

Push the rear portion of the control

switch up to raise or down to lower

the height of the seat cushion.

Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

NEVER ride with a reclined seat-

back when the vehicle is moving.

Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of serious

or fatal injuries in the event of a

collision or sudden stop.

Driver and passengers should

ALWAYS sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

OOSEV038001

2-10

Safety system of your vehicle

Lumbar support (if equipped)

To adjust the lumbar support:

1.Press the front portion of the

switch (1) to increase support or

the rear portion of the switch (2) to

decrease support.

2. Release the switch once it reach-

es the desired position.

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

The seatback pocket is provided on

the back of the front seatbacks.

To prevent the Occupant

Classification System from mal-

functioning:

Do not hang onto the front pas-

senger's seatback.

WARNING

OOS037017

OOS037008

Do not put heavy or sharp

objects in the seatback pockets.

In an accident they could come

loose from the pocket and

injure occupants.

CAUTION

2-11

Safety system of your vehicle

Rear Seats

Folding the rear seat

The rear seatbacks can be folded to

facilitate carrying long items or to

increase the luggage capacity of the

vehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:

1. Set the front seatback to the

upright position and if necessary,

slide the front seat forward.

2. Lower the rear head restraints to

the lowest position by pushing and

holding the release button (1) and

pushing down on the head

restraint (2).

• Never allow passengers to sit

on top of the folded down

seatback while the vehicle is

moving. This is not a proper

seating position and no seat

belts are available for use.

This could result in serious

injury or death in case of an

accident or sudden stop.

• Objects carried on the folded

down seatback should not

extend higher than the top of

the front seatbacks. This

could allow cargo to slide for-

ward and cause injury or dam-

age during sudden stops.

WARNING

OOS037019N

2-12

Safety system of your vehicle

3. Locate the seatbelt toward the

outboard position before folding

down the seatback. If not, the

seatbelt system may be interfered

by the seatback.

4. Put out the belt from guide (1) and

pull up the seatback folding lever

(2), then fold the seat toward the

front of the vehicle.

5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold

the seatback to the upright posi-

tion. Push the seatback firmly until

it clicks into place. Make sure the

seatback is locked in place.

Return the belt in the guide

OOS037021N

OOS037023N

OOS037020N OOS037022N

2-13

Safety system of your vehicle

• Be careful when loading cargo

through the rear passenger

seats to prevent damage to the

vehicle interior.

• When cargo is loaded through

the rear passenger seats,

ensure the cargo is properly

secured to prevent it from mov-

ing while driving.

• Unsecured cargo in the passen-

ger compartment can cause

damage to the vehicle or injury

to it's occupants.

Armrest (if equipped)

The armrest is located in the center

of the rear seat. Use the strap in the

center of the armrest to pull it down.

NOTICE

Do not place objects in the rear

seats, since they cannot be

properly secured and may hit

vehicle occupants in a collision

causing serious injury or death.

WARNING

Make sure the vehicle is off, the

shift lever is in P (Park), and the

parking brake is securely applied

whenever loading or unloading

cargo.Failure to take these steps

may allow the vehicle to move if

the shift lever is inadvertently

moved to another position.

WARNING

When returning the rear seat-

back from a folded to an upright

position, hold the seatback and

return it slowly. Ensure that the

seatback is completely locked

into its upright position by

pushing on the top of the seat-

back. In an accident or sudden

stop, the unlocked seatback

could allow cargo to move for-

ward with great force and enter

the passenger compartment,

which could result in serious

injury or death.

WARNING

OOS037024N

2-14

Safety system of your vehicle

When there is no occupant in

the rear seats, adjust the height

of the headrest to the lowest

position.The rear seat headrest

can reduce the visibility of the

rear area.

CAUTION

Head Restraints

The vehicle's front and rear seats

have adjustable head restraints. The

head restraints provide comfort for

passengers, but more importantly

they are designed to help protect

passengers from whiplash and other

neck and spinal injuries during an

accident, especially in a rear impact

collision.

To prevent damage, NEVER hit or

pull on the head restraints.

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death in an accident,

take the following precautions

when adjusting your head

restraints:

• Always properly adjust the

head restraints for all passen-

gers BEFORE starting the

vehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in a

seat with the head restraints

removed or reversed.

•

Adjust the head restraints so

the middle of the head

restraint is at the same height

as the height of the top of the

eyes.

• NEVER adjust the head

restraint position of the dri-

ver's seat when the vehicle is

in motion.

• Adjust the head restraint as

close to the passenger's head

as possible. Do not use a seat

cushion that holds the body

away from the seatback.

• Make sure the head restraint

locks into position after adjust-

ing it.

WARNING

OLF034072N

2-15

Safety system of your vehicle

Front seat head restraints

The vehicle's front and passenger's

seats are equipped with adjustable

head restraints for the passengers

safety and comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:

1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.

2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

If you recline the seatback towards

the front with the head restraint

and seat cushion raised, the head

restraint may come in contact with

the sunvisor or other parts of the

vehicle.

NOTICE

OOSEV038012L

OOS037061

OLF034015

2-16

Safety system of your vehicle

Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint:

1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward

using the seatback angle lever/

switch (1).

2. Raise the head restraint as far as it

can go.

3. Press the head restraint release

button (3) while pulling the head

restraint up (4).

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into

the holes while pressing the

release button (1).

OOS037011

OOS037012

■ Type A

■ Type B

OOSEV038004

OOSEV038005

■ Type A

■ Type B

2-17

Safety system of your vehicle

2. Adjust the head restraint to the

appropriate height.

3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward

using the seatback angle lever/

switch (3).

Rear seat head restraints

The rear seats are equipped with

head restraints in all the seating

positions for the passenger's safety

and comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the head restraint:

1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the head restraint:

1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the head restraint support.

2. Lower the head restraint to the

desired position (3).

OPDE036069

OOS037018N

• Adjust the headrests so the

middle of the head restraints

is at the same height as the

height of the top of the eyes.

• When seating on the rear seat,

do not adjust the height of the

head restraints to the lowest.

CAUTION

2-18

Safety system of your vehicle

Removal/Reinstallation

To remove the head restraint:

1. Raise the head restraint as far as

it can go.

2. Press the head restraint release

button (2) while pulling the head

restraint up (1).

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Put the head restraint poles into

the holes (3) while pressing the

release button (2).

2. Adjust the head restraint to the

appropriate height.

Seat Warmers and Air

Ventilation Seats

Front seat warmers (if equipped)

Seat warmers are provided to warm

the seats during cold weather.

To prevent damage to the seat

warmers and seats:

• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcohol

or gasoline to clean the seats.

• Do not place heavy or sharp

objects on seats equipped with

seat warmers.

• Do not change the seat cover. It

may damage the seat warmer.

NOTICE

OOS037018N

The seat warmers can cause a

SERIOUS BURN, even at low

temperatures and especially if

used for long periods of time.

Passengers must be able to feel

if the seat is becoming too warm

so they can turn it off, if needed.

People who cannot detect tem-

perature change or pain to the

skin should use extreme cau-

tion, especially the following

types of passengers:

• Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospital

outpatients.

• People with sensitive skin or

who burn easily.

• Fatigued individuals.

• Intoxicated individuals.

• People taking medication that

can cause drowsiness or

sleepiness.

WARNING

NEVER place anything on the

seat that insulates against heat

when the seat warmer is in oper-

ation, such as a blanket or seat

cushion. This may cause the

seat warmer to overheat, caus-

ing a burn or damage to the seat.

WARNING

2-19

Safety system of your vehicle

[A] :Type A, [B] :Type B

While the engine is running, push

either of the switches to warm the

driver's seat or front passenger's

seat.

During mild weather or under condi-

tions where the operation of the seat

warmer is not needed, keep the

switches in the OFF position.

• Each time you push the switch, the

temperature setting of the seat is

changed as follows :

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the seat

warmer operating, the seat warmer

will turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to the

OFF position each time the ignition

switch is turned to the ON position.

Information

With the seat warmer switch in the

ON position, the heating system in the

seat turns off or on automatically

depending on the seat temperature.

Front air ventilation seat

(if equipped)

The air ventilation seats are provided

to cool the front seats by blowing air

through small vent holes on the sur-

face of the seat cushions and seat-

backs.

When the operation of the air ventila-

tion seat is not needed, keep the

switches in the OFF position.

While the engine is running, push the

switch to cool the driver's seat or the

front passenger's seat.

OOS037015

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

OOS037016

2-20

Safety system of your vehicle

• Each time you push the switch, the

airflow changes as follows:

• When pressing the switch for more

than 1.5 seconds with the air venti-

lation seat operating, the operation

will turn OFF.

• The air ventilation seats defaults to

the OFF position each time the

ignition switch is turned to the ON

position.

To prevent damage to the air ven-

tilation seat:

• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY

when the climate control system

is on. Using the air ventilation

seat for prolonged periods of

time with the climate control sys-

tem off could cause the air venti-

lation seat to malfunction.

• Never use a solvent such as paint

thinner,benzene,alcohol or gaso-

line to clean the seats.

• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-

face of the front seats and seat-

backs;this may cause the air vent

holes to become blocked and not

work properly.

• Do not place materials such as

plastic bags or newspapers under

the seats. They may block the air

intake causing the air vents to not

work properly.

• Do not change the seat covers. It

may damage the air ventilation

seat.

• If the air vents do not operate,

restart the vehicle. If there is no

change, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

NOTICE

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

2-21

Safety system of your vehicle

This section describes how to use the

seat belts properly. It also describes

some of the things to avoid when

using seat belts.

Seat Belt Safety Precautions

Always fasten your seat belt and

make sure all passengers have fas-

tened their seat belts before starting

any trip. Air bags are designed to

supplement the seat belt as an addi-

tional safety device, but they are not a

substitute. Most states require all

occupants of a vehicle to wear seat

belts.

SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS

Seat belts must be used by ALL

passengers whenever the vehi-

cle is moving.Take the following

precautions when adjusting and

wearing seat belts:

• ALWAYS properly restrain

children under age 13 in the

rear seats.

WARNING

• NEVER allow children to ride

in the front passenger seat. If

a child age 13 or older must be

seated in the front seat, move

the seat as far back as possi-

ble and properly restrain them

in the seat.

• NEVER allow an infant or child

to be carried on an occupant’s

lap.

• NEVER ride with the seatback

reclined when the vehicle is

moving.

• Do not allow children to share

a seat or seat belt.

• Do not wear the shoulder belt

under your arm or behind your

back.

• Always wear both the shoul-

der portion and lap portion of

the lap/shoulder belt.

• Do not use the seat belt if it is

twisted. A twisted seat belt

will not protect you properly

in an accident.

• Do not use a seat belt if the

webbing or hardware is dam-

aged.

• Do not latch the seat belt into

the buckles of other seats.

• NEVER unfasten the seat belt

while driving. This may cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

• Make sure there is nothing in

the buckle interfering with the

seat belt latch mechanism.

This may prevent the seat belt

from fastening securely.

• No modifications or additions

should be made by the user

which will either prevent the

seat belt adjusting devices

from operating to remove

slack, or prevent the seat belt

assembly from being adjusted

to remove slack.

2-22

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Warning Light

Seat belt warning light

(for driver's seat)

As a reminder to the driver, the seat

belt warning light will illuminate for

approximately 6 seconds each time

you place the ignition switch to the

ON position regardless of belt fas-

tening. However, if the seat belt is

unfasted, a warning chime will sound

for approximately 6 seconds.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 6 mph

(9 km/h), the warning light will stay

illuminated.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 12 mph

(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime

will sound for approximately 100 sec-

onds and the corresponding warning

light will blink.

If you unfasten the seat belt while

driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the

seat belt warning light will illuminate

until the seat belt is fastened.

If you unfasten the seat belt while

driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the

seat belt warning chime will sound for

approximately 100 seconds and the

corresponding warning light will blink.

Damaged seat belts and seat

belt assemblies will not operate

properly. Always replace:

• Frayed, contaminated, or dam-

aged webbing

• Damaged hardware

• The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in an

accident, even if damage to

webbing or assembly is not

apparent

WARNING

OLMB033022

2-23

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt warning light

(for front passenger's seat)

As a reminder to the front passenger,

the front passenger's seat belt warn-

ing lights will illuminate for approxi-

mately 6 seconds each time you

place the ignition switch to the ON

position regardless of belt fastening.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 6 mph

(9 km/h), the warning light will stay

illuminated.

If you continue not to fasten the seat

belt and you drive over 12 mph

(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime

will sound for approximately 100 sec-

onds and the corresponding warning

light will blink.

If you unfasten the seat belt while

driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the

seat belt warning light will illuminate

until the seat belt is fastened.

If you unfasten the seat belt while

driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the

seat belt warning chime will sound for

approximately 100 seconds and the

corresponding warning light will blink.

The front passenger's seat belt

warning light may not properly

operate if the front passenger

does not sit properly in the seat.

WARNING

OOS037080N

■ For USA

OOS037080C

■ For Canada

2-24

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat Belt Restraint System

Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys-

tem with emergency locking

retractor

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab (1) into the

buckle (2). There will be an audible

"click" when the tab locks into the

buckle.

OLMB033087

• Position one arm under the

shoulder belt and the other over

the belt, as shown in the illus-

tration.

• Always position the shoulder

belt anchor into the locked

position at the appropriate

height.

• Never position the shoulder

belt across your neck or face.

OLMB033025

Improperly positioned seat belts

may increase the risk of serious

injury in an accident.Take the fol-

lowing precautions when adjust-

ing the seat belt:

• Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possible

across your hips, not on your

waist, so that it fits snugly.

WARNING

2-25

Safety system of your vehicle

You should place the lap belt (1) por-

tion across your hips and the shoul-

der belt (2) portion across your

chest.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to

the proper length after the lap belt

portion is adjusted manually so that it

fits snugly around your hips. If you

lean forward in a slow, easy motion,

the belt will extend and move with

you.

If there is a sudden stop or impact,

the belt will lock into position. It will

also lock if you try to lean forward too

quickly.

If you are not able to smoothly pull

enough of the seat belt out from

the retractor, firmly pull the seat

belt out and release it. After

release, you will be able to pull the

belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of the

shoulder belt anchor to one of the

three different positions for maximum

comfort and safety.

The shoulder portion should be

adjusted so it lies across your chest

and midway over your shoulder near-

est the door, not over your neck.

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height

adjuster into an appropriate position.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

(1).To lower it, push it down (3) while

pressing the height adjuster button

(2).

Release the button to lock the

anchor into position. Try sliding the

height adjuster to make sure that it

has locked into position.

NOTICE

OOS037060

ODH033053

2-26

Safety system of your vehicle

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the

locking buckle.

When it is released, the belt should

automatically draw back into the

retractor. If this does not happen,

check the belt to be sure it is not

twisted, then try again.

Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-

point system with convertible

locking retractor

This type of seat belt combines the

features of both an emergency locking

retractor seat belt and an automatic

locking retractor seat belt. Convertible

retractor type seat belts are installed in

the rear seat positions to help accom-

modate the installation of child

restraint systems. Although a convert-

ible retractor is also installed in the

front passenger seat position, NEVER

place any infant/child restraint system

in the front seat of the vehicle.

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab into the buck-

le. There will be an audible "click"

when the tab locks into the buckle.

When not securing a child restraint,

the seat belt operates in the same way

as the driver's seat belt (Emergency

Locking Retractor Type). It automati-

cally adjusts to the proper length only

after the lap belt portion of the seat

belt is adjusted manually so that it fits

snugly across your hips.

When the seat belt is fully extended

from the retractor to allow the installa-

tion of a child restraint system, the

seat belt operation changes to allow

the belt to retract, but not to extend

(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).

Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint

System" section in this chapter.

OHI038142

2-27

Safety system of your vehicle

Although the seat belt retractor

provides the same level of protec-

tion for seated passengers in

either emergency or automatic

locking modes, the emergency

locking mode allows seated pas-

sengers to move freely in their

seat while keeping some tension

on the belt. During a collision or

sudden stop, the retractor auto-

matically locks the belt to help

restrain your body.

To deactivate the automatic lock-

ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt

and allow the belt to fully retract.

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the

locking buckle.

When it is released, the belt should

automatically draw back into the

retractor. If this does not happen,

check the belt to be sure it is not

twisted, then try again.

Rear center seat belt

When using the rear center seat belt,

the buckle with the "CENTER" mark

must be used.

NOTICE

ODH033057

OOSEV038031L

Make sure that the seatback is

locked in place when using the

rear center seat belt.

If not, the seatback may move

when there is a sudden stop or

collision, which could result in

serious injury.

WARNING

2-28

Safety system of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt

(Driver and front passenger)

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's

and front passenger's Pre-tensioner

Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner

and Emergency Fastening Device

System).The purpose of the pre-ten-

sioner is to make sure the seat belts

fit tightly against the occupant's body

in certain frontal or side collision(s).

The Emergency Fastening Device

System may be activated in certain

crashes where the frontal collision(s)

is severe enough, together with the air

bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or

if the occupant tries to lean forward

too quickly, the seat belt retractor will

lock into position.In certain frontal or

side collision(s), the pre-tensioner

will activate and pull the seat belt into

tighter contact against the occu-

pant's body.

(1) Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre-

tensioner is to make sure that the

shoulder belts fit in tightly against

the occupant's upper body in cer-

tain frontal or side collision(s).

(2) Emergency Fastening Device

System

The purpose of the Emergency

Fastening Device System is to

make sure that the pelvis belts fit

in tightly against the occupant’s

lower body in certain frontal colli-

sion(s).

If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver or passenger's

seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-

tem activates, the load limiter inside

the retractor pre-tensioner will

release some of the pressure on the

affected seat belt.

• Always wear your seat belt and

sit properly in your seat.

• Do not use the seat belt if it is

loose or twisted. A loose or

twisted seat belt will not pro-

tect you properly in an acci-

dent.

• Do not place anything near the

buckle. This may adversely

affect the buckle and cause it

to function improperly.

• Always replace your pre-ten-

sioners after activation or an

accident.

• NEVER inspect, service, repair

or replace the pre-tensioners

yourself. This must be done by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not hit the seat belt assem-

blies.

WARNING

OTL035053

2-29

Safety system of your vehicle

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System

consists mainly of the following com-

ponents.Their locations are shown in

the illustration above:

1. SRS air bag warning light

2. Retractor pre-tensioner

3. SRS control module

4.Emergency Fastening Device

System

The sensor that activates the SRS

air bag is connected with the

pre–tensioner seat belts.The SRS

air bag warning light on the instru-

ment panel will illuminate for

approximately 6 seconds after the

ignition switch is in the ON posi-

tion, and then it should turn off.

If the pre-tensioner is not working

properly, the warning light will illu-

minate even if the SRS air bag is

not malfunctioning. If the warning

light does not illuminate, stays

illuminated or illuminates when

the vehicle is being driven, have

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

inspect the pre-tensioner seat

belts and SRS air bags as soon as

possible.

NOTICE

Do not touch the pre-tensioner

seat belt assemblies for several

minutes after they have been

activated. When the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt mechanism

deploys during a collision, the

pre-tensioners become hot and

can burn you.

WARNING

OLMB033040/Q

2-30

Safety system of your vehicle

• Both the driver's and front pas-

senger's pre-tensioner seat

belts may be activated in certain

frontal or side collisions or

rollovers.

• When the pre-tensioner seat

belts are activated, a loud noise

may be heard and fine dust,

which may appear to be smoke,

may be visible in the passenger

compartment. These are normal

operating conditions and are not

hazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine

dust may cause skin irritation

and should not be inhaled for

prolonged periods. Wash all

exposed skin areas thoroughly

after an accident in which the

pre-tensioner seat belts were

activated.

Additional Seat Belt Safety

Precautions

Seat belt use during pregnancy

The seat belt should always be used

during pregnancy. The best way to

protect your unborn child is to protect

yourself by always wearing the seat

belt.

Pregnant women should always wear

a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the

shoulder belt across your chest, rout-

ed between your breasts and away

from your neck. Place the lap belt line

so that it fits snugly and as low as pos-

sible across the hips, not across the

abdomen.

NOTICE

• Fasten your seat belt while

sitting properly in an upright

position to maximize the

effectiveness of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt system.

• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-

tem is designed to activate

only once. Replace the pre-

tensioner seat belt system, if it

was activated in an accident.

WARNING

2-31

Safety system of your vehicle

Seat belt use and children

Infant and small children

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices,

including booster seats. The age at

which seat belts can be used instead

of child restraints differs among

states, so you should be aware of the

specific requirements in your state,

and where you are travelling. Infant

and child restraints must be properly

placed and installed in a rear seat.

For more information refer to the

"Child Restraint Systems" section in

this chapter.

• A pregnant woman or a

patient is more vulnerable to

any imapcts on the abdomen

during an abrupt stop or acci-

dent. If you are in an accident

while pregnant, we recom-

mend you consult your doc-

tor.

• To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death to an unborn

child during an accident,

pregnant women should

NEVER place the lap portion

of the seat belt above or over

the area of the abdomen

where the unborn child is

located.

WARNING

ALWAYS properly restrain infants

and small children in a child

restraint appropriate for the

child's height and weight.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death to a child and

other passengers, NEVER hold a

child in your lap or arms when

the vehicle is moving.The violent

forces created during an acci-

dent will tear the child from your

arms and throw the child against

the interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

2-32

Safety system of your vehicle

Small children are best protected

from injury in an accident when prop-

erly restrained in the rear seat by a

child restraint system that meets the

requirements of the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standards. Before

buying any child restraint system,

make sure that it has a label certify-

ing that it meets Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213.

The restraint must be appropriate for

your child’s height and weight. Check

the label on the child restraint for this

information. Refer to the "Child

Restraint Systems" section in this

chapter.

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who are

too large for a booster seat must

always occupy the rear seat and use

the available lap/shoulder belts. A

seat belt should lie across the upper

thighs and be snug across the shoul-

der and chest to restrain the child

safely. Check belt fit periodically.

Children are afforded the most safe-

ty in the event of an accident when

they are restrained by a proper

restraint system and/or seat belts in

the rear seat. Always have the

LATCH system inspected by your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an

accident. An accident can damage

the LATCH system and may not

properly secure the child restraint.

If a larger child over age 13 must be

seated in the front seat, the child

must be securely restrained by the

available lap/shoulder belt and the

seat should be placed in the rear-

most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly

touches the child's neck or face, try

placing the child closer to the center

of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still

touches their face or neck they need

to be returned to an appropriate

booster seat in the rear seat.

Transporting an injured person

A seat belt should be used when an

injured person is being transported.

Consult a physician for specific rec-

ommendations.

• Always make sure children

are wearing their seat belts

and that they are properly

adjusted before driving.

• NEVER allow the shoulder

belt to contact the child’s

neck or face.

• Do not allow more than one

child to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

2-33

Safety system of your vehicle

One person per belt

Two people (including children) should

never attempt to use a single seat belt.

This could increase the severity of

injuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down

Sitting in a reclined position when

the vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even when buckled up, the

protections of your restraint system

(seat belts and air bags) is greatly

reduced by reclining your seatback.

To reduce the chance of injuries in the

event of an accident and to achieve

the maximum effectiveness of the

restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front and

rear seats should be in an upright

position when the car is moving.

A seat belt cannot provide proper

protection if the person is lying down

in the rear seat or if the front or rear

seats are in a reclined position.

Care of Seat Belts

Seat belt systems should never be

disassembled or modified. In addi-

tion, care should be taken to assure

that seat belts and belt hardware are

not damaged by seat hinges, doors

or other abuse.

Periodic inspection

All seat belts should be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of

any kind. Any damaged parts should

be replaced as soon as possible by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and

dry.If belts become dirty, they can be

cleaned by using a mild soap solu-

tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives

should not be used because they

may damage and weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire seat belt assembly or

assemblies should be replaced if the

vehicle has been involved in an acci-

dent.This should be done even if no

damage is visible. Additional ques-

tions concerning seat belt operation

should be directed to an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

• NEVER ride with a reclined

seatback when the vehicle is

moving.

• Riding with a reclined seatback

increases your chance of seri-

ous or fatal injuries in the event

of a collision or sudden stop.

• Drivers and passengers should

always sit well back in their

seats, properly belted, and with

the seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-34

Safety system of your vehicle

Children Always in the Rear

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must

always be properly restrained to min-

imize the risk of injury in an accident,

sudden stop or sudden maneuver.

According to accident statistics, chil-

dren are safer when properly

restrained in the rear seats than in

the front seat. Even with air bags,

children can be seriously injured

or killed. Children too large for a

child restraint must use the seat belts

provided.

All 50 states have child restraint laws

which require children to travel in

approved child restraint devices.The

laws governing the age or height/

weight restrictions at which seat

belts can be used instead of child

restraints differs among states, so

you should be aware of the specific

requirements in your state, and

where you are travelling.

Child restraint systems must be prop-

erly placed and installed in the rear

seat. You must use a commercially

available child restraint system that

meets the requirements of the Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standards

(FMVSS 213).

Child restraint systems are generally

designed to be secured in a vehicle

seat by lap belt portion of a

lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-

tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.

CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((CCRRSS))

Always properly restrain chil-

dren in the rear seats of the

vehicle.

Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.

A child riding in the front pas-

senger seat can be forcefully

struck by an inflating air bag

resulting in SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH.

WARNING

2-35

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system (CRS)

Infants and younger children must be

restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-

ing or forward-facing CRS that has

first been properly secured to the

rear seat of the vehicle. Read and

comply with the instructions for

installation and use provided by the

manufacturer of the child restraint.

Selecting a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

When selecting a CRS for your child,

always:

• Make sure the CRS has a label

certifying that it meets applicable

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards (FMVSS 213).

• Select a child restraint based on

your child's height and weight.The

required label or the instructions

for use typically provide this infor-

mation.

• Select a child restraint that fits the

vehicle seating position where it

will be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-

ings and instructions for installation

and use provided with the child

restraint system.

• Always properly restrain your

child in the child restraint.

• If the vehicle head restraint

prevents proper installation of

a child seat (as described in

the child restraint system

manual), the head restraint of

the respective seating posi-

tion shall be readjusted or

entirely removed.

• Do not use an infant carrier or

a child safety seat that

"hooks" over a seatback, it

may not provide adequate

protection in an accident.

• After an accident, have a

HYUNDAI dealer check the

child restraint system, seat

belts, tether anchors and

lower anchors.

An improperly secured child

restraint can increase the risk

of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH

in an accident. Always take the

following precautions when

using a child restraint system:

• NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat.

• Always properly secure the

child restraint to a rear seat of

the vehicle.

• Always follow the child

restraint system manufactur-

er's instructions for installa-

tion and use.

WARNING

2-36

Safety system of your vehicle

Child restraint system types

There are three main types of child

restraint systems: rear-facing seats,

forward-facing seats, and booster

seats. They are classified according

to the child's age, height and weight.

Rear-facing child seats

A rear-facing child seat provides

restraint with the seating surface

against the back of the child.The har-

ness system holds the child in place,

and in an accident, acts to keep the

child positioned in the seat and

reduce the stress to the neck and

spinal cord.

All children under age one must

always ride in a rear-facing infant child

restraint.

Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-

ically have higher height and weight

limits for the rear-facing position,

allowing you to keep your child rear-

facing for a longer period of time.

Continue to use a rear-facing child

seat for as long as your child will fit

within the height and weight limits

allowed by the child seat manufactur-

er. It's the best way to keep them

safe. Once your child has outgrown

the rear-facing child restraint, your

child is ready for a forward-facing

child restraint with a harness.

OOS037028N

NEVER install a child or infant

restraint in the front passen-

ger's seat.

Placing a rear-facing child

restraint in the front seat can

result in SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH if the child restraint is

struck by an inflating air bag.

WARNING

2-37

Safety system of your vehicle

Forward-facing child restraints

A forward-facing child seat provides

restraint for the child's body with a

harness. Keep children in a forward-

facing child seat with a harness until

they reach the top height or weight

limit allowed by your child restraint’s

manufacturer.

Once your child outgrows the forward-

facing child restraint, your child is

ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a restraint designed

to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat

belt system. A booster seat positions

the seat belt so that it fits properly

over the lap of your child.

Keep your child in a booster seat until

they are big enough to sit in the seat

without a booster and still have the

seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to

fit properly, the lap belt must lie snug-

ly across the upper thighs, not the

stomach.The shoulder belt should lie

snug across the shoulder and chest

and not across the neck or face.

Children under age 13 must always

ride in the rear seats and must always

be properly restrained to minimize the

risk of injury.

Installing a Child Restraint

System (CRS)

Before installing your child

restraint system always:

• Read and follow the instruc-

tions provided by the manu-

facturer of the child restraint.

• Read and follow the instruc-

tions regarding child restraint

systems in this manual.

Failure to follow all warnings

and instructions could increase

the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY

or DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle headrest prevents

proper installation of a child

seat (as described in the child

seat system manual, the head-

rest of the respective seating

position shall be readjusted or

entirely removed.

WARNING

OOS037029N

2-38

Safety system of your vehicle

After selecting a proper child seat for

your child, check to make sure it fits

properly in your vehicle. Follow the

instructions provided by the manu-

facturer when installing the child

seat. Note these general steps when

installing the seat to your vehicle:

• Properly secure the child

restraint to the vehicle. All child

restraints must be secured to the

vehicle with the lap part of a

lap/shoulder belt or with the

LATCH system. If using the

lap/shoulder belt for your child

restraint, the convertible locking

retractor should be pulled all the

way out to engage the "automatic

locking" mode. (See page 2-42.)

• Make sure the child restraint is

firmly secured. After installing a

child restraint to the vehicle, push

and pull the seat forward-and-back

and side-to-side to verify that it is

securely attached to the seat. A

child restraint secured with a seat

belt should be installed as firmly as

possible. However, some side-to-

side movement can be expected.

• Secure the child in the child

restraint. Make sure the child is

properly strapped in the child

restraint according to the manufac-

turer instructions.

Lower Anchors and Tether for

Children (LATCH System)

The LATCH system holds a child

restraint during driving and in an acci-

dent. This system is designed to

make installation of the child restraint

easier and reduce the possibility of

improperly installing your child

restraint. The LATCH system uses

anchors in the vehicle and attach-

ments on the child restraint. The

LATCH system eliminates the need

to use seat belts to secure the child

restraint to the rear seats.

Lower anchors are metal bars built

into the vehicle. There are two lower

anchors for each LATCH seating

position that will accommodate a

child restraint with lower attachments.

To use the LATCH system in your

vehicle, you must have a child

restraint with LATCH attachments.

The child seat manufacturer will pro-

vide you with instructions on how to

use the child seat with its attachments

for the LATCH lower anchors.

A child restraint in a closed

vehicle can become very hot.To

prevent burns, check the seat-

ing surface and buckles before

placing your child in the child

restraint.

CAUTION

2-39

Safety system of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided

in the left and right outboard rear

seating positions. Their locations are

shown in the illustration.There are no

LATCH anchors provided for the cen-

ter rear seating position.

[A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator,

[B] : ISOFIX Anchorage

The lower anchor position indicator

symbols are located on the left and

right rear seat backs to identify the

position of the lower anchors in your

vehicle (see arrows in illustration).

The LATCH anchors are located

between the seatback and the seat

cushion of the rear seat left and right

outboard seating positions.

Do not attempt to install a child

restraint system using LATCH

anchors in the rear center seat-

ing position.There are no LATCH

anchors provided for this seat.

Using the outboard seat anchors

can damage the anchors which

may break or fail in a collision

resulting in serious injury or

death.

WARNING

OOSEV038012

OOS037033L

2-40

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with

the LATCH anchors system

To install a LATCH-compatible child

restraint in either of the rear outboard

seating positions:

1. Move the seat belt buckle away from

the lower anchors.

2. Move any other objects away from

the anchors that could prevent a

secure connection between the child

restraint and the lower anchors.

3. Place the child restraint on the vehi-

cle seat, then attach the seat to the

lower anchors according to the

instructions provided by the child

restraint manufacturer.

4. Follow the child restraint instructions

for properly adjusting and tightening

the lower attachments on the child

restraint to the lower anchors.

The recommended weight for the

LATCH system is under 65 lb (30

kg).

How to determine an appropriate

child restraint weight:

Child weight + Child restraint

weight < 65 lb (30kg)

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using the LATCH system:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• To prevent the child from

reaching and taking hold of

unretracted seat belts, buckle

all unused rear seat belts and

retract the seat belt webbing

behind the child. Children can

be strangled if a shoulder belt

becomes wrapped around

their neck and the seat belt

tightens.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single

anchor. This could cause the

anchor or attachment to come

loose or break.

• Always have the LATCH sys-

tem inspected by your author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer after an

accident. An accident can

damage the LATCH system

and may not properly secure

the child restraint.

WARNING

2-41

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat

with "Tether Anchor" system

First secure the child restraint with

the LATCH lower anchors or the seat

belt. If the child restraint manufactur-

er recommends that the top tether

strap be attached, attach and tighten

the top tether strap to the top tether

strap anchor.

Child restraint hook holders are

located on the rear of the seatbacks.

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the child restraint tether strap

over the child restraint seatback.

Route the tether strap under the

head restraint and between the

head restraint posts, or route the

tether strap over the top of the vehi-

cle seatback.Make sure the strap is

not twisted.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to the

tether anchor, then tighten the teth-

er strap according to the child seat

manufacturer’s instructions to firmly

secure the child restraint to the seat.

3. Check that the child restraint is

securely attached to the seat by

pushing and pulling the seat for-

ward-and-back and side-to-side.

Take the following precautions

when installing the tether strap:

• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided with

your child restraint system.

• NEVER attach more than one

child restraint to a single teth-

er anchor. This could cause

the anchor or attachment to

come loose or break.

• Do not attach the tether strap

to anything other than the cor-

rect tether anchor. It may not

work properly if attached to

something else.

• Do not use the tether anchors

for adult seat belts or harness-

es, or for attaching other items

or equipment to the vehicle.

WARNING

OOS037032N

OOS037031N

2-42

Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint with

lap/shoulder belt

When not using the LATCH system,

all child restraints must be secured to

a vehicle rear seat with the lap part

of a lap/shoulder belt.

Automatic locking mode

Since all passenger seat belts move

freely under normal conditions and

only lock under extreme or emer-

gency conditions (emergency locking

mode), you must manually pull the

seat belt all the way out to shift the

retractor to the "Automatic Locking"

mode to secure a child restraint.

The "Automatic Locking" mode will

help prevent the normal movement

of the child in the vehicle from caus-

ing the seat belt to loosen and com-

promise the child restraint system.To

secure a child restraint system, use

the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on

the rear seats, do the following:

1. Place the child restraint system on

a rear seat and route the lap/shoul-

der belt around or through the child

restraint, following the restraint

manufacturer's instructions.

Be sure the seat belt webbing is

not twisted.

Make sure to insert the belt into

the guide(1).

When using the rear center seat

belt, you should also refer to the

"Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-

point system" section in this

chapter.

NOTICE

ALWAYS place a rear-facing

child restraint in the rear seat of

the vehicle.

Placing a rear-facing child

restraint in the front seat can

result in serious injury or death

if the child restraint is struck by

an inflating air bag.

WARNING

OLMB033044

2-43

Safety system of your vehicle

2. Make sure to insert the belt into

the guide (1) and check that the

seat belt is not twisted.

3. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-

tinct "click" sound.

Information

Position the release button so that it is

easy to access in case of an emergency.

4. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat

belt all the way out.When the shoul-

der portion of the seat belt is fully

extended, it will shift the retractor to

the "Automatic Locking" (child

restraint) mode.

OLMB033045OOS037030N

OLMB033097

2-44

Safety system of your vehicle

5. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of

the seat belt to retract and listen for

an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"

sound. This indicates that the

retractor is in the "Automatic

Locking" mode. If no distinct sound

is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

6. Remove as much slack from the

belt as possible by pushing down

on the child restraint system while

feeding the shoulder belt back into

the retractor.

7. Push and pull on the child restraint

system to confirm that the seat

belt is holding it firmly in place. If it

is not, release the seat belt and

repeat steps 2 through 6.

8. Double check that the retractor is

in the "Automatic Locking" mode

by attempting to pull more of the

seat belt out of the retractor. If you

cannot, the retractor is in the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

If your CRS manufacturer instructs or

recommends you to use a tether

anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,

refer to the previous pages for more

information.

When the seat belt is allowed to

retract to its fully stowed position,

the retractor will automatically

switch from the "Automatic

Locking" mode to the emergency

lock mode for normal adult usage.

To remove the child restraint, press

the release button on the buckle and

then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of

the restraint and allow the seat belt

to retract fully.

NOTICE

If the retractor is not in the

"Automatic Locking" mode, the

child restraint can move when

your vehicle turns or stops sud-

denly. A child can be seriously

injured or killed if the child

restraint is not properly anchored

in the car, including manually

pulling the seat belt all the way

out to shift the rectractor to the

"Automatic Locking" mode.

WARNING

OLMB033098

2-45

Safety system of your vehicle

AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS037034N

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver's front air bag

2. Passenger's front air bag

3. Side air bag

4. Curtain air bag

2-46

Safety system of your vehicle

This vehicle is equipped with an

Advanced Supplemental Air Bag

System for the driver's seat and front

passenger's seats.

The front air bags are designed to

supplement the three-point seat

belts. For these air bags to provide

protection, the seat belts must be

worn at all times when driving.

You can be severely injured or killed

in an accident if you are not wearing

a seat belt. Air bags are designed to

supplement seat belts, but do not

replace them. Also, air bags are not

designed to deploy in every collision.

In some accidents, the seat belts are

the only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,

everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in

a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt

when the air bag inflates.

NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front

passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant

or child causing serious or fatal injuries.

ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the

safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older

must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted

and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.

All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-

tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-

fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked

and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,

the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant

causing serious or fatal injuries.

You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily

close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.

Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still

maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at

least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and

the chest.

WARNING

2-47

Safety system of your vehicle

Where Are the Air Bags?

Driver's and passenger's front

air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a

Advanced Supplemental Restraint

System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts

at both the driver and passenger

seating positions.

The SRS consists of air bags which

are located in the center of the steer-

ing wheel, in the driver's side lower

crash pad below the steering wheel

column and the passenger's side

front panel pad above the glove box.

The air bags are labeled with the let-

ters "AIR BAG" embossed on the

pad covers.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide

the vehicle's driver and front passen-

gers with additional protection than

that offered by the seat belt system

alone.

The advanced SRS offers the ability

to control the air bag inflation within

two levels. A first stage level is pro-

vided for moderate-severity impacts.

A second stage level is provided for

more severe impacts.

According to the impact severity, the

SRS Control Module (SRSCM) con-

trols the air bag inflation. Failure to

properly wear seat belts can

increase the risk or severity of injury

in an accident.

OOS037039

OOS037035

■ Passenger’s front air bag

■ Driver’s front air bag

2-48

Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags

Your vehicle is equipped with a side

air bag in each front seat. The pur-

pose of the air bag is to provide the

vehicle's driver and the front passen-

ger with additional protection than

that offered by the seat belt alone.

The side air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity.

The side and curtain air bags on

both sides of the vehicle may deploy

if a rollover or possible rollover is

detected.

The side air bags are not designed to

deploy in all side impact or rollover

situations.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

front air bags, take the following

precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants

positioned properly.

• Move your seat as far back as

possible from front air bags,

while still maintaining control

of the vehicle.

• Never lean against the door or

center console.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place their feet or legs

on the dashboard.

• No objects (such as crash pad

cover, cellular phone holder,

cup holder, perfume or stickers)

should be placed over or near

the air bag modules on the

steering wheel, instrument

panel, windshield glass,and the

front passenger's panel above

the glove box. Such objects

could cause harm if the vehicle

is in a crash severe enough to

cause the air bags to deploy.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

side air bag, take the following

precautions:

• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupants

positioned properly.

WARNING

OOS037040

OOS037041

2-49

Safety system of your vehicle

Curtain air bags

Curtain air bags are located along

both sides of the roof rails above the

front and rear doors.

• Do not allow passengers to

lean their heads or bodies

onto doors, put their arms on

the doors, stretch their arms

out of the window, or place

objects between the doors

and seats.

• Hold the steering wheel at the

9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-

tions, to minimize the risk of

injuries to your hands and

arms.

• Do not use any accessory

seat covers.This could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness

of the system.

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag or between the air

bag and yourself. Also, do not

attach any objects around the

area the air bag inflates such

as the door, side door glass,

front and rear pillar.

• Do not place any objects

between the door and the

seat. They may become dan-

gerous projectiles if the side

air bag inflates.

• Do not install any accessories

on the side or near the side air

bags.

• Do not put any objects

between the side airbag label

and seat cushion. It could

cause harm if the vehicle is in

a crash severe enough to

cause the air bags to deploy.

• Do not cause impact to the

doors when the ignition

switch button is in the ON

position as this may cause the

side air bags to inflate.

• If the seat or seat cover is

damaged, have the vehicle

checked and repaired by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOS037042

OOS037043

2-50

Safety system of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect the

heads of the front seat occupants

and the rear outboard seat occupants

in certain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed to

deploy during certain side impact

collisions, depending on the crash

severity.

The side and curtain air bags on

both sides of the vehicle may deploy

if a rollover or possible rollover is

detected.

The curtain air bags are not designed

to deploy in all side impact or rollover

situations.

How Does the Air Bag System

Operate?

The SRS consists of the following

components:

1. Driver's front air bag module

2. Passenger's front air bag module

3. Side air bag modules

4. Curtain air bag modules

5. Retractor pre-tensioner

6. Air bag warning light

7.SRS control module (SRSCM)/

Rollover sensor

8. Front impact sensors

9. Side impact sensors

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

curtain air bag, take the follow-

ing precautions:

• All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to help

keep occupants positioned

properly.

• Properly secure child

restraints as far away from the

door as possible.

• Do not place any objects over

the air bag. Also, do not attach

any objects around the area

the air bag inflates such as the

door, side door glass, front

and rear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang other objects

except clothes, especially

hard or breakable objects. In

an accident, it may cause

vehicle damage or personal

injury.

• Do not allow passengers to

lean their heads or bodies onto

doors, put their arms on the

doors,stretch their arms out of

the window, or place objects

between the doors and seats.

• Do not open or repair the side

curtain air bags.

WARNING

OOS037063N

2-51

Safety system of your vehicle

10. Side pressure sensors

11. Seat belt buckle sensor

12. Emergency Fastening Device

System

13. Occupant classification system

The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint

System Control Module) continually

monitors all SRS components while

the ignition switch is in the ON position

to determine if a crash impact is

severe enough to require air bag

deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt

deployment.

SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplement Restraint

System) air bag warning light on the

instrument panel displays the air bag

symbol depicted in the illustration.

The system checks the air bag elec-

trical system for malfunctions. The

light indicates that there is a potential

malfunction with your air bag system,

which could include your side and

curtain air bags used for rollover pro-

tection.

If your SRS malfunctions, the air

bag may not inflate properly dur-

ing an accident increasing the

risk of serious injury or death.

If any of the following condi-

tions occur, your SRS is mal-

functioning:

• The light does not turn on for

approximately six seconds

when the Engine Start/Stop

button is in the ON position.

• The light stays on after illumi-

nating for approximately six

seconds.

• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when the

engine is running.

Have an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer inspect the SRS as soon

as possible if any of these con-

ditions occur.

WARNING

2-52

Safety system of your vehicle

During a frontal collision, sensors will

detect the vehicle's deceleration. If

the rate of deceleration is high

enough, the control unit will inflate

the front air bags.

The front air bags help protect the

driver and front passenger by

responding to frontal impacts in

which seat belts alone cannot pro-

vide adequate restraint. When need-

ed, the side air bags help provide

protection in the event of a side

impact or rollover.

• Air bags are activated (able to

inflate if necessary) only when the

Engine Start/Stop button is in the

ON position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of cer-

tain frontal or side collisions to help

protect the occupants from serious

physical injury.

• Generally, air bags are designed to

inflate based upon the severity of a

collision, its direction, etc. These

two factors determine whether the

sensors produce an electronic

deployment/inflation signal.

• The front air bags will completely

inflate and deflate in an instant. It is

virtually impossible for you to see

the air bags inflate during an acci-

dent. It is much more likely that you

will simply see the deflated air bags

hanging out of their storage com-

partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in certain

side collisions, vehicles equipped

with a rollover sensor, side and

curtain air bags will inflate if the

sensing system detects a rollover.

When a rollover is detected, side

and curtain air bags will remain

inflated longer to help provide pro-

tection from ejection, especially

when used in conjunction with the

seat belts.

• To help provide protection, the air

bags must inflate rapidly.The speed

of air bag inflation is a consequence

of extremely short time in which to

inflate the air bag between the

occupant and the vehicle structures

before the occupant impacts those

structures. This speed of inflation

reduces the risk of serious or life-

threatening injuries and is thus a

necessary part of air bag design.

However, the rapid air bag inflation

can also cause injuries which can

include facial abrasions, bruises

and broken bones because the

inflation speed also causes the air

bags to expand with a great deal of

force.

• There are even circumstances

under which contact with the air

bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-

cially if the occupant is positioned

excessively close to the air bag.

2-53

Safety system of your vehicle

You can take steps to help reduce

the risk of being injured by an inflat-

ing air bag.The greatest risk is sitting

too close to the air bag. An air bag

needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of

space to inflate. NHTSA recom-

mends that drivers allow at least 10

inches (25 cm) between the center of

the steering wheel and the chest.

When the SRSCM detects a suffi-

ciently severe impact to the front of

the vehicle, it will automatically

deploy the front air bags.

OTLA035107

■ Driver's front air bag (1)

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death from an inflating

air bag, take the following pre-

cautions:

• NEVER place a child restraint

in the front passenger seat.

Always properly restrain chil-

dren under age 13 in the rear

seats of the vehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger’s

and driver's seats as far to the

rear as possible while allow-

ing you to maintain full con-

trol of the vehicle.

• Hold the steering wheel with

hands at the 9 o'clock and 3

o'clock positions.

• Never place anything or any-

one between the air bag and

the seat occupant.

• Do not allow the front passen-

ger to place their feet or legs

on the dashboard.

WARNING

2-54

Safety system of your vehicle

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-

ed directly into the pad covers will

separate under pressure from the

expansion of the air bags. Further

opening of the covers allows full

inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combina-

tion with a properly worn seat belt,

slows the driver or the front passen-

ger forward motion, reducing the risk

of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating, enabling

the driver to maintain forward visibili-

ty and the ability to steer or operate

other controls.

OTLA035108

■ Driver's front air bag (2)

To prevent objects from becom-

ing dangerous projectiles when

the passenger's air bag inflates:

• Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CD

holder, stickers, etc.) on the

front passenger's panel above

the glove box where the pas-

senger's air bag is located.

• Do not install a container of

liquid air freshener near the

instrument cluster or on the

instrument panel surface.

WARNING

OTLA035109

■ Driver's front air bag (3)

OLMB033057

■ Passenger's front air bag

2-55

Safety system of your vehicle

What to Expect After an Air

Bag Inflates

After a frontal or side air bag inflates,

it will deflate very quickly. Air bag

inflation will not prevent the driver

from seeing out of the windshield or

being able to steer. Curtain air bags

may remain partially inflated for

some time after they deploy.

Noise and smoke from inflating

air bag

When the air bags inflate, they make

a loud noise and may produce

smoke and powder in the air inside of

the vehicle. This is normal and is a

result of the ignition of the air bag

inflator. After the air bag inflates, you

may feel substantial discomfort in

breathing because of the contact of

your chest with both the seat belt and

the air bag, as well as from breathing

the smoke and powder. The powder

may aggravate asthma for some

people. If you experience breathing

problems after an air bag deploy-

ment, seek medical attention imme-

diately.

Though the smoke and powder are

nontoxic, they may cause irritation to

the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If

this is the case, wash and rinse with

cold water immediately and seek

medical attention if the symptoms

persist.

• Always wash exposed skin

areas thoroughly with cold

and mild soap.

• Always have an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer replace the

air bag immediately after

deployment. Air bags are

designed to be used only

once.

After an air bag inflates, take

the following precautions:

• Open your windows and doors

as soon as possible after

impact to reduce prolonged

exposure to the smoke and

powder released by the inflat-

ing air bag.

• Do not touch the air bag stor-

age area's internal compo-

nents immediately after an air

bag has inflated. The parts

that come into contact with an

inflating air bag may be very

hot.

WARNING

2-56

Safety system of your vehicle

Occupant Classification

System (OCS)

Your vehicle is equipped with an

Occupant Classification System

(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.

Main components of the

Occupant Classification System

• A detection device located within

the front passenger seat cushion.

• Electronic system to determine

whether the passenger air bag

systems should be activated or

deactivated.

• An indicator light located on the

instrument panel which illuminates

the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG

OFF" indicating the front passen-

ger air bag system is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag indi-

cator light is interconnected with

the OCS.

The OCS is designed to help detect

the presence of a properly-seated

front passenger and determine if the

passenger's front air bag should be

enabled (may inflate) or not.

The purpose is to help reduce the

risk of injury or death from an inflat-

ing air bag to certain front passenger

seat occupants, such as children, by

requiring the air bag to be automati-

cally turned OFF.

For example, if a child restraint of the

type specified in the regulations is on

the seat, the occupant classification

sensor can detect it and cause the

air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occu-

pants who are properly seated and

wearing the seat belt properly,

should not cause the passenger air

bag to be automatically turned OFF.

For small adults it may be turned

OFF, however, if the occupant does

not sit in the seat properly (for exam-

ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting

on the edge of the seat, or by other-

wise being out of position), this could

cause the sensor to turn the air bag

OFF.

You will find the "PASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF" indicator on the center

fascia panel.This system detects the

conditions 1-4 in the following table

and activates or deactivates the front

passenger air bag based on these

conditions.

OOS037081N

■ For USA

OOS038081C

■ For Canada

2-57

Safety system of your vehicle

Always be sure that you and all vehi-

cle occupants are seated properly

and wearing the seat belt properly for

the most effective protection by the

air bag and the seat belt.

The OCS may not function properly if

the passenger takes actions which

can affect the classification system.

These include:

• Failing to sit in an upright position.

• Leaning against the door or center

console.

• Sitting towards the sides of the

front of the seat.

• Putting their legs on the dashboard

or resting them on other locations

which reduce the passenger

weight on the front seat.

• Wearing the seat belt improperly.

• Reclining the seatback.

• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear

or hip protection wear.

• Putting an additional thick cushion

on the seat.

• Putting electrical devices (e.g.

notebook, satellite radio) on the

seat with inverter charging.

Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System

Condition detected by the

occupant classification system

Indicator/Warning light Devices

"PASSENGER

AIR BAG OFF"

indicator light

SRS

warning light

Front passenger

air bag

1. Adult *

Off Off Activated

2. Infant *

or child restraint

system with 12 months old *

On Off Deactivated

3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated

4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated

The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front

passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique

and posture.

Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out-

grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize

him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.

Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.

The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months

to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat.This is

a normal condition.

2-58

Safety system of your vehicle

Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by a

passenger adversely affects the OCS.To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:

WARNING

OVQ036013NB

OLMB033100

OLMB033101

OLMB033103

OLMB033102

OLMB033104

• NEVER put a heavy load in

the front seat or seatback

pocket, or hang any items

on the front passenger

seat.

• NEVER place your feet on

the front passenger seat-

back.

• NEVER sit with your hips

shifted towards the front

of the seat.

• NEVER ride with the seat-

back reclined when the

vehicle is moving.

• NEVER place your feet or

legs on the dashboard.

• NEVER lean on the door or

center console or sit on

one side of the front pas-

senger seat.

2-59

Safety system of your vehicle

ODH035900K

ODH035901K

ODH035902K

ODH035903K

• Do not sit on the passen-

ger seat wearing heavily

padded clothes such as

ski wear and hip protector.

• Do not use car seat

accessories such as thick

blankets and cushions

which cover up the car

seat surface.

• Do not place electronic

devices such as laptops,

DVD player, or conductive

materials such as water

bottles on the passenger

seat.

• Do not use electronic

devices such as laptops

and satellite radios which

use inverter chargers.

• If large quantity of liquid

has been spilled on the

passenger seat, the air

bag warning light may

illuminate or malfunction.

Therefore, make sure the

seat has been completely

dried before driving the

vehicle.

• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection sys-

tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.

• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.

• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-

oped based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may

result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could inter-

fere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.

2-60

Safety system of your vehicle

Proper seated position for OCS

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator is on when an adult is seat-

ed in the front passenger seat, place

the Engine Start/Stop button in the

OFF position and ask the passenger

to sit properly (sitting upright with the

seat back in an upright position, cen-

tered on the seat cushion with their

seat belt on, legs comfortably

extended and their feet on the floor).

Restart the engine and have the per-

son remain in that position. This will

allow the system to detect the person

and to enable the passenger air bag.

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator is still on, ask the passen-

ger to move to the rear seat.

The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"

indicator illuminates for approxi-

mately 4 seconds after the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON

position or after the engine is

started. If the front passenger seat

is occupied, the OCS will then

classify the front passenger after

several more seconds.

Do Not Install a Child Restraint

in the Front Passenger's Seat

Even though your vehicle is equipped

with the OCS, never install a child

restraint in the front passenger's seat.

An inflating air bag can forcefully

strike a child or child restraint result-

ing in serious or fatal injury.

NOTICE

B990A01O

Never allow an adult passenger

to ride in the front passenger

seat when the "PASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF" indicator is illuminat-

ed. During a collision, the air bag

will not inflate if the indicator is

illuminated. Have your passen-

ger reposition himself in the

seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR

BAG OFF" indicator remains illu-

minated after the passenger

repositions himself properly and

the vehicle is restarted, have the

passenger move to the rear seat

because the air bag will not

inflate.

WARNING

1JBH3051

2-61

Safety system of your vehicle

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off

in a Collision?

Air bags are not designed to inflate in

every collision. There are certain

types of accidents in which the air bag

would not be expected to provide

additional protection. These include

rear impacts, second or third colli-

sions in multiple impact accidents, as

well as low speed impacts. Damage

to the vehicle indicates a collision

energy absorption, and is not an indi-

cator of whether or not an air bag

should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors

• NEVER place a rear-facing or

front-facing child restraint in

the front passenger's seat of

the vehicle.

• An inflating frontal air bag

could forcefully strike a child

resulting in serious injury or

death.

• Always properly restrain chil-

dren in an appropriate child

restraint in the rear seat of the

vehicle.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bag

deploying unexpectedly and

causing serious injury or death:

• Do not hit or allow any objects

to impact the locations where air

bags or sensors are installed.

WARNING

• Do not perform maintenance

on or around the air bag sen-

sors.If the location or angle of

the sensors is altered, the air

bags may deploy when they

should not or may not deploy

when they should.

• Do not install bumper guards

or replace the bumper with a

non-genuine HYUNDAI parts.

This may adversely affect the

collision and air bag deploy-

ment performance.

• Place the ignition switch in

the LOCK/OFF or ACC posi-

tion when the vehicle is being

towed to prevent inadvertent

air bag deployment.

• Have all air bag repairs conduct-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

2-62

Safety system of your vehicle

1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor

2. Front impact sensor

3. Side pressure sensor

4. Side impact sensor

OOS037044/OOS037045/OOS037046/OOS037047/OOS037048

2-63

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflate

in a frontal collision depending on

the severity of impact of the front col-

lision.

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are

designed to inflate when an impact is

detected by side collision sensors

depending on the severity of impact

resulting from a side impact collision.

Although the driver's and front pas-

senger's air bags are designed to

inflate only in frontal collisions, they

also may inflate in other types of col-

lisions if the front impact sensors

detect a sufficient impact. Side and

curtain air bags are designed to

inflate only in side impact collisions

or rollover situations, but they may

inflate in other collisions if the side

impact sensors detect a sufficient

impact.

If the vehicle chassis is impacted by

bumps or objects on unimproved

roads, the air bags may deploy.Drive

carefully on unimproved roads or on

surfaces not designed for vehicle

traffic to prevent unintended air bag

deployment.

OOS037049

OOS037050

OOSEV038028

2-64

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags

are designed not to deploy in such

cases because they may not provide

benefits beyond the protection of the

seat belts.

Front air bags are not designed to

inflate in rear collisions, because

occupants are moved backward by

the force of the impact. In this case,

inflated air bags would not provide

any additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in side

impact collisions, because occupants

move in the direction of the collision,

and thus in side impacts, front air bag

deployment would not provide addi-

tional occupant protection.

However, side and curtain air bags

may inflate depending on the severi-

ty of impact.

OOS037053

OOS037052

OOS037054

2-65

Safety system of your vehicle

In an angled collision, the force of

impact may direct the occupants in a

direction where the air bags would

not be able to provide any additional

benefit, and thus the sensors may

not deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers often

brake heavily. Such heavy braking

lowers the front portion of the vehicle

causing it to "ride" under a vehicle

with a higher ground clearance. Air

bags may not inflate in this "under-

ride" situation because deceleration

forces that are detected by sensors

may be significantly reduced by such

"underride" collisions.

Front air bags may not inflate in

rollover accidents because air bag

deployment could not provide protec-

tion to the occupants.

However, side and curtain air bags

may inflate when the vehicle is rolled

over by a side impact collision.

OTL035069 OOS037055 OTL035068

2-66

Safety system of your vehicle

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle

collides with objects such as utility

poles or trees, where the point of

impact is concentrated and the colli-

sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-

cle structure.

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-

free and there are no parts you can

safely service by yourself. If the SRS

air bag warning light does not illumi-

nate when the ignition switch is in the

ON position, or continuously remains

on, have your vehicle immediately

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such

as removing, installing, repairing, or

any work on the steering wheel, the

front passenger's panel, front seats

and roof rails must be performed by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Improper handling of the SRS system

may result in serious personal injury.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death, take the follow-

ing precautions:

• Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo-

nents or wiring, including the

addition of any kind of badges

to the pad covers or modifica-

tions to the body structure.

• Do not place objects over or

near the air bag modules on

the steering wheel, instrument

panel, or the front passen-

ger’s panel above the glove

box.

• Clean the air bag pad covers

with a soft cloth moistened

with plain water. Solvents or

cleaners could adversely

affect the air bag covers and

proper deployment of the sys-

tem.

• Always have inflated air bags

replaced by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

OOS037056

2-67

Safety system of your vehicle

Additional Safety Precautions

Passengers should not move out

of or change seats while the vehi-

cle is moving. A passenger who is

not wearing a seat belt during a

crash or emergency stop can be

thrown against the inside of the vehi-

cle, against other occupants, or be

ejected from the vehicle.

Do not use any accessories on

seat belts. Devices claiming to

improve occupant comfort or reposi-

tion the seat belt can reduce the pro-

tection provided by the seat belt and

increase the chance of serious injury

in a crash.

Do not modify the front seats.

Modification of the front seats could

interfere with the operation of the

supplemental restraint system sens-

ing components or side air bags.

Do not place items under the front

seats. Placing items under the front

seats could interfere with the opera-

tion of the supplemental restraint

system sensing components and

wiring harnesses.

Do not cause impact to the doors.

Impact to the doors when the Engine

Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-

tion may cause the air bags to inflate.

Modifications to accommodate

disabilities. If you require modifica-

tion to your vehicle to accommodate

a disability, contact the HYUNDAI

Customer Connect Center at 800-

633-5151.

Adding equipment to or modify-

ing your air bag equipped vehicle

If you modify your vehicle by chang-

ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-

tem, front end or side sheet metal or

ride height, this may affect the opera-

tion of your vehicle's air bag system.

Air Bag Warning Labels

Air bag warning labels, required by

the U.S. National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration (NHTSA), are

attached to alert the driver and pas-

sengers of potential risks of the air

bag system.Be sure to read all of the

information about the air bags that

are installed on your vehicle in this

Owners Manual.

• If components of the air bag

system must be discarded, or if

the vehicle must be scrapped,

certain safety precautions

must be observed. Consult an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer for

the necessary information.

Failure to follow these precau-

tions could increase the risk of

personal injury.

OAD035053N

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing Your Vehicle.........................................3-3

Remote Key.........................................................................3-3

Smart Key............................................................................3-6

Immobilizer System.........................................................3-11

Door Locks............................................................3-13

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-13

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle.......3-14

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-16

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks...............................3-17

Theft-Alarm System............................................3-18

Steering Wheel.....................................................3-18

Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-18

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-19

Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada).........................3-20

Horn....................................................................................3-21

Mirrors...................................................................3-21

Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-21

Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-32

Windows ................................................................3-35

Power Windows...............................................................3-36

Sunroof..................................................................3-39

Sunroof opening and closing.......................................3-40

Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-40

Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-40

Sunshade...........................................................................3-41

Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-41

Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-42

Exterior Features.................................................3-43

Hood ...................................................................................3-43

Liftgate ..............................................................................3-44

Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-46

Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-49

Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-50

Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-51

Transmission shift indicator .........................................3-54

Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-55

LCD Display Messages...................................................3-67

LCD Display...........................................................3-72

LCD Display Control........................................................3-72

LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-73

Trip Computer.......................................................3-83

Head Up Display (HUD).......................................3-87

Lighting..................................................................3-90

Exterior Lights .................................................................3-90

Smart cornering lamp ....................................................3-97

Interior Lights...................................................................3-98

Welcome System ...........................................................3-100

Wipers and Washers..........................................3-101

Windshield Wipers ........................................................3-101

Windshield Washers .....................................................3-103

Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-104

Driver Assist System .........................................3-105

Rear view monitor ........................................................3-105

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system.........3-106

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system

Precautions.....................................................................3-109

Manual Climate Control System.......................3-110

Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-111

System Operation .........................................................3-114

System Maintenance....................................................3-116

Automatic Climate Control System..................3-118

Automatic Temperature Control Mode....................3-119

Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-120

System Operation .........................................................3-123

System Maintenance....................................................3-125

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-127

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with

Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-129

Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-131

Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-132

Cluster ionizer................................................................3-132

Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-132

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation...............................3-132

Storage Compartment .......................................3-133

Center Console Storage ..............................................3-133

Glove Box........................................................................3-133

Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-134

Multi Box.........................................................................3-134

Interior Features................................................3-135

Cup Holder ......................................................................3-135

Sunvisor...........................................................................3-136

Power Outlet ..................................................................3-137

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-138

Clock.................................................................................3-140

Clothes Hanger ..............................................................3-141

Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-141

Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-142

Cargo Area Cover..........................................................3-143

Luggage tray..................................................................3-144

Exterior Features...............................................3-145

Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-146

3-3

Convenient features of your vehicle

Remote Key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,

which you can use to lock or unlock

the driver and passenger doors or

the rear liftgate.

1. Door Lock

2. Door Unlock

3. Liftgate Unlock

4. Panic

Locking Your Vehicle

To lock your vehicle:

1. Make sure all doors, the engine

hood and the liftgate are closed.

2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on

the remote key to lock all doors.

3. If the Door Lock button (1) is

pressed once more within four

seconds, the horn will beep once

and the hazard warning lights will

blink.

4. Make sure the doors are locked by

checking the position of the door

lock button inside the vehicle.

Information

After locking the doors, if you press

the Door Lock button again within

four seconds, the hazard warning

lights will blink and the horn will

sound one time to confirm that the

doors are locked.

AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE

OPD046001

Do not leave the keys in your

vehicle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Unattended children

could place the key in the igni-

tion switch and may operate

power windows or other con-

trols, or even make the vehicle

move, which could result in

serious injury or death.

WARNING

3-4

Unlocking your vehicle

To unlock your vehicle :

1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)

on the remote key.

2. The driver's door will unlock. The

hazard warning lights will blink two

times.

Two press unlock setting:

If you press the Door Unlock but-

ton on the remote key again with-

in four seconds, then all the doors

will unlock.

Two press unlock setting can be

changed according to owner's pref-

erence in the cluster User Settings

mode or with the remote key.

• User settings mode method:

Select or deselect the 'Two Press

Unlock' feature in the User

Settings mode on the cluster LCD

display (User Settings ➞ Door ➞

Two Press Unlock).

• Remote key method:

Press and hold both Door Lock (1)

and Door Unlock (2) buttons at the

same time until the hazard warn-

ing lights blink.

Now all doors will unlock when the

Door Unlock button is pressed one

time. To change the setting back,

repeat this procedure.

Information

After unlocking the doors, the doors

will automatically relock after 30 sec-

onds unless a door is opened.

Liftgate unlocking

To unlock the liftgate :

1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock

button (3) on the remote key for

more than one second.

2. The hazard warning lights will

blink two times and the liftgate will

be unlocked.

Once the liftgate is opened and then

closed, the liftgate will lock automati-

cally.

Information

The word "HOLD" is written on the

button to inform you that you must

press and hold the button for more

than one second.

Panic button (if equipped)

Press and hold the Panic button (4)

for more than one second. The horn

sounds and hazard warning lights

flash for about 30 seconds.

To cancel the panic mode, press any

button on the remote key.

Start-up

For information, refer to the "Key

Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the remote

key:

• Keep the remote key away from

water or any liquid and fire.

Internal circuits may malfunc-

tion if the inside of the remote

key gets damp (from liquids or

moisture) or if it is heated. This

can exclude the remote key from

being covered under warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing the

remote key.

• Protect the remote key from

extreme temperatures.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-5

Convenient features of your vehicle

Mechanical key

If the remote key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the

driver's door by using the mechanical

key.

To unfold the mechanical key, press

the release button on the remote.

To return the key to its stored posi-

tion, press the release button and

fold the key back into the remote.

Remote key precautions

The remote key will not work if any of

the following occur:

• The key is in the ignition switch.

• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).

• The remote key battery is weak.

• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.

• The weather is extremely cold.

• The remote key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station or

an airport which can interfere with

normal operation of the remote key.

If the remote key does not work cor-

rectly, open and close the door with

the mechanical key. If you have a

problem with the remote key contact

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the remote key is in close proximi-

ty to your mobile phone, the signal

could be blocked by your mobile

phone's normal operational signals.

This is specifically relevant when the

phone is active such as making and

receiving calls, text messaging,

and/or sending/receiving emails.

When possible, avoid placing the

remote key and your mobile phone in

the same location such as a pants or

jacket pocket in order to avoid inter-

ference between the two devices.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the device.

OPD046003

3-6

Keep the remote key away from

electromagnetic materials that

block electromagnetic waves to

the key surface.

Battery replacement

If the remote key is not working prop-

erly, try replacing the battery with a

new one.

Battery Type: CR2032

To replace the battery:

1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the cover.

2. Using a screw driver, remove the

battery cover.

3. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure the

battery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the battery cover and key

cover in the reverse order of

removal.

If you suspect your remote key might

have sustained some damage, or

you feel your remote key is not work-

ing correctly contact an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human health.

Dispose of the battery according

to your local law(s) or regula-

tions.

Smart Key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,

which you can use to lock or unlock

the driver and passenger doors or

the rear liftgate.

1. Door Lock

2. Door Unlock

3. Liftgate Unlock

4. Panic

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

OPD046044

OPD046002

3-7

Convenient features of your vehicle

Locking your vehicle

To lock your vehicle using the door

handle button or the Smart Key:

1. Close all doors, hood and liftgate.

2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Lock button

(1) on the smart key.

3. The hazard warning lights will

blink and the chime will sound

once.

4. When the doors are locked, the

indicator light on the central door

lock/unlock switch will be illuminat-

ed.

Information

The door handle button will only

operate when the smart key is within

28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the out-

side door handle.

Note that you cannot lock your vehi-

cle using the door handle button if

any of the following occur:

• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.

• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position.

• Any of the doors are open except

for the liftgate.

Unlocking your vehicle

To unlock your vehicle:

1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession.

2. Press either the button on the

door handle or the Door Unock

button (2) on the smart key. The

driver's door will unlock and the

hazard warning lights will blink two

times.

Do not leave the Smart Key in

your vehicle with unsupervised

children. Unattended children

could press the Engine Start/

Stop button and may operate

power windows or other con-

trols, or even make the vehicle

move, which could result in

serious injury or death.

WARNING

OOS047001OOS047001

3-8

Convenient features of your vehicle

3. Two Press Unlock Feature

The priority for unlocking the driver

door only, or unlocking all the doors

with one press may be adjusted in

the User Settings menu in the LCD

cluster display.

The Two Press Unlock feature, when

enabled, will require the user to

press the door unlock button once for

driver door only and twice for unlock-

ing all the doors.

Select or Deselect the Two Press

Unlock Feature in the User Settings

menu in the LCD cluster display. The

option can be found under the follow-

ing menu:

USER SETTINGS ➞ DOOR ➞ TWO

PRESS UNLOCK

The Two Press Unlock Feature can

also be enabled or disabled by

pressing the door lock and unlock

buttons simultaneously on the Key

FOB:

Press and hold both the DOOR

LOCK button and the DOOR

UNLOCK button simultaneously until

the hazard warning lights blink.

This will enable or disable the Two

Press Unlock feature. Repeat this

procedure to enable/disable the

mode again.

Information

• The door handle buttons will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the

outside door handle

• Either the driver or front passenger

door can be opened with the door

handle button when the smart key is

within this range

• If you press the front passenger out-

side door handle with the smart key

in your possession, all the doors will

unlock

Opening the liftgate

To unlock and open the liftgate:

1. Make sure you have the smart key

in your possession.

2. Press either the liftgate handle

release button on the vehicle or

press and hold the Liftgate Unlock

button on the smart key for more

than one second. The hazard

warning lights will blink two times

and the liftgate latch will unlock.

The liftgate must be operated

manually to open the liftgate.

Once the liftgate latch is

unlocked, pull upward on the lift-

gate handle to fully open the lift-

gate.

3. Once the liftgate is opened and

then closed, the liftgate will lock

automatically.

NOTICE

3-9

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

• The liftgate handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-

in 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate

handle.

• The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will

only unlock the liftgate. It will not

release the latch and open the lift-

gate automatically. If the Liftgate

Unlock button is used, someone

must still press the liftgate handle

button to open the liftgate.

Panic button

Press and hold the Panic button (4)

for more than one second. The horn

sounds and hazard warning lights

blink for about 30 seconds.To cancel

the panic mode, press any button on

the Smart Key.

Start-up

You can start the vehicle without

inserting the key.

For information, refer to the

"Engine Start/Stop Button" sec-

tion in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the smart key:

• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry

place to avoid damage or mal-

function. Exposure to moisture

or high temperature may cause

the internal circuit of the smart

key to malfunction which may

not be covered under warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing the

smart key.

• Protect the smart key from

extreme temperatures.

Mechanical key

If the Smart Key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the

driver's door by using the mechanical

key.

To remove the mechanical key from

the smart key FOB, slide the release

lever in the direction of the arrow (1)

and then pull the mechanical key (2)

outward.

To unlock the vehicle using the

mechanical key. insert the mechani-

cal key into the key hole in the driver

door.

To reinstall the mechanical key into

the FOB, insert the key in the top of

the key FOB and push inward until a

click sound is heard.

NOTICE

OPD046045

3-10

Loss of a smart key

A maximum of two Smart Keys can

be registered to a single vehicle. If

you happen to lose your smart key,

you should immediately take the

vehicle and remaining keys to your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow

the vehicle, if necessary.

Smart key precautions

The smart key may not work if any of

the following occur:

• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station

or an airport which can interfere

with normal operation of the trans-

mitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile two

way radio system or a cellular

phone.

• Another vehicle’s smart key is being

operated close to your vehicle.

If the smart key does not work cor-

rectly, open and close the door with

the mechanical key. If you have a

problem with the smart key, contact

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the smart key is in close proximity

to your mobile phone, the signal

could be blocked by your mobile

phone's normal operational signals.

This is specifically relevant when the

phone is active such as making and

receiving calls, text messaging,

and/or sending/receiving emails.

When possible, avoid keeping the

smart key and your mobile phone in

the same location such as a pants or

jacket pocket in order to avoid inter-

ference between the two devices.

Keep the smart key away from

electromagnetic materials that

blocks electromagnetic waves to

the key surface.

Always have the smart key with

you when leaving the vehicle. If

the smart key is left near the vehi-

cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-

charged.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the device.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

3-11

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop-

erly, try replacing the battery with a

new one.

Battery Type: CR2032

To replace the battery:

1. Remove the mechanical key.

2. Use a slim tool to pry open the

rear cover of the smart key.

3. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure the

battery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the rear cover of the

smart key.

If you suspect your smart key might

have sustained some damage, or

you feel your smart key is not work-

ing correctly, contact an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human

health. Dispose of the battery

according to your local law(s)

or regulations.

Immobilizer System

(if equipped)

The immobilizer system protects

your vehicle from theft. If an improp-

erly coded key (or other device) is

used, the engine's fuel system is dis-

abled.

When the ignition switch is placed in

the ON position, the immobilizer sys-

tem indicator should come on briefly,

then go off. If the indicator starts to

blink, the system does not recognize

the coding of the key.

Turn the ignition switch to the

LOCK/OFF position, then turn the

ignition switch to the ON position

again.

In some circumstances, the vehicle

may not recognize your smart key if

another smart key device is nearby

or a metal object such as a key chain

is causing interference with the

smart key.

If this occurs, your vehicle may not

start. Remove any metal objects or

additional keys near the smart key

before attempting to start the vehicle

again.

OPD046046

3-12

If the system repeatedly does not

recognize the coding of the key, it is

recommended that you contact your

HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it. Electrical

problems could result that may make

your vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is an

important part of the immobilizer

system. It is designed to give

years of trouble-free service, how-

ever you should avoid exposure to

moisture, static electricity and

rough handling. Immobilizer sys-

tem malfunction could occur.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate

the device.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

In order to prevent theft of your

vehicle, do not leave spare keys

anywhere in your vehicle. Your

immobilizer password is a cus-

tomer unique password and

should be kept confidential.

WARNING

3-13

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operating Door Locks from

Outside the Vehicle

Mechanical key

[A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock

If you lock the driver's door with a

mechanical key, all vehicle doors will

lock. If you unlock the driver's door

with a mechanical key, you can open

and close the driver’s door only.

Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.When closing the door, push

the door by hand. Make sure that

doors are closed securely.

Remote key

To lock the doors, press the Door

Lock button (1) on the remote key.

Press the Door Unlock button (2) on

the remote key, the driver's door will

unlock. If you press the Door Unlock

button on the remote key again with-

in four seconds, then all the doors

will unlock.

Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure that doors

are closed securely.

Smart key

Press the button on the driver's out-

side door handle while carrying the

Smart Key with you or press the

Door Unlock button on the Smart

Key, the driver's door will unlock.

DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS

OPD047001N

OOS047002

■ Remote key ■ Smart key

OOS047001

OPD046004

Door

Unlock

Door

Lock

3-14

Convenient features of your vehicle

If you press the button on the front

passenger's outside door, all doors

will unlock.

Once the doors are unlocked, they

may be opened by pulling the door

handle.

When closing the door, push the

door by hand. Make sure that doors

are closed securely.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-

ple times in rapid succession with

either the vehicle key or door lock

switch, the system may stop operat-

ing temporarily in order to protect

the circuit and prevent damage to

system components.

• Two press unlock setting can be

changed in the User Settings mode

on the cluster.

Operating Door Locks from

Inside the Vehicle

With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the door

lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi-

tion. The red mark (2) on the door

lock button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the "Lock" position. If

the door is locked properly, the red

mark (2) on the door lock button

will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door han-

dle (3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of either

the driver door or passenger door

is pulled when the door lock button

is in the lock position, the button is

unlocked and the door will open.

• For Key Start Vehicles (w/ Remote

Key)

The front doors cannot be locked if

the remote key is in the ignition

switch and either of the front doors

are open.

• For Push Button Start Vehicles

(Smart Key)

The doors cannot be locked if the

smart key fob is inside the vehicle

and any of the doors are open.

OOS047003

3-15

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

If a power door lock ever fails to func-

tion while you are in the vehicle try

one or more of the following tech-

niques to exit:

• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic and

manual) while simultaneously

pulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks and

handles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use the

mechanical key to unlock the door

from outside.

With the central door lock

switch

The driver side door armrest is

equipped with a central door lock

switch. The lock button is indicated

by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button

is indicated by a ( ) symbol.

When the lock button (2) is pressed,

all the vehicle doors will lock.

When the unlock button (1) is

pressed, all the vehicle doors will

unlock.

• For Key Start Vehicles (with remote

key)

If the key is in the ignition switch

and any door is opened, the doors

will not lock even though the lock

button (2) is pressed.

• For Push Button Start Vehicles

(Smart Key)

If the smart key is in the vehicle

and any door is open, the doors

will not lock even though the lock

button (2) is pressed.

• The doors should always be

fully closed and locked while

the vehicle is in motion. If the

doors are unlocked,the risk of

being thrown from the vehicle

in a crash is increased.

• Do not pull the inner door

handle of the driver's or pas-

senger's door while the vehi-

cle is moving.

WARNING

OOS047004

3-16

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic Door Lock and

Unlock Features

Your vehicle is equipped with fea-

tures that will automatically lock or

unlock your vehicle based on set-

tings you select in the LCD cluster

display.

Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed

When this feature is set in the LCD

cluster display, all the doors will be

locked automatically when the vehi-

cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).

Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift

When this feature is set in the LCD

cluster display, all the doors will be

locked automatically when the vehi-

cle is shifted out of P (PARK) while

the engine is running.

Opening a door when something

is approaching may cause dam-

age or injury. Be careful when

opening doors and watch for

vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles

or pedestrians approaching the

vehicle in the path of the door.

CAUTION

If you stay in the vehicle for a

long time while the weather is

very hot or cold, there are risks

of injuries or danger to life. Do

not lock the vehicle from the

outside when someone is in the

vehicle.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animals

unattended in your vehicle. An

enclosed vehicle can become

extremely hot, causing death or

serious injury to unattended

children or animals who cannot

escape the vehicle. Children

might operate features of the

vehicle that could injure them,

or they could encounter other

harm, possibly from someone

gaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

Always secure your vehicle.

Leaving your vehicle unlocked

increases the potential risk to

you or others from someone

hiding in your vehicle.

To secure your vehicle, while

depressing the brake, move the

shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion, engage the parking brake,

and place the ignition switch in

the LOCK/OFF position, close

all windows, lock all doors, and

always take the key with you.

WARNING

3-17

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift

When this feature is set in the LCD

cluster display, all the doors will be

unlocked automatically when the

vehicle is shifted back into P (PARK).

For more information on these

features, refer to the LCD Display

section later in this chapter.

Additional Unlock Safety

Feature - Air Bag Deployment

As an additional safety feature, all

doors will be automatically unlocked

when an impact causes the air bags

to deploy.

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks

The child safety lock is provided to

help prevent children seated in the

rear from accidentally opening the

rear doors.The rear door safety locks

should be used whenever children

are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock is located on

the edge of each rear door.When the

child safety lock is in the lock posi-

tion, the rear door will not open if the

inner door handle is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert a

small flat blade tool (like a screwdriv-

er or similar) (1) into the slot and turn

it to the lock position as shown.

To allow a rear door to be opened

from inside the vehicle, unlock the

child safety lock.

OOS047005N

If children accidently open the

rear doors while the vehicle is

in motion, they could fall out of

the vehicle.The rear door safety

locks should always be used

whenever children are in the

vehicle.

WARNING

3-18

Convenient features of your vehicle

This system helps to protect your vehi-

cle and valuables.The horn will sound

and the hazard warning lights will blink

continuously if any of the following

occur:

- A door is opened without using the

remote key or smart key.

- The liftgate is opened without using

the remote key or smart key.

- The engine hood is opened.

The alarm continues for 30 seconds,

then the system resets.To turn off the

alarm, unlock the doors with the

remote key or smart key.

The Theft Alarm System automatically

sets 30 seconds after you lock the

doors and the liftgate. For the system

to activate, you must lock the doors

and the liftgate from outside the vehi-

cle with the remote key or smart key or

by pressing the button on the outside

of the door handle with the smart key

in your possession.

The hazard warning lights will blink

and the chime will sound once to indi-

cate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set, open-

ing any door, the liftgate, or the hood

without using the remote key or smart

key will cause the alarm to activate.

The Theft Alarm System will not set if

the hood, the liftgate, or any door is

not fully closed. If the system will not

set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the

doors are fully closed.

Do not attempt to alter this system or

add other devices to it.

Information

• Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If the

remaining passenger leaves the

vehicle when the system is armed,

the alarm will be activated.

• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the

remote key or smart key, open the

doors by using the mechanical key

and place the ignition switch in the

ON position (for remote key) or start

the engine (for smart key) by direct-

ly pressing the ignition switch with

the smart key.

• If the system is disarmed by unlock-

ing the vehicle, but neither a door or

the liftgate is opened within 30 sec-

onds, the doors will relock and the

system will rearm automatically.

Electric Power Steering (EPS)

The system assists you with steering

the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off

or if the power steering system

becomes inoperative, you may still

steer the vehicle, but it will require

increased steering effort.

Should you notice any change in the

effort required to steer during normal

vehicle operation, have the system

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL

• If the Electric Power Steering

System does not operate nor-

mally, the warning light ( )

will illuminate on the instru-

ment cluster. You may steer

the vehicle, but it will require

increased steering efforts.

Take your vehicle to an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer

and have the system checked

as soon as possible.

CAUTION

3-19

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

The following symptoms may occur

during normal vehicle operation:

• The steering effort may be high

immediately after placing the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.

This happens as the system per-

forms the EPS system diagnostics.

When the diagnostics are complet-

ed, the steering wheel effort will

return to its normal condition.

• When the battery voltage is low, you

might have to put more steering

effort. However, it is a temporary

condition so that it will return to

normal condition after charging the

battery.

• A click noise may be heard from the

EPS relay after the ignition switch is

in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.

• Motor noise may be heard when the

vehicle is at a stop or at a low driv-

ing speed.

• When you operate the steering

wheel in low temperatures, abnor-

mal noise may occur. If the temper-

ature rises, the noise will disappear.

This is a normal condition.

• When an error is detected from the

EPS, the steering effort assist func-

tion will not be activated in order to

prevent fatal accidents. Instrument

cluster warning lights may be on or

the steering effort may be high. If

these symptoms occur, drive the

vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is

safe to do so. Have the system

checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-

ble.

Tilt Steering / Telescope

Steering

When adjusting the steering wheel to

a comfortable position, adjust the

steering wheel so that it points

toward your chest, not toward your

face. Make sure you can see the

instrument cluster warning lights and

gauges. After adjusting, push the

steering wheel both up and down to

be certain it is locked in position.

Always adjust the position of the

steering wheel before driving.

• When abnormality is detected

in the electric power steering

system, to prevent a deadly

accident, the steering assist

function will stop. At this time,

the warning light turns on or

blinks on the cluster. The

steering wheel may become

difficult to control or operate.

Have your vehicle checked

immediately, after moving the

vehicle to a safe zone.

NEVER adjust the steering

wheel while driving. This may

cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

WARNING

3-20

Convenient features of your vehicle

To adjust the steering wheel angle

and height:

1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).

2. Adjust the steering wheel to the

desired angle (2) and distance for-

ward/back (3).

3. Pull up the lock-release lever to

lock the steering wheel in place.

Information

Sometimes the lock release lever may

not engage completely. This may

occur when the gears of the locking

mechanism do not completely mesh.

If this occurs, pull down on the lock-

release lever, readjust the steering

wheel again, and then pull back up on

the release lever to lock the steering

wheel in place.

Heated Steering Wheel

(for Canada, if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ON

position or when the engine is run-

ning, press the heated steering

wheel button to warm the steering

wheel. The indicator on the button

will illuminate.

To turn the heated steering wheel off,

press the button again.The indicator

on the button will turn off.

The heated steering wheel will auto-

matically turn off after approximately

30 minutes.

OOS047006

OOS048007

While adjusting the steering

wheel height, please do not

push or pull it hard since the fix-

ture can be damaged.

CAUTION

3-21

Convenient features of your vehicle

Do not install any cover or acces-

sory on the steering wheel. The

cover or accessory could cause

damage to the heated steering

wheel system.

Horn

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your

steering wheel (see illustration). The

horn will operate only when this area

is pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely to

operate it, or hit it with your fist.

Do not press on the horn with a

sharp-pointed object.

Inside Rearview Mirror

Before driving your vehicle, check to

see that your inside rearview mirror

is properly positioned. Adjust the

rearview mirror so that the view

through the rear window is properly

centered.

NOTICE

Make sure your line of sight is

not obstructed. Do not place

objects in the rear seat, cargo

area, or behind the rear head-

rests which could interfere with

your vision through the rear

window.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury during

an accident or deployment of

the air bag, do not modify the

rearview mirror and do not

install a wide mirror.

WARNING

MMIIRRRROORRSS

OOS047008

3-22

Convenient features of your vehicle

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner. Do

not spray glass cleaner directly on

the mirror as this may cause the

liquid cleaner to enter the mirror

housing.

Day/night rearview mirror

(if equipped)

[A] : Day/night lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night

Make this adjustment before you

start driving and while the day/night

lever is in the day position.

Pull the day/night lever towards you

to reduce glare from the headlights

of the vehicles behind you during

night driving.

Remember that you lose some

rearview clarity in the night position.

Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)

(if equipped)

Some vehicles come equipped with

an electrochromic mirror that helps

control glare while driving at night or

under low light driving conditions.

When the engine is running, the

glare is automatically controlled by

the sensor mounted in the rearview

mirror. The sensor detects the light

level around the vehicle, and auto-

matically adjusts to control the head-

lamp glare from vehicles behind you.

Whenever the shift lever is placed in

R (Reverse), the mirror will automat-

ically go to the brightest setting in

order to improve the driver’s view

behind the vehicle.

NOTICE

OOS047009

NEVER adjust the mirror while

driving. This may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

WARNING

3-23

Convenient features of your vehicle

[A] : Indicator

When cleaning the mirror, use a

paper towel or similar material

dampened with glass cleaner. Do

not spray glass cleaner directly on

the mirror as that may cause the

liquid cleaner to enter the mirror

housing.

Blue Link

center (for Canada)

For details, refer to the Blue Link

Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual

or Audio Manual.

Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with

HomeLink

system, compass and

Blue Link

(if equipped)

NOTICE

OOS047092C

OOS047093N

■ For USA

HomeLink Indicator

HomeLink Button

Telematics buttons

HomeLink Indicator

Telematics buttons

HomeLink Button

OOS047093C

■ For Canada

OOS047010L

3-24

Convenient features of your vehicle

Your vehicle may be equipped with a

Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror

with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass

Display and an Integrated HomeLink

Wireless Control System. During

nighttime driving, this feature will

automatically detect and reduce

rearview mirror glare while the com-

pass indicates the direction the vehicle

is traveling.The HomeLink

Universal

Transceiver allows you to activate your

garage door(s), electric gate, home

lighting, etc.

(1) HomeLink Channel 1

(2) HomeLink Channel 2

(3) HomeLink Channel 3

(4) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Closing or Closed

(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator

(6) Garage Door Opener Status

Indicator : Opening or Opened

(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator

Automatic-Dimming Night Vision

Safety™ (NVS

) Mirror

(if equipped)

The NVS

Mirror automatically

reduces glare by monitoring light lev-

els in the front and the rear of the

vehicle. Any object that obstructs

either light sensor will degrade the

automatic dimming control feature.

For more information regarding

NVS

mirrors and other applica-

tions, please refer to the Gentex

website:

www.gentex.com

Your mirror will automatically dim

upon detecting glare from the vehi-

cles traveling behind you.

The mirror defaults to the ON posi-

tion each time the vehicle is started.

Z-Nav™ Compass Display

The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is

also equipped with a Z-Nav™

Compass that shows the vehicle

Compass heading in the Display

Window using the 8 basic cardinal

headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).

Compass function

The Compass can be turned ON and

OFF, but it returns to ON after the

ignition is cycled.

1. Press and release the Control

Button within 1 second to turn the

display feature OFF.

2. Press and release the Control

Button again within 1 second to

turn the display back ON.

Additional options can be set with

press and hold sequences of the

Control Button and are detailed

below.

OOS047094N

3-25

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

Press the control button in the hole

with a pointed object, such as the tip

of a ballpoint pen or similar object.

There is a difference between mag-

netic north and true north. To com-

pensate for this difference you will

need to adjust the Zone setting based

on where you live.

B520C05NF

3-26

Convenient features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting:

1.Determine the desired Zone

Number based upon your current

location on the Zone Map.

2. Press and hold the Control Button

for up to 6 seconds, the current

Zone Number will appear on the

display.

3. Release and press the Control

Button and then hold the Control

Button again will cause the num-

bers to increment (Note: they will

repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).

Releasing the button when the

desired Zone Number appears on

the display will set the new Zone.

4.Within about 5 seconds the com-

pass will start displaying a com-

pass heading again.

There are some conditions that can

cause changes to the vehicle mag-

nets, such as installing a ski rack or

a CB antenna. Body repair work on

the vehicle can also cause changes

to the vehicle's magnetic field. In

these situations, the compass will

need to be re-calibrated to correct

these changes.

If you need to recalibrate the com-

pass:

1. Press and hold the Control Button

for more than 6 seconds. When

the compass memory is cleared, a

"C" will appear in the display.

2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete cir-

cles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System

The HomeLink

Wireless Control

System can replace up to three

hand-held radio-frequency (RF)

transmitters with a single built-in

device. This innovative feature will

learn the radio frequency codes of

most current transmitters to operate

devices such as gate operators,

garage door openers, entry door

locks, security systems, even home

lighting. Both standard and rolling

code-equipped transmitters can be

programmed by following the out-

lined procedures.

Additional HomeLink

information

can be found at: www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the

RF device you are programming for

use in other vehicles as well as for

future HomeLink

programming. It is

also suggested that upon the sale of

the vehicle, the programmed

HomeLink

buttons be erased for

security purposes.

Before programming HomeLink

to a garage door opener or gate

operator, make sure people and

objects are out of the way of the

device to prevent potential harm

or damage. Do not use the

HomeLink

with any garage

door opener that lacks the safe-

ty stop and reverse features

required by U.S. federal safety

standards (this includes any

garage door opener model man-

ufactured before April 1,1982). A

garage door that cannot detect

an object - signaling the door to

stop and reverse - does not meet

current U.S. federal safety stan-

dards. Using a garage door

opener without these features

increases the risk of serious

injury or death.

WARNING

3-27

Convenient features of your vehicle

Programming HomeLink

Please note the following:

• When programming a garage door

opener, it is advised to park the

vehicle outside of the garage.

• It is recommended that a new bat-

tery be placed in the hand-held

transmitter of the device being pro-

grammed to HomeLink

for quicker

training and accurate transmission

of the radio-frequency signal.

• Some vehicles may require the

ignition switch to be placed in the

ACC (or "Accessories") position for

programming and/or operation of

HomeLink

• In the event that there are still pro-

gramming difficulties or questions

after following the programming

steps listed below, contact

HomeLink

at:www.homelink.com,

www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex

or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Programming

To program most devices, follow

these instructions:

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

• If the indicator (4) is turned ON

in Orange, go to Step 3) since it

is a new programming.

• If the indicator (4) is continuous-

ly turned ON or flashes in Green

rapidly several times, go to Step

2) since it is a programmed but-

ton.

2. Press and hold the button you

wish to program for approximately

15-25 seconds until the LED flash-

es in Orange for several times.

3. Hold the Garage Door Opener

Original Transmitter (OT) near the

HomeLink Mirror.

OOS047095N

3-28

4. Press the Original Transmitter

(OT) button until the indicator (4)

is turned continuously ON or

flashes in Green for approximately

10 seconds and it indicates the

programing is completed.

5. However, the indicator (4) flashes

in Green continuously, but if the

garage door opener does not

operate, please continue to follow

the step 6 and 7 (“Rolling Code

Programming” procedures).

6.Firmly press and release the

“Learn,” “Smart,” or “Program” but-

ton while the indicator (4) flashes

in Green. Once the button is

pressed, you have approximately

30 seconds to initiate the next

step.

Information

At the garage door opener motor,

(security gate motor, etc.) locate the

“Learn,” “Smart,” or “Program” but-

ton. This can usually be found where

the hanging antenna wire is attached

to the motor-head unit (see the

device’s manual to identify this but-

ton). The name and color of the button

may vary by manufacturer. A ladder

and/or second person may simplify

the following steps.

7. Return to the vehicle and firmly

press, hold for two seconds and

release the HomeLink button up to

three times. Do not press the

HomeLink button rapidly. At this

point programming is complete

and your device should operate

when the HomeLink button is

pressed and released.

Information

• Some garage door openers require

to press the programmed button on

the mirror up to three times right

after the programming is just com-

pleted to operate the garage door.

• The indicator (4) is turned ON in

Orange and flashes for about 60sec-

onds, during the programing mode

and if a programing is not succeed-

ed within the 60 seconds, the pro-

graming mode will be abort.

HomeLink

should now activate your

rolling code equipped device.

Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS047096N

3-29

Convenient features of your vehicle

Gate operator & Canadian program-

ming

During programming, your handheld

transmitter may automatically stop

transmitting. Continue to press the

Integrated HomeLink

Wireless

Control System button while you

press and re-press ("cycle") your

handheld transmitter every two sec-

onds until the frequency signal has

been learned. The indicator light will

flash slowly and then rapidly after

several seconds upon successful

training.

Operating HomeLink

1. Press and release one of the

HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that

programed.

2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will

operate as below:

- Indicates Green and is continu-

ously ON (Fixed Code Garage

Door Opener)

- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling

Code Garage Door Opener)

Erasing HomeLink

buttons

1. Press and hold the button (1) and

(3) simultaneously.

2. The indicator (4) is turned contin-

uously ON in orange for about 10

seconds.

3. Then the indicator (4) color

changes to Green and flashes

rapidly.

Release the buttons once the

green indicator flashes.

4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and

(4) memories are all cleared.

OOS047095N OOS047098N

3-30

Convenient features of your vehicle

NVS

is a registered trademark and

Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex

Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.

HomeLink

is a registered trademark

owned by Johnson Controls,

Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A

IC: 4112A-UAHL5A

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. The transceiver has been tested and

complies with FCC and Industry

Canada rules. Changes or modifica-

tions not expressly approved by the

party responsible for compliance

could void the user’s authority to

operate the device.

Two Way Communication Programing

1. Complete the HomeLink

"Programming" first.

2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink

button is pressed after the pro-

gramming, the following steps

MUST occur to program two way

communication. (only for some

older garage doors)

3. Press and release the programed

HomeLink button to activate the

garage door.

4. Once the garage door is stopped,

press and release the "Learn" or

"Smart" button on the Garage door

opener within 1 minute from the

time of pressing the programed

HomeLink button on mirror.

OOS047099N

3-31

Convenient features of your vehicle

5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are

flashing rapidly for about 5 sec-

onds, the two way synchronization

is completed.

Information

Some newer garage door openers pro-

vide two-way communication syn-

chronizing when programming the

original transmitter (OT).

Operating Two Way Communication

1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)

button.

2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates

as below:

- If the indicator (4) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "closing".

- If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "closed".

- If the indicator (6) flashes in

Orange, it indicates that the

garage door is "Opening".

- If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that

the garage door is "Opened".

- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not

turn to Green, it indicates that the

last status of garage door was

not received properly. The

HomeLink mirror tries to receive

the last known status of the

garage door for a few seconds.

OOS047411N

OOS047099N

OOS047412N

3-32

Convenient features of your vehicle

Recalling Garage Door Status

Homelink mirror with two way com-

munication provides a way to view

the last stored message from the

garage door opener.In order to recall

the last known status of the last acti-

vated device, press the buttons "1

and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.

• If the indicator (4) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "closed"

properly.

• If the indicator (6) is ON continu-

ously in Green, it indicates that the

last activated device was "open"

properly.

Information

Two way communication range dis-

tance between "vehicle" and "garage

door opener" is 100m.

The range may be reduced or

increased a little due to obstacle con-

ditions around the garage door open-

er, such as houses or trees.

Side View Mirrors

Make sure to adjust the side view

mirrors to your desired position

before you begin driving.

Your vehicle is equipped with both

left-hand and right-hand side view

mirrors.The mirrors can be adjusted

remotely with the remote switch.The

side view mirrors can be folded to

help prevent damage when going

through an automatic car wash or

when passing through a narrow

street.

The right side view mirror is convex.

Objects seen in the mirror are closer

than they appear.

Use the inside rear view mirror or

look back directly to determine the

actual distance of other vehicles

prior to changing lanes.

• Do not scrape ice off the mirror

face; this may damage the sur-

face of the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with ice,

do not adjust the mirror by

force. Use an approved spray

de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)

spray, or a sponge or soft cloth

with very warm water, or move

the vehicle to a warm place and

allow the ice to melt.

NOTICE

Do not adjust or fold the side

view mirrors while driving. This

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OOS047012

3-33

Convenient features of your vehicle

Blind spot mirror (if equipped)

The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is a

supplemental mirror that minimizes

the driver's blind spot zone by

expanding the field of view on the

rear side of the vehicle.

The blind spot mirror is equipped on

the driver's left side view mirror.

Do not clean the mirror with harsh

abrasives, fuel or other petroleum

based cleaning products.

Side View Mirror Adjustment

Adjusting the side view mirrors:

1. Press either the L (driver's side) or

R (passenger's side) button (1) to

select the side view mirror you

would like to adjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control

switch to position the selected mir-

ror up, down, left or right.

3. After adjustment, put the button

into neutral (center) position to

prevent inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE

OOS047413N

OLF044478N

• Always check the road condi-

tion while driving for unex-

pected situations even though

the vehicle is equipped with a

blind spot mirror.

• The blind spot mirror is

intended as a supplemental

device to assist the driver

before changing lanes. Do

not solely rely on the blind

spot mirror as a precaution.

Always pay attention to traffic

conditions around you.

WARNING

OOS047013

3-34

Convenient features of your vehicle

• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-

ing angles, but the motor contin-

ues to operate while the switch

is pressed. Do not press the

switch longer than necessary,

because this can damage the

motor.

• Do not attempt to adjust the side

view mirrors by hand, because

this can damage the motor.

Folding the side view mirrors

To fold the side view mirrors, grasp

the housing of the mirror and then

fold it inwards.

NOTICE

OOS047014

3-35

Convenient features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s door power window

switch

(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window

switch

(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch

(5) Window opening and closing

(6) Automatic power window

(7) Power window lock switch

WWIINNDDOOWWSS

OOS047017

3-36

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Windows

The ignition switch must be in the ON

position to be able to raise or lower

the windows.Each door has a Power

Window switch to control that door’s

window. The driver has a Power

Window Lock switch which can block

the operation of passenger windows.

The power windows will operate for

approximately 30 seconds after the

ignition switch is placed in the ACC

or LOCK/OFF position. However, if

the front doors are opened, the

Power Windows will not operate even

within the 30 second period.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear win-

dows down or with the sunroof (if

equipped) opened (or partially

opened), your vehicle may demon-

strate a wind buffeting or pulsation

noise. This noise is normal and can

be reduced or eliminated by taking

the following actions. If the noise

occurs with one or both of the rear

windows down, partially lower both

front windows approximately one

inch. If you experience the noise

with the sunroof open, slightly close

the sunroof.

Window opening and closing

To open:

Press the window switch down to the

first detent position (5). Release the

switch when you want the window to

stop.

To close:

Pull the window switch up to the first

detent position (5). Release the win-

dow switch when you want the win-

dow to stop.

To avoid serious injury or death,

do not extend your head, arms

or body outside the windows

while driving.

WARNING

OOS047018

3-37

Convenient features of your vehicle

Auto down window (if equipped)

Pressing the power window switch

down momentarily to the second

detent position (6) completely lowers

the window even when the switch is

released. To stop the window at the

desired position while the window is

in operation, pull up or press down

and release the switch.

Auto up/down window

(if equipped)

Pressing or pulling up the power win-

dow switch momentarily to the sec-

ond detent position (6) completely

lowers or lifts the window even when

the switch is released. To stop the

window at the desired position while

the window is in operation, pull up or

press down and release the switch.

To reset the power windows

If the power windows do not operate

normally, the automatic power win-

dow system must be reset as follows:

1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

position.

2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power window

switch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operate

properly after resetting, have the

system checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstacle while

it is closing automatically, it will stop

and lower approximately 12 inches (30

cm) to allow the object to be cleared.

If the window detects the resistance

while the power window switch is

pulled up continuously, the window

will stop upward movement then

lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).

If the power window switch is pulled

up continuously again within 5 sec-

onds after the window is lowered by

the automatic window reverse fea-

ture, the automatic window reverse

will not operate.

The automatic reverse feature

doesn't activate while resetting

the power window system. Make

sure body parts or other objects

are safely out of the way before

closing the windows to avoid

injuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

OLF044032

3-38

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

The automatic reverse feature is only

active when the "Auto Up" feature is

used by fully pulling up the switch to

the second detent.

Do not install any accessories on

the windows.The automatic reverse

feature may not operate.

Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the power

window switches on the rear passen-

ger doors by pressing the power win-

dow lock switch.

When the power window lock switch

is pressed:

• The rear passenger control will not

be able to operate the rear passen-

ger power window

• Note that the front passenger con-

trol is still able to operate the front

passenger window, and that the

driver master control can still oper-

ate all the power windows.

• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do

not open or close two windows

or more at the same time. This

will also ensure the longevity of

the fuse.

• Never try to operate the main

switch on the driver's door and

the individual door window

switch in opposite directions at

the same time. If this is done,the

window will stop and cannot be

opened or closed.

NOTICE

Do not allow children to play

with the power windows. Keep

the driver's door power window

lock switch in the LOCK posi-

tion. Serious injury or death can

result from unintentional win-

dow operation by a child.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or other

objects are safely out of the way

before closing the windows to

avoid injuries or vehicle damage.

Objects less than 0.16 inch

(4 mm) in diameter caught

between the window glass and

the upper window channel may

not be detected by the automatic

reverse window and the window

will not stop and reverse direc-

tion.

WARNING

OOS047019

3-39

Convenient features of your vehicle

If your vehicle is equipped with a sun-

roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof

with the sunroof control switch locat-

ed on the overhead console.

The sunroof can only be opened,

closed, or tilted when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

Information

• In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due to

freezing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in a

rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any

water that is on the sunroof before

operating it.

• Do not continue to move the

sunroof control lever after the

sunroof is fully opened, closed,

or tilted. Damage to the motor or

system components could

occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closed

fully when leaving your vehicle.

If the sunroof is left open,rain or

snow may wet the interior of the

vehicle. Also, leaving the sun-

roof open when the vehicle is

unattended may invite theft.

NOTICE

SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

• Never adjust the sunroof or

sunshade while driving. This

could result in loss of control

and an accident that may

cause death, serious injury, or

property damage.

• Make sure heads, hands,arms

or any other body parts or

objects are out of the way

before operating the sunroof.

• Do not extend your head,

arms or body outside the sun-

roof while driving, to avoid

serious injury.

• Do not leave the engine run-

ning and the key in your vehi-

cle with unsupervised chil-

dren. Unattended children

could operate the sunroof,

which could result in serious

injury.

• Do not sit on the top of the

vehicle. It may cause injury or

vehicle damage.

WARNING

OOS047021

3-40

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunroof opening and closing

To open the sunroof:

Press the sunroof control lever back-

ward to the first detent position.

Release the switch when you want

the sunroof to stop.

To close the sunroof:

Press the sunroof control lever for-

ward to the first detent position.

Release the switch when you want

the sunroof to stop.

Sliding the sunroof

Pressing the sunroof control lever

backward or forward momentarily to

the second detent position complete-

ly opens or closes the sunroof even

when the switch is released. To stop

the sunroof at the desired position

while the sunroof is in operation,

press the sunroof control lever back-

ward or forward and release the

switch.

Information

To minimize wind noise while driving,

it is recommended that you drive with

the sunroof slightly closed (stop the

sunroof about 2 inch (5 cm) before the

maximum slide open position).

Tilting the sunroof

Tilt the sunroof open:

Push the sunroof control lever

upward until the sunroof moves to

the desired position.

To close the sunroof:

Push the sunroof control lever for-

ward until the sunroof moves to the

desired position.

OOS047022 OOS047023

3-41

Convenient features of your vehicle

• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the sunroof

guide rail or between the sun-

roof and roof panel which can

make a noise.

• Do not try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is below

freezing or when the sunroof is

covered with snow or ice, other-

wise the motor could be dam-

aged. In cold and wet climates,

the sunroof may not work prop-

erly.

Sunshade

The sunshade can be opened and

closed manually. However, the sun-

shade will open automatically with

the sunroof glass when both the sun-

roof and sunshade are closed and

the sunroof control lever is operated.

Do not leave the sunshade closed

while the sunroof is open.

Resetting the sunroof

In some circumstances resetting the

sunroof operation may need to be

performed. Some instances where

resetting the sunroof may be

required include:

- When the 12V battery in the

engine room is either disconnected

or discharged

- When the 12V battery fuse is

replaced

If the sunroof one-touch AUTO

OPEN/CLOSE operation is not func-

tioning properly

Sunroof resetting procedure:

1. It is recommended to perform the

reset procedure with the vehicle

engine running. Start the vehicle

in PARK (P) by pressing the

Start/Stop button.

2. Make sure the sunroof is in the

fully closed position. If the sun-

roof is open, push the control lever

forward until the sunroof is fully

closed.

3. Release the control lever when

the sunroof is fully closed.

NOTICE

OAD045037

3-42

Convenient features of your vehicle

4. Push the control lever forward

about 10 seconds.

- When the sunroof is in the

closed position :

The glass will tilt and slightly

move up and down.

- When the sunroof is in the tilt

position:

The glass will slightly move up

and down.

Do not release the lever until the

operation is completed.

If you release the lever during opera-

tion, start the procedure again from

step 2.

5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold

the control lever forward until the

sunroof operates as follows:

Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide

Close.

Do not release the lever until the

operation is completed.

If you release the lever during opera-

tion, start the procedure again from

step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever

after all steps have completed.

(The sunroof system has been

reset.)

Information

• If the sunroof is not reset when the

vehicle battery is disconnected or

discharged, or the sunroof fuse is

blown, the sunroof may not operate

normally.

• For more detailed information, con-

tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Sunroof Open Warning

(if equipped)

• If the driver turns off the engine

when the sunroof is not fully

closed, the warning chime will

sound for approximately 3 seconds

and the sunroof open warning will

appear on the LCD display.

• If the driver turns off the engine

and opens the door when the sun-

roof is not fully closed, the open

sunroof warning will appear on the

LCD display until the door is closed

or the sunroof is fully closed.

Close the sunroof securely when

leaving your vehicle.

3-43

Convenient features of your vehicle

Hood

Opening the hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park-

ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatch

the hood. The hood should pop

open slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise

the hood slightly, push up the sec-

ondary latch (1) inside of the hood

center and lift the hood (2).

4. Pull out the support rod and hold

the hood open with the support

rod (1).

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

• When handling the support

rod, grasp the rod in the area

wrapped with rubber only. In

some cases where the engine

has been running the support

rod may be hot. Caution should

be taken to avoid getting

burned by the support rod.

WARNING

OOS047024

OOS047025 OOS047026

3-44

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the hood

1. Before closing the hood, check in

and around the engine compart-

ment to ensure the following:

- Any tools or other loose objects

are removed from the engine

room area or hood opening area

- All glove, rags, or other com-

bustible material is removed

from the engine compartment

- All filler caps are tightly and cor-

rectly installed

2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted

approximately 12 inches (30 cm)

from the closed position) and push

down to securely lock in place.

Then double check to be sure the

hood is secure. If the hood can be

raised slightly, it is not securely

locked. Open it again and close it

with more force.

Liftgate

Opening the liftgate

Before attempting to open the lift-

gate, make sure the vehicle is in

PARK (P). To open the liftgate, per-

form the following:

1) Unlock the vehicle using either the

remote key fob (Key Start vehi-

cles), the Smart Key (Push Button

Start vehicles), or the Unlock but-

ton on the driver side armrest.

2) From outside the vehicle, press

the liftgate handle

• Before closing the hood,

ensure all obstructions are

removed from around the

hood opening.

• Always double check to be

sure that the hood is firmly

latched before driving away.

Check there is no hood open

warning light or message dis-

played on the instrument clus-

ter. Driving with the hood

opened may cause a total loss

of visibility, which might

result in an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle with

the hood in the raised posi-

tion, as vision is obstructed,

which might result in an acci-

dent, and the hood could fall

or be damaged.

WARNING

OOS047027

• The support rod must be insert-

ed completely into the hole pro-

vided whenever you inspect the

engine compartment. This will

prevent the hood from becom-

ing dislodged and falling and

causing potential injury.

3-45

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the liftgate

Lower the liftgate lid and press down

until it locks.To be sure the liftgate lid

is securely fastened, always check

by trying to pull it up again without

pressing the liftgate handle button.

Information

In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not work

properly due to freezing conditions.

Make certain that you close the

liftgate before driving your vehi-

cle. Possible damage may occur

to the liftgate struts and mounting

hinges if the liftgate is not closed

prior to driving.

Emergency liftgate safety

release

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emergency liftgate safety release

lever located on the bottom of the lift-

gate inside the vehicle.

To unlock and open the liftgate man-

ually from inside the luggage com-

partment, perform the following

steps:

1. Insert the mechanical key from the

key fob or a small screwdriver into

the slot at the bottom of the liftgate

inside the luggage compartment.

NOTICE

OOS047029

OOS047028

The liftgate swings upward.

Make sure no objects or people

are near the rear of the vehicle

when opening the liftgate.

WARNING

Do not hold on to or try to pull

on the liftgate strut. Be aware

that the deformation of the lift-

gate strut may cause vehicle

damage and risk of injury.

WARNING

OOS047085

3-46

Convenient features of your vehicle

2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the

right to engage the safety release

lever.

3. Push the liftgate outward and

upward.

Fuel Filler Door

Opening the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door is opened from

inside the vehicle using the fuel filler

door release lever.

1.Turn the engine off.Locate the fuel

filler door release lever on the floor

on the left side of the driver seat.

2. Pull up on the release lever.

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward

to access the fuel tank cap.

4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),

turn it counterclockwise. You may

hear a hissing noise as the pres-

sure inside the tank equalizes.

5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information

If the fuel filler door does not open

because ice has formed around it, tap

lightly or push on the door to break

the ice and release the door. Do not

pry on the door. If necessary, spray

around the door with an approved de-

icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-

freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm

place and allow the ice to melt.

• Be aware of the location of the

emergency liftgate safety

release lever in your vehicle

and know how to open the lift-

gate using the safety release

lever.

• No one should be allowed to

occupy the luggage compart-

ment of the vehicle at any time.

The luggage compartment is a

very dangerous location in the

event of a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-

gencies only. Use extreme cau-

tion, especially while the vehi-

cle is in motion.

WARNING

OOS047086

OOS047031

3-47

Convenient features of your vehicle

Closing the fuel filler door

1.To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it "clicks" one time.

2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuel-

ing.You can generate a build-

up of static electricity by

touching, rubbing or sliding

against any item or fabric

capable of producing static

electricity. Static electricity

discharge can ignite fuel

vapors causing a fire. If you

must re-enter the vehicle, you

should once again eliminate

potentially dangerous static

electricity discharge by touch-

ing a metal part of the vehicle,

away from the fuel filler neck,

nozzle or other gasoline

source, with your bare hand.

• When using an approved

portable fuel container, be

sure to place the container on

the ground prior to refueling.

Static electricity discharge

from the container can ignite

fuel vapors causing a fire.

Gasoline is highly flammable

and explosive. Failure to follow

these guidelines may result in

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:

• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station.

• Before refueling, note the

location of the Emergency

Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,

at the gas station.

• Before touching the fuel noz-

zle, you should eliminate the

potential build-up of static

electricity by touching a metal

part of the vehicle, a safe dis-

tance away from the fuel filler

neck, nozzle, or other gas

source, with your bare hand.

• Do not use cellular phones

while refueling. Electric cur-

rent and/or electronic interfer-

ence from cellular phones can

potentially ignite fuel vapors

and cause a fire.

WARNING

3-48

Convenient features of your vehicle

Information

Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel Requirements"

suggested in the Introduction chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exterior

surfaces of the vehicle. Any type

of fuel spilled on painted sur-

faces may damage the paint.

• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuine

HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent

specified for your vehicle. An

incorrect fuel filler cap can

result in a serious malfunction

of the fuel system or emission

control system.

NOTICE

• Do not over-fill or top-off your

vehicle tank, which can cause

gasoline spillage.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-

eling, leave the vicinity of the

vehicle, and immediately con-

tact the manager of the gas

station and then contact the

local fire department. Follow

any safety instructions they

provide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out,

it can cover your clothes or

skin and thus subject you to

the risk of fire and burns.

Always remove the fuel cap

carefully and slowly. If the cap

is venting fuel or if you hear a

hissing sound, wait until the

condition stops before com-

pletely removing the cap.

• Always check that the fuel cap

is installed securely to pre-

vent fuel spillage in the event

of an accident.

Once refueling has begun,

contact between your bare

hand and the vehicle should

be maintained until the filling

is complete.

• Use only approved portable

plastic fuel containers designed

to carry and store gasoline.

• When refueling, always move

the shift lever to the P (Park)

position (for automatic trans-

mission/dual clutch transmis-

sion), set the parking brake,

and place the ignition switch

to the LOCK/OFF position.

Sparks produced by electrical

components related to the

engine can ignite fuel vapors

causing a fire.

• Do not use matches or a

lighter and do not smoke or

leave a lit cigarette in your

vehicle while at a gas station,

especially during refueling.

3-49

Convenient features of your vehicle

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR

1.Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5.Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

OOS047101N/OOS047102N

■■

Type A

■■

Type B

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.

For more information, refer to the "Gauges

and Meters" in this chapter.

3-50

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control

Adjusting instrument cluster

illumination

When the vehicle's position lights or

headlights are on, press the illumina-

tion control button to adjust the

brightness of the instrument panel

illumination.

When pressing the illumination con-

trol button, the interior switch illumi-

nation intensity is also adjusted.

• The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is displayed.

• If the brightness reaches the maxi-

mum or minimum level, a chime

will sound.

For information regarding the illu-

mination setting on your audio dis-

play, refer to the "Setup" section of

your Audio or Navigation manual.

Never adjust the instrument

cluster while driving. Doing so

could lead to driver distraction

which may cause an accident

and lead to vehicle damage,

serious injury, or death.

WARNING

OOS047401N

OPDE046110

3-51

Convenient features of your vehicle

Gauges and Meters

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates the

speed of the vehicle and is calibrated

in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo-

meters per hour (km/h).

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the

approximate number of engine revo-

lutions per minute (rpm).

Use the tachometer to select the cor-

rect shift points and to prevent lug-

ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine within

the tachometer's RED ZONE. This

may cause severe engine damage.

Engine coolant temperature

gauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

If the gauge pointer moves

beyond the normal range area

toward the "H" position, it indi-

cates overheating that may dam-

age the engine.

Do not continue driving with an

overheated engine. If your vehicle

overheats, refer to "If the Engine

Overheats" in chapter 6.

NOTICE

OOS047103N

OOS047104L

OOS047140L

3-52

Convenient features of your vehicle

Fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-

mate amount of fuel remaining in the

fuel tank.

Information

• The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a

low fuel warning light, which will

illuminate when the fuel tank is

nearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge

pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel

warning light may come on earlier

than usual due to the movement of

fuel in the tank.

Avoid driving with an extremely

low fuel level. Running out of fuel

could cause the engine to misfire

damaging the catalytic converter.

NOTICE

Never remove the radiator cap or

reservoir cap when the engine is

hot. The engine coolant is under

pressure and could severely

burn.Wait until the engine is cool

before adding coolant to the

reservoir.

WARNING

OOS047141L

Running out of fuel can expose

vehicle occupants to danger.

You must stop and obtain addi-

tional fuel as soon as possible

after the warning light comes

on or when the gauge indicator

comes close to the "E (Empty)"

level.

WARNING

3-53

Convenient features of your vehicle

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-

side air temperature by 1°F (1°C).

- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F

(-40°C ~ 60°C)

Note that the temperature indicated

on the LCD display may not change

as quickly as the outside tempera-

ture (there may be a slight delay

before the temperature changes.)

You can change the temperature unit

from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User

Settings mode in the cluster:

- Go to User Settings Mode ➝ Other

➝ Temperature Unit.

For vehicles equipped with Automatic

Climate Control, you can also:

- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF

buttons on the climate control unit

for 3 seconds

Both the temperature unit on the

cluster LCD display and climate con-

trol screen will change.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-

tance that the vehicle has been driv-

en and should be used to determine

when periodic maintenance should

be performed.

OPD047463N OPDE046141R

3-54

Convenient features of your vehicle

Range

• The range is the estimated dis-

tance the vehicle can be driven

with the remaining fuel.

• If the estimated distance is below

1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will

display "----" as range.

Information

• If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter-

rupted, the range function may not

operate correctly.

• The range may differ from the actu-

al driving distance as it is only an

estimate of the available driving

range for the vehicle and driving

conditions.

• The trip computer may not register

additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon

(6 liters) of fuel are added to the

vehicle.

• The range may vary significantly

based on driving conditions, driving

habits, and condition of the vehicle.

Transmission shift indicator

Automatic transmission/

Dual clutch transmission shift

indicator

This indicator displays the gear posi-

tion of the shift lever.

•Park :P

• Reverse : R

• Neutral : N

•Drive :D

• Sport Mode

- Auto Transmission :1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

- Dual Clutch Transmission : 1, 2,

3, 4, 5, 6, 7

OOS048469N

OTL045132

3-55

Convenient features of your vehicle

Shift indicator pop-up

The pop-up indicates the current

gear position displayed in the cluster

for about 2 seconds when shifting

into other positions (P/R/N/D).

Warning and Indicator Lights

Information

Make sure that all warning lights are

OFF after starting the engine. If any

light is still ON, this indicates a situa-

tion that needs attention.

Air Bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The air bag warning light illumi-

nates for about 6 seconds and

then turns off when all checks

have been performed

• The air bag warning light will

remain illuminated if there is a mal-

function with the Safety Restraint

System (SRS) air bag operation.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driver

that the seat belt is not fastened.

For more information, refer to

"Seat Belts" in chapter 2.

OTL045134

3-56

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The parking brake light illumi-

nates for about 3 seconds and

will then turn off once the parking

brake is released.

• Whenever the parking brake is

applied.

• Whenever the brake fluid level in

the reservoir is low.

- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, it

indicates the brake fluid level in

the reservoir is low.

If the brake fluid level in the reser-

voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and

add fluid as required (For more

information, refer to "Brake

Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding

brake fluid, check all brake compo-

nents for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid

leak is found, or if the warning light

remains on, or if the brakes do not

operate properly, do not drive the

vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-

diagonal braking systems. This

means you still have braking on two

wheels even if one of the dual sys-

tems should fail.

With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal

travel and greater pedal pressure is

required to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in as

short a distance with only a portion

of the brake system working.

If the brakes fail while you are driv-

ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-

al engine braking and stop the vehi-

cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-

ing light ON is dangerous. If the

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid

Warning Light illuminates with

the parking brake released, it

indicates that the brake fluid

level is low.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

3-57

Convenient features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System

(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The ABS warning light illuminates

for about 3 seconds and then

turns off.

• Whenever there is a malfunction

with the ABS.

Note that the hydraulic braking

system will still be operational even

if there is a malfunction with the

ABS.

Electronic Brake Force

Distribution (EBD)

System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminate

at the same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brake

system may not work normally.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information

- Electronic

Brake Force Distribution

(EBD) System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on or

both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake

Fluid Warning Lights are on, the

speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter

may not work. Also, the EPS Warning

Light may illuminate and the steering

effort may increase or decrease.

In this case, have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as

soon as possible.

Electronic Brake Force

Distribution (EBD) System

Warning Light

When both ABS and Parking

Brake & Brake Fluid Warning

Lights are on, the brake system

will not work normally and you

may experience an unexpected

and dangerous situation during

sudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speed

driving and abrupt braking.

WARNING

Have the vehicle inspected by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

as soon as possible.

3-58

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electric Power Steering

(EPS) Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The Electric Power Steering

Warning light illuminates for

about 3 seconds and then goes

off.

• Whenever there is a malfunction

with the EPS.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Malfunction Indicator

Lamp (MIL)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The malfunction indicator light

illuminates for about 3 seconds

and then goes off.

• Whenever there is a malfunction

with either the emission control

system or the engine or the vehicle

powertrain.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Driving with the Malfunction

Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may

cause damage to the emission

control system which could affect

drivability and/or fuel economy.

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-

ic converter damage is possible

which could result in loss of

engine power.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-

ble.

NOTICE

3-59

Convenient features of your vehicle

Charging System

Warning Light

When this warning light illuminates

while the engine is running, the bat-

tery is not being charged.Immediately

turn OFF all electrical accessories.

Try not to use electrically operated

controls, such as the power windows.

Keep the engine running.

Have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon

as possible.

Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and check the

engine oil level (For more informa-

tion,refer to "Engine Oil" in chap-

ter 7). If the level is low, add oil as

required.

If the warning light remains on

after adding oil or if oil is not avail-

able, have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

as soon as possible.

• If the engine does not stop

immediately after the Engine Oil

Pressure Warning Light is illumi-

nated, severe damage could

result.

• If the warning light stays on

while the engine is running, it

indicates that there may be seri-

ous engine damage or malfunc-

tion. In this case:

1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it

is safe to do so.

2.Turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level is

low, fill the engine oil to the

proper level.

3. Start the engine again. If the

warning light stays on after

the engine is started, turn the

engine off immediately. In this

case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

3-60

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Fuel Level

Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Driving with the Low Fuel Level

warning light on or with the fuel

level below "E" can cause the

engine to misfire and damage the

catalytic converter.

Washer Fluid Warning

Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When the washer fluid level in the

reservoir is nearly empty.

If washer fluid warning light illumi-

nates, refill the washer fluid reser-

voir in the engine room when pos-

sible.

Master Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction in

operation in any of the following

systems:

- Low washer fluid

- Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped)

- Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) malfunction (if equipped)

- Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)

To identify the details of the warn-

ing, look at the LCD display.

NOTICE

3-61

Convenient features of your vehicle

Low Tire Pressure

Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated. (The

location of the underinflated tires

are displayed on the LCD display.)

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

This warning light remains ON

after blinking for approximately 60

seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON

and OFF in 3 second intervals:

• When there is a malfunction with

the TPMS.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-

er as soon as possible.

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

All Wheel Drive (AWD)

Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The All Wheel Drive warning light

illuminates for about 3 seconds

and then goes off.

• Whenever there is a malfunction

with the AWD system.

If this occurs, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-

age caused by external fac-

tors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-

bility, immediately take your

foot off the accelerator pedal,

apply the brakes gradually

with light force, and slowly

move to a safe position off the

road.

WARNING

3-62

Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The Electronic Stability Control

indicator light illuminates for

about 3 seconds and then goes

off.

• Whenever there is a malfunction

with the ESC system.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

• While the ESC is operating.

For more information, refer to

"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"

in chapter 5.

Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) OFF

Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.

• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-

ton.

For more information, refer to

"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"

in chapter 5.

Immobilizer Indicator

Light (with smart key

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates for

up to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects the

smart key in the vehicle with the

Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC or ON position.

- Once the smart key is detected,

you can start the engine.

- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a few

seconds:

• When the smart key is not in the

vehicle.

- If the smart key is not detected,

you cannot start the engine.

3-63

Convenient features of your vehicle

This indicator light illuminates for

2 seconds and goes off:

• If the smart key is in the vehicle

and the Engine Start/Stop button is

ON, but the vehicle cannot detect

the smart key.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-

er.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the battery voltage of the

smart key is low.

- If this occurs, you will not be able

to start the engine by simply

pressing the Start/Stop button.

However, you can still start the

engine by pressing the Start/Stop

button directly with the smart key.

(Refer to "Starting the Engine"

in chapter 5.)

• When there is a malfunction with

the immobilizer system.

In this case, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn Signal Indicator

Light

This indicator light blinks:

• When you operate the turn signal

indicator stalk.

If any of the following occur, there may

be a malfunction with the turn signal

system.

- The turn signal indicator light illumi-

nates but does not blink

- The turn signal indicator light blinks

rapidly

- The turn signal indicator light does

not illuminate at all

If any of these conditions occur, have

your vehicle inspected by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

High Beam Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlights are on and in

the high beam position

• When the turn signal lever is pulled

into the Flash-to-Pass position.

Light ON Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the tail lights or headlights

are on.

Front Fog Indicator

Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the front fog lights are on.

3-64

Convenient features of your vehicle

LED Headlight Warning

Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

or the Engine Start/Stop button to

the ON position.

• When there is a malfunction with

the LED headlight.

If this occurs, have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

This warning light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with a

LED headlight related part.

In this case, have the vehicle inspect-

ed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Continuous driving with the LED

Headlight Warning Light on or

blinking can reduce LED headlight

life.

High Beam Assist

(HBA) indicator light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When the high-Beam is on with the

light switch in the AUTO light posi-

tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming or

preceding vehicles, the High Beam

Assist (HBA) system will switch the

high beam to low beam automati-

cally.

For more information, refer to

"High Beam Assist (HBA) system"

in this chapter.

Icy Road Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driver

the road may be icy.

When the outside temperature

gauge reads below 40°F (4°C), the

Icy Road Warning Light and Outside

Temperature Gauge blinks and then

illuminates. Also, the warning chime

sounds 1 time.

Information

If the icy road warning light illumi-

nates while driving, it means that the

outside temperature has reduced and

that the road conditions may be icy.

As a precaution you should reduce

your speed and drive more carefully

and with greater attention to the road

conditions.

NOTICE

3-65

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cruise Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control system is

enabled.

For more information, refer to

"Cruise Control System" in chap-

ter 5.

Cruise SET Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the cruise control speed is

set.

For more information, refer to

"Cruise Control System" in chap-

ter 5.

SPORT Mode Indicator

Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you select "SPORT" mode

as drive mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" in chapter 5.

ECO Mode Indicator

Light (for Canada)

This indicator light illuminates :

• When you select "ECO" mode as

drive mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision

Avoidance Assist

Warning Light

(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates :

• When you set the ignition switch

or Engine Start/Stop button to the

ON position.

- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.

• When there is a malfunction with

FCA. In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized dealer of

HYUNDAI.

For more information, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system" in chapter 5.

3-66

Convenient features of your vehicle

Lane Keep Assist

Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• [Green] When you activate the lane

departure warning system by

pressing the LKA button and all of

the system operating conditions

are satisfied.

• [White] When system operating

conditions are not satisfied or

when the sensor does not detect

the lane line.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-

tion with the lane keeping assist

system.

In this case, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

For more information,refer to "Lane

Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in

chapter 5.

All Wheel Drive LOCK

Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The AWD LOCK indicator light

illuminates for about 3 seconds

and then goes off.

• When you select AWD Lock mode

by pressing the AWD LOCK button.

- The AWD LOCK mode is to trans-

fer a portion of the drive torque to

the rear wheels for increased

traction on wet pavement, snow

covered roads or when driving off

road.

Downhill Brake Control

(DBC) Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When you place the ignition switch

to the ON position.

- The Downhill Brake Control

Indicator Light illuminates for

about 3 seconds and then goes

off.

• When you activate the system by

pressing the DBC button.

This indicator light blinks:

• When the DBC is operating.

This indicator light illuminates yel-

low:

• When there is a malfunction with

the DBC system.

If this occurs, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to

"Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

System" in chapter 5.

AWD Lock Mode

Do not use the AWD lock mode

on dry paved roads. Doing so

can cause abnormal noise or

vibration, and may damage the

AWD system.

CAUTION

3-67

Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD Display Messages

Shift to P or N to start engine

(for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

you try to start the engine with the

shift lever not in the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position.

Information

You can start the engine with the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position. But,

for your safety, we recommend that

you start the engine with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position.

Shift to P

(for smart key system)

This message is displayed if you try

to turn off the engine without the shift

lever in P (Park) position.

If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop

button turns to the ACC position (If

you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton once more, it will turn to the ON

position).

Low key battery

(for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

the battery of the smart key is dis-

charged while changing the Engine

Start/Stop button to the OFF position.

Press brake pedal to start

engine (for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

the Engine Start/Stop button

changes to the ACC position twice

by pressing the button repeatedly

without depressing the brake pedal.

You can start the vehicle by depress-

ing the brake pedal and then press-

ing the Engine Start/Stop button.

Key not in vehicle

(for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

the smart key is not in the vehicle

when you press the Engine Start/

Stop button.

When attempting to start the vehicle,

always have the smart key with you.

Key not detected

(for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

the smart key is not detected when you

press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Press START button again

(for smart key system)

This message is displayed if you

were unable to start the vehicle when

the Engine Start/Stop button was

pressed.

If this occurs, attempt to start the

engine by pressing the Engine Start/

Stop button again.

If the warning message appears

each time you press the Engine

Start/Stop button, have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

3-68

Convenient features of your vehicle

Battery discharging due to

external electrical devices

(if equipped)

This message is displayed if the bat-

tery voltage is weak due to any non-

factory electrical accessories (ex.

dashboard camera) while parking.

Be careful that the battery is not dis-

charged.

If the warning message appears

after removing the non-factory elec-

trical accessories, we recommend

that you have the vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Press START button with key

(for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton while the warning message "Key

not detected" is displayed.

At this time, the immobilizer indicator

light blinks.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

(for smart key system)

This warning message is displayed if

the brake switch fuse is disconnected.

You need to replace the fuse with a

new one before starting the engine.

If that is not possible, you can start

the engine by pressing the Engine

Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in

the ACC position.

Door, Hood, Liftgate Open

Indicator

This warning is displayed if any door

or the hood or the liftgate is left open.

The warning will indicate which door

is open in the display.

Before driving the vehicle, you

should confirm that the door/

hood/liftgate is fully closed.

Also, check there is no door/

hood/liftgate open warning light

or message displayed on the

instrument cluster.

CAUTION

OOS047112

3-69

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped)

This warning is displayed if you turn

off the engine when the sunroof is

open.

Close the sunroof securely before

leaving your vehicle.

Low Pressure

This warning message is displayed if

the tire pressure is low. The corre-

sponding tire on the vehicle will be

illuminated.

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Turn FUSE SWITCH on

This warning message is displayed if

the fuse switch located on the fuse

box under the steering wheel is OFF.

The fuse switch is turned OFF to

minimize battery draw when the

vehicle is in storage or in transporta-

tion where the vehicle will not be

operated for some time.

Under normal conditions, the fuse

switch should be set to the ON posi-

tion.

For more information, refer to

"Fuses" in chapter 7.

OOS047142LOOS047115LOOS047113

3-70

Convenient features of your vehicle

Lights Mode

This indicator displays which exterior

light is selected using the lighting

control.

Wiper

This indicator displays which wiper

speed is selected using the wiper

control.

Heated Steering Wheel turned

off (if equipped)

This message is displayed if you turn

off the heated steering wheel.

For more information, refer to

"Heated Steering Wheel" in this

chapter.

Low washer fluid (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed

if the washer fluid level in the reser-

voir is nearly empty.

Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.

Low fuel

This warning message is displayed if

the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.

When this message is displayed, the

low fuel level warning light in the

cluster will come on.

It is recommended to look for the

nearest fueling station and refuel as

soon as possible.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

Engine overheated

This warning message is displayed

when the engine coolant tempera-

ture is above 248°F (120°C). This

means that the engine is overheated

and may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, refer

to "Overheating" in chapter 6.

■ Rear■ Front

OPD047125L/OPD047126LOPD047120L

3-71

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check headlight (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

the headlights are not operating

properly. A headlight bulb may need

to be replaced.

Information

Make sure to replace the burned out

bulb with a new one of the same wattage

rating.

Check High Beam Assist (HBA)

system (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the High Beam

Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to

"High Beam Assist (HBA) system"

in chapter 3.

Check Forward Collision

Avoidance Assist system

(if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a malfunction with the

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system. Have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to

"Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

Check Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Driver

Attention Warning (DAW). Have the

vehicle inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to

"Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"

in chapter 5.

Check Lane Keeping Assist

(LKA) system (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed if

there is a problem with the Check

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.

Have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to

"Check Lane Keeping Assist

(LKA) system" in chapter 5.

3-72

Convenient features of your vehicle

LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY

LCD Display Control

The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changing

modes

(2) , : MOVE switch for

changing items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for

setting or resetting the select-

ed item

OOS047038N

3-73

Convenient features of your vehicle

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer

This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.

For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT)

(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Assist (if equipped)

This mode displays the state of :

- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

- Tire pressure

For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system”,“Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system” in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User Settings

The User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including door

lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.

Warning

The Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or

more systems is not operating normally.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

LCD Display Modes

3-74

Convenient features of your vehicle

Shift to P to edit settings

This warning message appears if

you try to adjust the User Settings

while driving.

For your safety, change the User

Settings after parking the vehicle,

applying the parking brake and mov-

ing the shift lever to P (Park).

Quick guide help

This mode provides quick guides for

the systems in the User Settings

mode.

Select an item, press and hold the OK

button.

For more information about each

system, refer to this Owner's

Manual.

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displays

information related to vehicle driving

parameters including fuel economy,

tripmeter information and vehicle

speed.

For more information, refer to

"Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of the

navigation.

OPD047464N OPDE046147R

3-75

Convenient features of your vehicle

Assist mode

LKA/DAW

This mode displays the state of the

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

and Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system.

For more information, refer to

each system in chapter 5.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays information relat-

ed to Tire Pressure.

For more information, refer to

"Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Warning mode

If one of followings occurs, warning

messages will be displayed on the

LCD display for several seconds.

- Low washer fluid

- Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped)

- Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system malfunction (if equipped)

- Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)

- High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc-

tion (if equipped)

- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) malfunction (if equipped)

OOS047118L

OOS047119L

3-76

Convenient features of your vehicle

User settings mode

In this mode, you can change the

settings of the instrument cluster,

doors, lamps, etc.

1. Head-up display (if equipped)

2. Driver Assistance

3. Door

4. Lights

5. Sound

6. Convenience

7. Service interval

8. Other

9. Language

10. Reset

The information provided may differ

depending on which functions are

applicable to your vehicle.

Items Explanation

Enable Head-Up Display To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.

Display Height To adjust the height of the image displayed

Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.

Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.

Content Selection

To select the content to be displayed.

- Turn by Turn

- Traffic Information

- Cruise control

- Lane keeping assist

- Blind-spot Collision Warning

Speed Size

To select the speedometer size displayed.

- Large/Medium/Small

Speed Color

To select the speedometer color displayed.

- White/Orange/Green

1. Head-Up Display

For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.

3-77

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system

To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.

- Off / Normal Sensitivity / High Sensitivity

For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5.

Lane Safety

To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function.

- Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning

For more information, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.

For more information, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in

chapter 5.

Forward Collision Warning

To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system.

- Early / Normal / Late

For more information, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chap-

ter 5.

Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) Sound

To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound.

For more information, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.

2. Driver Assistance

3-78

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Auto Lock

- Disable:The auto door lock operation will be canceled.

- Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3

mph (15 km/h).

- Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)

position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.

Auto Unlock

- Disable:The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

- On Key Out: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the

key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key).

- Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set

to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key)

- On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to

the P (Park) position.

Two Press Unlock

- Off:The two press unlock function will be deactivated.Therefore, all doors will unlock if the

door unlock button is pressed.

- On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.When the door

unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.

Horn Feedback

To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.

If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote

key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indi-

cate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).

3. Door

3-79

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

One Touch Turn Signal

- Off:The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.

- 3, 5, 7 Flashes:The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is

moved slightly.

For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

Headlight Delay

To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.

For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.

4. Lights

Items Explanation

Welcome Sound To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.

5. Sound

3-80

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Wireless Charging System

To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.

For more information, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.

Wiper/Lights Display

To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.

When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change

the mode.

Gear Position Pop-up

To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.

When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.

Icy Road Warning To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.

6. Convenience

3-81

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function.

Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.

7. Service interval

Information

To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following

situations each time the vehicle is turned on.

- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.

- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.

Information

If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

3-82

Convenient features of your vehicle

Items Explanation

Fuel Economy Reset

- Off:The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.

- After ignition:When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy

will reset automatically.

- After refueling:The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6

liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Fuel Economy Unit

To select the fuel economy unit.

- US gallon / UK gallon

Temperature Unit

To select the temperature unit.

- °C / °F

Tire Pressure Unit

To select the tire pressure unit.

- psi / kPa / bar

8. Other

Items Explanation

Language To select language.

9. Language

Items Explanation

Reset

You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are

reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.

10. Reset

3-83

Convenient features of your vehicle

The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys-

tem that displays information related

to driving.

Information

Some driving information stored in the

trip computer (for example Average

Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is

disconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the

" , " switch on the steering

wheel.

TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR

OOS047038N

• Tripmeter

• Fuel Economy

• Timer

Drive Info

• Tripmeter

• Fuel Economy

• Timer

Accumulated Info

• Average Fuel Economy

• Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

3-84

Convenient features of your vehicle

Average fuel economy/

Instant fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-

lated by the total driving distance

and fuel consumption since the last

average fuel economy reset.

• The average fuel economy can be

reset both manually and automati-

cally.

Manual reset

To clear the average fuel economy

manually, press the OK button on the

steering wheel for more than 1 sec-

ond when the average fuel economy

is displayed.

Automatic reset

To automatically reset the average

fuel economy, select between "After

Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the

User Settings mode on the LCD dis-

play.

- After Ignition: When the engine has

been OFF for 4 hours or longer the

average fuel economy will reset

automatically.

- After Refueling: The average fuel

economy will reset automatically

after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of

fuel or more and after driving speed

exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).

Information

The vehicle must be driven for a min-

imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since

the last ignition key cycle before the

average fuel economy will be recalcu-

lated.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

• The instantaneous fuel economy is

displayed according to the bar

graph in the LCD display while

driving.

OPD047464N/OPD047465N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-85

Convenient features of your vehicle

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulated

trip distance (1), the average fuel

economy (2), and the total driving

time (3).

The information is accumulated start-

ing from the last reset.

To reset the information, press and

hold the OK button when viewing the

Accumulated driving info. The trip

distance, the average fuel economy,

and total driving time will reset simul-

taneously.

The accumulated driving information

will continue to be counted while the

engine is still running (for example,

when the vehicle is in traffic or

stopped at a stop light).

Information

The vehicle must be driven for a min-

imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since

the last ignition key cycle before the

average fuel economy will be recalcu-

lated.

Drive Info display

This display shows the trip distance

(1), the average fuel economy (2),

and the total driving time (3).

The information is combined for each

ignition cycle. However, when the

engine has been OFF for 4 hours or

longer the Drive Info screen will reset.

To manually reset the information,

press and hold the OK button when

viewing the Drive Info. The trip dis-

tance, the average fuel economy, and

total driving time will reset simultane-

ously.

OPD047468N/OPD047469N

■ Type A

■ Type B

OPD047466N/OPD047467N

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-86

Convenient features of your vehicle

The driving information will continue to

be counted while the engine is still run-

ning (for example, when the vehicle is

in traffic or stopped at a stop light).

Information

The vehicle must be driven for a mini-

mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the

last ignition key cycle before the average

fuel economy will be recalculated.

Digital speedometer

The digital speedometer display

shows the speed of the vehicle.

OPDE046145R

3-87

Convenient features of your vehicle

The Head-Up Display is an optional

feature that allows the driver to view

information projected onto a trans-

parent screen while still keeping your

eyes safely on the road ahead while

driving.

Precautions while using the

head up display

It may sometimes be difficult to read

information on the head up display in

the following situations.

- The driver is improperly positioned

in the driver's seat.

- The driver wears polarizing-filter

sunglasses.

- An object is located above the

head up display cover.

- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.

- Any improper lighting accessory is

installed inside the vehicle, or there

is incoming light from outside of

the vehicle.

- The driver wears glasses.

- The driver wears contact lenses.

When it is difficult to read the head

up display information, adjust the

image height of HUD or the head up

display brightness level in the User

Settings Mode.For more information,

refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

HHEEAADD UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((HHUUDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

• Do not attach any stickers or

accessories on the head-up

display or crash pad.

• Do not attempt to adjust or try

to move the combiner screen

or the mechanical door on top

of the dash manually by hand.

• The image may be invisible

due to finger prints. Also,

excessive force applied dur-

ing operation may damage the

display.

• Do not place any objects near

the head-up display.

Interference with such objects

during activation may influ-

ence the operation or damage

the display.

• Do not put any drinks near the

head-up display. If liquid flows

in the display, the unit could

be damaged.

WARNING

OOS047079N

3-88

Convenient features of your vehicle

Head Up Display ON/OFF

Use the button on the left hand side

of the dash panel to activate/deacti-

vate the Head-up display when the

ignition is in the ON position or when

the engine is running.

The Head-Up display will retract

automatically when the engine is

turned OFF and the doors are locked

with the Smart Key or when pressing

the button on the outside door han-

dle.

Note that if the engine is turned OFF

and the doors are not locked, the

Head-up display will automatically

retract after approximately five min-

utes.

• When you open or close the

HUD, noise may occur from

the motor and gear.

• When you adjust the image

height of the HUD, noise may

occur from the motor and

gear.

CAUTION

• Do not place any objects on or

around the head-up display.

Do not apply any decals or

stickers on the combiner

screen. Doing so may

obstruct the image display.

• Avoid prolonged exposure of

direct sunlight onto the com-

biner screen.

• Do not place any objects on,

inside, or near the combiner

screen when the head-up dis-

play is either opened or

closed.

Use caution to prevent any

objects from falling inside the

mechanical door.

• Use only a soft cloth to clean

the combiner screen. Do not

use any organic solvents,

detergents, or polishing mate-

rials. Doing so could damage

the display.

• For your safety, make sure to

stop the vehicle before adjust-

ing the settings.

OOS047402N

3-89

Convenient features of your vehicle

Head Up Display Information

1.Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation

information

2. Speed Limit Sign

3. Speedometer

4. Cruise Control SET Indicator

5. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-

tem information

6. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system information

7.Warning Message (Low Fuel, etc.)

8. Audio Station Info

Information

If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)

navigation information as HUD con-

tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) naviga-

tion information will not be displayed

on the LCD Display.

Head Up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can change

the head up display settings as fol-

lows.

• Display Height

• Rotation

• Brightness

• Content Select

• Speedometer Size

• Speedometer Color

For more information, refer to

"LCD Display" in this chapter.

OOS047082N

3-90

Convenient features of your vehicle

LLIIGGHHTTIINNGG

Exterior Lights

Lighting control

To operate the lights, turn the knob at

the end of the control lever to one of

the following positions:

1. OFF position

2. AUTO headlamp position

3. Parking lamp position

4. Headlamp position

Daytime running light (DRL)

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

can make it easier for others to see

the front of your vehicle during the

day, especially after dawn and before

sunset.

The DRL system will turn the dedi-

cated lamp OFF when :

• The headlamps are ON.

• The parking lamps are ON.

• The vehicle is turned off.

• The parking brake is engaged.

AUTO headlamp position (if

equipped)

The parking lamp and headlamp will

be turned ON or OFF automatically

depending on the amount of daylight

as measured by the ambient light

sensor on the center dash.

Even with the AUTO headlamp fea-

ture in operation, it is recommended

to manually turn ON the headlamps

when driving at night or in a fog, driv-

ing in the rain, or when you enter

dark areas, such as tunnels and

parking facilities.

OOS047404N

OOS047050N

3-91

Convenient features of your vehicle

• Do not cover or spill anything on

the sensor (1) located in front of

the instrument panel.

• Do not clean the sensor using a

window cleaner, the cleanser may

leave a light film which could

interfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint

or other types of metallic coat-

ing on the front windshield, the

AUTO headlamp system may not

work properly.

Parking lamp position ( )

The parking lamp, license plate lamp

and instrument panel lamp are turned

ON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, parking lamp, license

plate lamp and instrument panel lamp

are turned ON.

Information

The ignition switch must be in the ON

position to turn on the headlamp.

NOTICE

OOS047405N OOS047406N

3-92

Convenient features of your vehicle

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,

push the lever away from you. The

lever will return to its original position.

The high beam indicator will light

when the headlamp high beams are

switched on.

To turn off the high beam headlamp,

pull the lever towards you. The low

beams will turn on.

To flash the high beam headlamp,

pull the lever towards you, then

release the lever. The high beams

will remain ON as long as you hold

the lever towards you.

High Beam Assist (HBA)

(if equipped)

The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a

system that automatically adjusts the

headlamp range (switches between

high beam and low beam) according

to the brightness of other vehicles

and road conditions.

Operating condition

1. Place the headlamp switch in the

AUTO position.

2.Turn on the high beam by pushing

the lever away from you.

The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )

indicator will illuminate.

Do not use high beam when there

are other vehicles approaching

you. Using high beam could

obstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

OOS047407N

OOS047408N

OOS047409N

3-93

Convenient features of your vehicle

3.The High Beam Assist (HBA) will

turn on when vehicle speed is

above 25 mph (40 km/h).

• If the headlamp switch is pushed

away when the High Beam Assist

(HBA) is operating, the High Beam

Assist (HBA) will turn off and the

high beam will be on continuously.

• If the headlamp switch is pulled

towards you when the high beam

is off, the high beam will turn on

without the High Beam Assist

(HBA) canceled. When you let go

of the light switch, the lever will

move to the middle and the high

beam will turn off.

• If the headlamp switch is pulled

towards you when the high beam

is on by the High Beam Assist

(HBA), the low beam will be on

and the High Beam Assist (HBA)

will turn off.

• If the headlamp switch is placed

to the headlamp ON position, the

High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn

off and the low beam will be on

continuously.

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is

operating, the high beam switches to

low beamif any of the following condi-

tions occur :

- When the headlamp of an on-com-

ing vehicle is detected.

- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in

front is detected.

- When the headlamp or tail lamp of

a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect-

ed.

- When the surrounding ambient light

is bright enough that high beams

are not required.

- When streetlights or other lights

are detected.

- When the headlamp switch is not in

the AUTO position.

- When the High Beam Assist (HBA)

is off.

- When vehicle speed is below 22mph

(35 km/h).

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is

not working properly, the Check High

Beam Assist warning message will

come on for a few second. After the

message disappears, the master

warning light ( ) will illuminate.Take

your vehicle to an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer and have the system

checked.

OOS047127L

3-94

Convenient features of your vehicle

The system may not operate nor-

mally if any of the following con-

ditions should occur:

1) When the illumination from

an on-coming vehicle or a

vehicle in front is dim. Such

examples may include:

• When the headlamps of an on-

coming vehicle or the tail

lamps of a vehicle in front is

covered with dust, snow, or

water.

• When the headlamps on an on-

coming vehicle are OFF, but the

fog lamps are ON.

2) When the High Beam Assist

camera is adversely affected

by an external condition.

Such examples may include:

• When the vehicle's head-

lamps have been damaged or

not repaired properly.

• When the vehicle headlamps

are not aimed properly.

• When the vehicle is driven on

a narrow curved road or rough

road

• When the vehicle is driven on

an uphill road or downhill

road

• When only part of the vehicle in

front is visible on a crossroad

or curved road.

• When there is a traffic light,

reflecting sign, flashing sign or

mirror.

• When the road conditions are

bad such as being wet or cov-

ered with snow.

• When a vehicle suddenly

appears from a curve.

• When the vehicle is tilted from

a flat tire or being towed.

• When the Lane Keeping Assist

(LKA) system warning light

illuminates.

• When the light from the on-

coming or front vehicle is not

detected because of exhaust

fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

• When the front window is cov-

ered with foreign matters such

as ice,dust,fog,or is damaged.

3) When the forward visibility is

poor. Such examples may

include:

• When the headlamps of an on-

coming vehicle or a vehicle in

front is not detected due to

poor outside visibility (smog,

smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain,

snow, etc.).

• When the windshield visibility

is poor.

WARNING

3-95

Convenient features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change

signals

To signal a turn, push down on the

lever for a left turn or up for a right

turn in position (A).

If an indicator stays on and does not

flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of

the turn signal bulbs may be burned

out and will require replacement.

OOS047410N

• Do not attempt to disassem-

ble the front view camera

without the assistance of an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer

technician. If camera is

removed for any reason, the

system may need to be re-cal-

ibrated. Have the system

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the windshield of your vehi-

cle is replaced, most likely the

front view camera will need to

be re-calibrated. If this

occurs, have your vehicle

inspected and have the sys-

tem re-calibrated by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Be careful that water doesn’t

get into the High Beam Assist

(HBA) unit and do not remove

or damage related parts of the

High Beam Assist (HBA) sys-

tem.

• Do not place objects on the

crash pad that reflect light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc.The system may malfunc-

tion if sunlight is reflected.

• At times, the High Beam

Assist (HBA) may not work

properly. The system is for

your convenience only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

for safe driving practices and

always check the road condi-

tions for your safety.

• When the system does not

operate normally, change the

headlamp position manually

between the high beam and

low beam.

WARNING

3-96

Convenient features of your vehicle

Onetouch turn signal function

To activate the One Touch Turn

Signal function, push the turn signal

lever up or down to position (B) and

then release it.

The lane change signals will blink 3,

5 or 7 times.

You can activate or deactivate the

One Touch Turn Signal function or

choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or

7) from the User Settings mode in

the LCD display.

For more information, refer to the

"LCD Display" section in this

chapter.

Front fog lamp (if equipped)

Fog lamps are used to provide

improved visibility when visibility is

poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.

Use the switch next to the headlamp

switch to turn the fog lamps ON and

OFF.

1.Turn on the parking lamp.

2.Turn the headlamp switch (1) to

the front fog lamp position.

3.To turn off the front fog lamp, turn

the headlamp switch to the front

fog lamp position again or turn off

the parking lamp.

When in operation, the fog lamps

consume large amounts of vehicle

electrical power. Only use the fog

lamps when visibility is poor.

Battery saver function

The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-

charged. The system automatically

turns off the parking lamp when the

driver turns the vehicle off and opens

the driver-side door.

With this feature, the parking lamps

will turn off automatically if the driver

parks on the side of road at night.

If necessary, to keep the lamps on

when the vehicle is turned off, perform

the following:

1) Open the driver-side door.

2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and

ON again using the headlamp

switch on the steering column.

NOTICE

OOS047414N

3-97

Convenient features of your vehicle

Headlamp delay function

If the key is removed from the ignition

switch or placed in the ACC position

or the LOCK/OFF position with the

headlamps ON, the headlamps

(and/or parking lamps) remain on for

about 5 minutes. However, if the dri-

ver’s door is opened and closed, the

headlights are turned off after 15

seconds. Also, with the engine off if

the driver's door is opened and

closed, the headlamps (and/or park-

ing lamps) are turned off after 15

seconds.

The headlamps (and/or parking

lamps) can be turned off by pressing

the lock button on the remote key or

smart key twice or turning the head-

lamp switch to the OFF or AUTO

position.

You can activate or deactivate the

Headlamp Delay function from the

User Settings Mode in the LCD dis-

play.

For more information, refer to the

"LCD Display" section in this

chapter.

If the driver exits the vehicle

through another door besides the

driver door, the battery saver func-

tion does not operate and the

headlamp delay function does not

turn OFF automatically.

This may cause the battery to dis-

charge. To avoid battery dis-

charge, turn OFF the headlamps

manually from the headlamp

switch before exiting the vehicle.

Smart cornering lamp

(if equipped)

As an optional safety feature, your

vehicle may be equipped with a

smart cornering lamp. The cornering

lamp turns ON automatically while

driving when the vehicle enters into a

cornering maneuver.

The system will operate under the

following conditions:

• When the headlamps are turned

• When the steering angle is above

25 to 35 degrees (depending on

vehicle speed)

• When the vehicle speed is under

25 mph (40 kph)

When the smart cornering lamp

turns on, the front fog lamp turns off.

(if equipped)

NOTICE

3-98

Convenient features of your vehicle

Interior Lights

Do not use the interior lights for

extended periods when the vehi-

cle is turned off or the battery will

discharge.

Interior lamp AUTO cut

The interior lamps will automatically

go off approximately 20 minutes after

the engine is turned off and the

doors are closed.If a door is opened,

the lamp will go off 40 minutes after

the engine is turned off. If the doors

are locked by the remote key or

smart key and the vehicle enters the

armed stage of the theft alarm sys-

tem, the lamps will go off five sec-

onds later.

Front lamps

Front Map Lamp (1) :

Press either lenses to turn the map

lamp on or off. This light produces a

spot beam for convenient use as a

map lamp at night or as a personal

lamp for the driver and the front pas-

senger.

Front Door Lamp (2) ( ):

The front or rear room lamps come on

when the front or rear doors are

opened if the engine is running or not.

When doors are unlocked by the

remote key or smart key, the front and

rear lamps come on for approximate-

ly 30 seconds as long as any door is

not opened. The front and rear room

lamps go out gradually after approxi-

mately 30 seconds when the door is

closed. However, if the ignition switch

is in the ON position or all doors are

locked, the front and rear lamps will

turn off. If a door is opened with the

ignition switch in the ACC position or

the OFF position, the front and rear

lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.

NOTICE

OOS047051

OOS047052

■ Type A (Without sunglass case)

■ Type B (With sunglass case)

Do not use the interior lights

when driving in the dark. The

interior lights may obscure your

view and cause an accident.

WARNING

3-99

Convenient features of your vehicle

Front room lamp

•

(3) :

Press the button to turn ON the

room lamp for the front/rear seats.

•

(4) :

Press the button to turn OFF the

room lamp for the front/rear seats

regardless of front or rear door open

position.

Rear lamp

Rear Room Lamp ( ):

Press this switch to turn the rear

room lamp on and off.

Luggage compartment lamp

(if equipped)

The luggage compartment lamp

comes on when the liftgate is

opened.

The luggage compartment lamp

comes on as long as the liftgate is

open.To prevent unnecessary bat-

tery system drain, close the lift-

gate securely after using the lug-

gage compartment.

NOTICE

OOS047321

OOS047053

■ Type A

■ Type B

OOS047054

3-100

Convenient features of your vehicle

Vanity mirror lamp

Push the switch to turn the light on or

off.

• :The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.

• :The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

Always have the switch in the off

position when the vanity mirror

lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor

is closed without the lamp off, it

may discharge the battery or dam-

age the sunvisor.

Welcome System

Welcome light

Interior lamp

When the interior lamp switch is in

the DOOR position and all doors are

closed and locked, the room lamp

will come on for 30 seconds if any of

the below is performed.

• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key or

smart key.

• When the button of the outside

door handle is pressed.

At this time, if you press the door lock

or unlock button on the remote key or

smart key the room lamp will turn off

immediately.

NOTICE

OOS047055

3-101

Convenient features of your vehicle

A :Wiper speed control

· MIST – Single wipe

· OFF – Off

· INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe

· LO – Low wiper speed

· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time

adjustment

C :Wash with brief wipes

(pull lever towards you)

D : Rear wiper/washer control

· HI – High wiper speed

· LO – Low wiper speed

· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

(push lever away from you)

* : if equipped

Windshield Wipers

Operates as follows when the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle,

push the lever upward and

release.The wipers will oper-

ate continuously if the lever is

held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation.

INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. To

vary the speed setting, move

the speed control lever.The top

most setting will run the wipers

most frequently (for more rain).

The bottom setting will run the

wipers the least frequently (for

less rain).

AUTO : The rain sensor located on

the upper end of the wind-

shield glass senses the

amount of rainfall and con-

trols the wiping cycle for the

proper interval. The more it

rains, the faster the wiper

operates. When the rain

stops, the wiper stops.To

vary the speed setting, turn

the speed control knob (B).

WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS

OPD047454L

OTLA045318

■ Front windshield wiper/washer

■ Rear windshield wiper/washer

3-102

Convenient features of your vehicle

LO :The wiper runs at a lower speed.

HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.

Information

If there is heavy accumulation of snow

or ice on the windshield, defrost the

windshield for about 10 minutes, or

until the snow and/or ice is removed

before using the windshield wipers to

ensure proper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/or

ice before using the wiper and washer,

it may damage the wiper and washer

system.

AUTO (Automatic) control

(if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upper

end of the windshield glass senses

the amount of rainfall and controls

the wiping cycle for the proper inter-

val.

The wiper operation time will be

automatically controlled depends on

rainfall.

When the rain stops, the wiper stops.

To vary the sensitivity setting, turn

the sensitivity control knob (1).

If the wiper switch is set in AUTO

mode when the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the wiper will oper-

ate once to perform a self-check of

the system. Set the wiper to OFF

position when the wiper is not in use.

To avoid personal injury from

the windshield wipers, when the

engine is running and the wind-

shield wiper switch is placed in

the AUTO mode:

• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facing

the rain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end of

the windshield glass with a

damp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on the

windshield glass.

WARNING

OOS047322N

Sensor

3-103

Convenient features of your vehicle

Windshield Washers

In the OFF position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer

fluid on the windshield and to run the

wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and

wiper operation will continue until

you release the lever. If the washer

does not work, you may need to add

washer fluid to the washer fluid

reservoir.

When the outside temperature

is below freezing, ALWAYS

warm the windshield using the

defroster to help prevent the

washer fluid from freezing on

the windshield and obscuring

your vision which could result

in an accident and serious

injury or death.

WARNING

OTLE045164

• When washing the vehicle, set

the wiper switch in the OFF

position to stop the auto wiper

operation.The wiper may oper-

ate and be damaged if the

switch is set in the AUTO mode

while washing the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensor

cover located on the upper

end of the passenger side

windshield glass. Damage to

system parts could occur and

may not be covered by your

vehicle warranty.

• Because of using a photo sen-

sor, temporary malfunction

could occur according to

sudden ambient light change

made by stone and dust while

driving.

CAUTION

3-104

• To prevent possible damage to

the washer pump, do not oper-

ate the washer when the fluid

reservoir is empty.

• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do not

operate the wipers when the

windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiper

arms and other components, do

not attempt to move the wipers

manually.

• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers and washer system,

use anti-freezing washer fluids

in the winter season or cold

weather.

Rear Window Wiper and Washer

The rear window wiper and washer

switch is located at the end of the

wiper and washer switch lever. Turn

the switch to the desired position to

operate the rear wiper and washer.

HI – High wiper speed

LO – Low wiper speed

OFF – Off

Push the lever away from you to

spray rear washer fluid and to run the

rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray

and wiper operation will continue

until you release the lever.

Auto rear wiper

The rear wiper will operate while the

vehicle is in reverse with the front

wiper ON by selecting the function on

the LCD display.

Go to 'User Settings

→

Convenience

→

Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.

NOTICE

Convenient features of your vehicle

OTLE045166

OTLE045165

3-105

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear view monitor

The rear view monitor will activate

when the engine is running and the

shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-

tion.

This is a supplemental system that

helps provide a view of the area

behind the vehicle through the audio

display while the vehicle is in the R

(Reverse) position.

Always keep the camera lens

clean. The camera may not work

normally if the lens is covered

with dirt, water or snow.

NOTICE

DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

The rear view monitor is not a

safety device. It only serves to

assist the driver in identifying

objects directly behind the mid-

dle of the vehicle. The camera

does NOT cover the complete

area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the Rear

view monitor when backing-

up.

• ALWAYS look around your

vehicle to make sure there are

no objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle in any

direction to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention

when the vehicle is driven

close to objects, particularly

pedestrians, and especially

children.

WARNING

OOS047046

OOS047091N

3-106

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system (if equipped)

[A] : Sensor

The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) System assists the driver

during reverse movement of the vehi-

cle by chiming if any object is sensed

within approximately 50 in (120 cm)

behind the vehicle.

This system is a supplemental sys-

tem that senses objects within the

range and location of the sensors, it

cannot detect objects in other areas

where sensors are not installed.

Operation of the Parking

Distance Warning (Reverse)

system

Operating condition

• This system will activate when

backing up with the ignition switch

in the ON position. However, if the

vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph

(5km/h), the system may not detect

objects.

• If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph

(10 km/h), the system will not warn

you even though objects are

detected.

• When more than two objects are

sensed at the same time, the clos-

est one will be recognized first.

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-

cle to make sure there are not

any objects or obstacles before

moving the vehicle in any direc-

tion to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attention

when the vehicle is driven close

to objects,particularly pedestri-

ans, and especially children.

• Be aware that some objects

may not be visible on the

screen or be detected by the

sensors, due to the objects

distance, size or material, all of

which can limit the effective-

ness of the sensor.

WARNING

OOS047042

3-107

Convenient features of your vehicle

Types of warning sound and indicator

• The indicator may differ from the

illustration as objects or sen-

sors status. If the indicator

blinks, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the audible warning does not

sound or if the buzzer sounds

intermittently when shifting into

R (Reverse) position, this may

indicate a malfunction with the

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system. If this occurs,

have your vehicle checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer as

soon as possible.

To turn off the Parking Distance

Warning (Reverse) system

(if equipped)

Push the button to turn off the

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)

system. The indicator light on the

button will turn on.

NOTICE

Types of warning sound Indicator

When an object is 24 to 47 in

(60 to 120 cm) from the rear

bumper, the warning sound

beeps intermittently.

When an object is 12 to 24 in

(30 to 60 cm) from the rear

bumper, the warning sound

beeps more frequently.

When an object is within 12 in

(30 cm) from the rear bumper,

the warning sound beeps

continuously.

OOS047045L

3-108

Convenient features of your vehicle

Non-operational conditions of

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system

The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system may not operate

normally when:

• The sensor is covered with dirt or

debris such as snow or ice, or the

sensor cover is blocked.

There is a possibility of the Parking

Distance Warning (Reverse) system

malfunction when:

• Driving on uneven road surfaces

such as unpaved roads, gravel,

bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noise

such as vehicle horns, loud motor-

cycle engines, or truck air brakes

can interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.

• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.

• The sensor is covered with snow.

• Any non-factory equipment or acces-

sories have been installed, or if the

vehicle bumper height or sensor

installation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease when:

• Outside air temperature is extreme-

ly hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller than

40 inches (1 m) and narrower than

6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.

The following objects may not be

recognized by the sensor:

• Sharp or slim objects such as

ropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-

sor frequency such as clothes,

spongy material or snow.

3-109

Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system Precautions

• The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system may not operate

consistently in some circum-

stances depending on the speed of

the vehicle and the shapes of the

objects detected.

• The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system may malfunction

if the vehicle bumper height or sen-

sor installation has been modified

or damaged. Any non-factory

installed equipment or accessories

may also interfere with the sensor

performance.

• The sensor may not recognize

objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)

from the sensor, or it may sense an

incorrect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is blocked with

snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear

parking assist system may be inop-

erative until the snow or ice melts,

or the debris is removed. Use a

soft cloth to wipe debris away from

the sensor.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the

sensor with any hard objects that

could damage the surface of the

sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-

rounding area directly with a high

pressure washer. Doing so may

cause the sensors to fail to operate

normally.

Extreme caution should always

be taken to avoid accidents or

vehicle injuries. Do not solely

rely on the Parking Distance

Warning (Reverse) system.

Always drive safely and cau-

tiously, especially when back-

ing up in reverse.

WARNING

3-110

Convenient features of your vehicle

MMAANNUUAALL CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS047300L

1. Fan speed control knob

2.Temperature control knob

3. Mode selection knob

4. Front windshield defroster position

5. A/C (Air conditioning) button

6. Rear window defroster button

7. Air intake control (recirculation) button

3-111

Convenient features of your vehicle

Heating and Air Conditioning

1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.

To improve the effectiveness of

heating and cooling, select the

mode according to the following:

- Heating:

- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode or recirculation mode posi-

tion.

5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.

Mode selection

OOS047304N

The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ven-

tilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-

shield.Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost

and Defrost air position.

3-112

Convenient features of your vehicle

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windshield and

side window defrosters.

Floor & Defrost

(A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air

directed to the side window defrosters.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

(if equipped)

The MAX A/C mode is used to cool

the inside of the vehicle faster. Air

flow is directed toward the upper

body and face.

In this mode, the A/C button and the

Recirculation mode button cannot be

selected.Turn the fan speed mode to

adjust.

After the interior cabin has cooled

sufficiently, move the temperature

knob away from the MAX A/C setting

and adjust the knob to the desired

position.

If you wish to continue using A/C ON,

make sure the A/C button LED is illu-

minated.

OOS047305

3-113

Convenient features of your vehicle

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flow

can be directed up/down or left/right

using the vent adjustment lever.

The air flow can also be CLOSED

using the vent adjustment lever. The

instrument panel air vents are the

"click-to-close" type.

To CLOSE the instrument panel

vents perform the following:

- For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFT

until it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slide

the vent adjustment lever to the

right until it clicks.

Temperature control (2)

The temperature will increase by

turning the knob to the right.

The temperature will decrease by

turning the knob to the left.

Air intake control (7)

The air intake control button is used

to select either Fresh mode (outside

air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculation

mode is selected, air

from the passenger

compartment will be

recirculated through the

system and heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is

selected, air enters the

vehicle from outside and

is heated or cooled

according to the function

selected.

Information

Using the system primarily in Fresh

mode and Recirculation mode only

when needed is recommended for best

results.

Prolonged operation of the heater in

Recirculation mode and without the

A/C ON can cause fogging of the

windshield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/C

ON in Recirculation mode may result

in excessively dry, dehumidified air in

the cabin.

OOS047306N

3-114

Convenient features of your vehicle

Fan speed control (1)

Turn the knob to the right to increase

the fan speed and airflow. Turn the

knob to the left to decrease fan

speed and airflow.

Setting the fan speed control knob to

the "0" position turns off the fan.

Operating the fan speed when the

ignition switch is in the ON posi-

tion could cause the battery to

discharge. Operate the fan speed

when the engine is running.

Air conditioning (5)

Push the A/C button to turn the sys-

tem on (indicator light will illuminate)

and off.

System Operation

Cooling / Ventilation

1. Select the Face Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1. Select the Floor Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature control

knob set to heat in order to dehu-

midify the air before it enters into

the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

NOTICE

• Continued use of the climate

control system operation in

Recirculation mode for a pro-

longed period of time may

cause drowsiness to the

occupants in the cabin. This

may lead to loss of vehicle

control which may lead to an

accident.

• Continued use of the climate

control system operation in

Recirculation mode with the

A/C OFF may allow humidity

to increase inside the cabin.

This may cause condensation

to accumulate on the wind-

shield and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in your vehicle or

remain parked in your vehicle

with the windows up and

either the heater or the air

conditioning ON for pro-

longed periods of time. Doing

so may increase the levels of

carbon dioxide in the cabin

which may lead to serious

injury or death.

WARNING

3-115

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through

the ventilation system, temporarily

set the air intake control to recircu-

lation mode. Return the control to

Fresh mode when the unpleasant

air outside has diminished.This will

help keep the driver alert and com-

fortable.

• To help prevent the inside of the

windshield from fogging, set the air

intake control to fresh mode and

fan speed to the desired position,

turn on the air conditioning system,

and adjust the temperature control

to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning

Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition-

ing system is filled with R-1234yf

refrigerant.

1. Start the engine.

2. Press the air conditioning button.

3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.

4.Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily to

allow the cabin to cool quickly.

When the desired temperature in

the cabin is reached, change the

air intake control back to Fresh

mode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,

set the temperature control to the

MAX A/C position, then set the fan

speed control to the highest setting.

When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the engine tem-

perature gauge closely while driv-

ing up hills or in heavy traffic when

outside temperatures are high. Air

conditioning system operation

when climbing a steep grade or in

high outside ambient tempera-

tures can cause engine overheat-

ing.

Continue to use the fan, but turn

the air conditioning system off if

the engine temperature gauge

indicates engine overheating.

NOTICE

3-116

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• After sufficient cooling has been

achieved, switch back from the

recirculated air to the fresh outside

air position.

• To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the air con-

ditioning system with the windows

and sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

• If you operate air conditioner exces-

sively, the difference between the

temperature of the outside air and

that of the windshield could cause

the outer surface of the windshield

to fog up, causing loss of visibility.

In this case, set the mode selection

knob or button to the position

and fan speed control to the lower

speed.

System Maintenance

Cabin air filter

The cabin air filter is installed behind

the glove box.It filters the dust or other

pollutants that enter the vehicle

through the heating and air condition-

ing system.

Have the cabin air filter replaced by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

according to the maintenance sched-

ule. If the vehicle is being driven in

severe conditions such as dusty or

rough roads, more frequent cabin air

filter inspections and changes are

required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-

es, the system should be checked at

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air con-

ditioner refrigerant and com-

pressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air con-

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also

reduces the performance of the air

conditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and refrig-

erant is used. Otherwise, damage

to the compressor and abnormal

system operation may occur. To

prevent damage, the air condition-

ing system in your vehicle should

only be serviced by trained and

certified technicians.

NOTICE

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculated

air

Cabin air filter

Blower

Evaporator

core

Heater core

3-117

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

You can find out which air condition-

ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi-

cle on the label located inside of the

hood.

Each symbols and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label

is represented as below:

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of compressor lubri-

cant

4. Caution

5. Flammable refrigerant

6.To require registered technician to

service air conditioning system

OHYK059001

■ Example

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf

Since the refrigerant is

mildly flammable and

operated at high pres-

sure, the air condition-

ing system should only

be serviced by trained

and certified techni-

cians. It is important

that the correct type and amount

of oil and refrigerant are used.

All refrigerants should be

reclaimed with proper equipment.

Venting refrigerants directly to the

atmosphere is harmful to individu-

als and environment. Failure to

heed these warnings can lead to

serious injuries.

WARNING

OOS087008L

3-118

Convenient features of your vehicle

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS047301L

1.Temperature control knob

2. Fan speed control knob

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. Air conditioning button

5. OFF button

6. Front windshield defroster button

7. Mode selection button

8. Rear window defroster button

9. Air intake control button

10. Climate control information screen

3-119

Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic Temperature

Control Mode

The Automatic Climate Control

System is controlled by setting the

desired temperature.

1. Press the AUTO button (3).

The modes, fan speeds, air intake

and air-conditioning will be controlled

automatically by the temperature set-

ting you select.

2.Turn the temperature control knob

(1) to the desired temperature. If

the temperature is set to the low-

est setting (Lo), the air condition-

ing system will operate continu-

ously. After the interior has cooled

sufficiently, adjust the knob to a

higher temperature set point

whenever possible.

To turn the automatic operation off,

select any button of the following:

- Mode selection button

- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time

to deselect the front windshield

defroster function. The 'AUTO'

sign will illuminate on the infor-

mation display once again.)

- Fan speed control button

The selected function will be con-

trolled manually while other functions

operate automatically.

For your convenience and to improve

the efficiency of the climate control,

use the AUTO button and set the

temperature to 73°F (23°C).

To change the temperature unit from

°F to °C or °C to °F:

Press and hold the AUTO and OFF

buttons on the climate control unit for

3 seconds.

Never place anything near the

ambient light/solar sensor to

ensure better control of the heat-

ing and cooling system.

NOTICE

OOS047308

3-120

Convenient features of your vehicle

The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the

ventilation system.

Manual Temperature Control

Mode

The heating and cooling system can be

controlled manually by pushing buttons

other than the AUTO button.In this case,

the system works sequentially according

to the order of buttons selected.

When pressing any button except the

AUTO button while using automatic

operation, the functions not selected

will be controlled automatically.

1. Start the engine.

2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-

ing and cooling, select the mode

according to the following:

- Heating:

- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the air intake control to Fresh

mode position.

5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn

the air conditioning system on.

7. Press the AUTO button to convert to

full automatic control of the system.

Mode selection

OOS047304N

3-121

Convenient features of your vehicle

The air flow outlet direction is cycled

as follows:

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each

outlet can be controlled to direct the

air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face

and the floor.

Floor & Defrost

(A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small

amount directed to the side window

defrosters.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air

being directed to the windshield and

side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D) (6)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air

directed to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel vents

The instrument panel vent air flow

can be directed up/down or left/right

using the vent adjustment lever.

The air flow can also be CLOSED

using the vent adjustment lever. The

instrument panel air vents are the

"click-to-close" type.

To CLOSE the instrument panel

vents perform the following:

- For the driver side vents, slide the

vent adjustment lever to the LEFT

until it clicks.

- For the passenger side vents, slide

the vent adjustment lever to the

right until it clicks.

OOS047306N

3-122

Convenient features of your vehicle

Temperature control (1)

Turn the knob to the right to increase

the temperature.Turn the knob to the

left to decrease temperature.

The temperature will increase or

decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incre-

mental location. When set to the low-

est temperature setting, the air condi-

tioning will operate continuously.

Air intake control (9)

The air intake control button is used

to select either Fresh mode (outside

air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

Recirculation mode

When Recirculation

mode is selected, air

from the passenger

compartment will be

recirculated through the

system and heated or

cooled according to the

function selected.

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is

selected, air enters the

vehicle from outside and

is heated or cooled

according to the function

selected.

Information

Using the system primarily in Fresh

mode and Recirculation mode only

when needed is recommended for best

results.

Prolonged operation of the heater in

Recirculation mode and without the

A/C ON can cause fogging of the wind-

shield.

In addition, prolonged use of the A/C

ON in Recirculation mode may result in

excessively dry, dehumidified air in the

cabin.

• Continued use of the climate

control system operation in

Recirculation mode for a pro-

longed period of time may

cause drowsiness to the

occupants in the cabin. This

may lead to loss of vehicle

control which may lead to an

accident.

• Continued use of the climate

control system operation in

Recirculation mode with the

A/C OFF may allow humidity

to increase inside the cabin.

This may cause condensation

to accumulate on the wind-

shield and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in your vehicle or

remain parked in your vehicle

with the windows up and

either the heater or the air

conditioning ON for pro-

longed periods of time. Doing

so may increase the levels of

carbon dioxide in the cabin

which may lead to serious

injury or death.

WARNING

3-123

Convenient features of your vehicle

Fan speed control (2)

The fan speed can be set as desired

by pushing the fan speed control but-

ton.

More air is delivered with higher fan

speeds.

Pressing the OFF button turns off the

fan.

Information

For better sound quality, fan speed

may automatically slow down for a

couple of minutes when you activate

voice recognition or hands free.

Operating the fan when the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position

could cause the battery to dis-

charge. Operate the fan when the

engine is running.

Air conditioning (4)

Push the A/C button to manually turn

the system on (indicator light will illu-

minate) and off.

OFF mode (5)

Push the OFF button to turn the cli-

mate control system off.You can still

operate the mode and air intake but-

tons as long as the ignition switch is

in the ON position.

System Operation

Cooling / Ventilation

1. Select the Face Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating

1. Select the Floor Level mode.

2. Set the air intake control to fresh

mode.

3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.

4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

5. If desired, turn the air conditioning

ON with the temperature control

knob set to heat in order to dehu-

midify the air before it enters into

the cabin.

If the windshield fogs up, select the

Floor & Defrost mode or press

the Front Defrost mode.

NOTICE

3-124

Convenient features of your vehicle

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the car through the

ventilation system, temporarily set

the air intake control to the recircu-

lation mode. Return the control to

the to Fresh mode when the

unpleasant air outside has dimin-

ished.This will help keep the driver

alert and comfortable.

• To help prevent the inside of the

windshield from fogging, set the air

intake control to fresh mode and

the fan speed to the desired posi-

tion, turn on the air conditioning

system, and adjust the temperature

control to the desired temperature.

Air conditioning

Your HYUNDAI vehicle air condition-

ing system is filled with R-1234yf

refrigerant.

1. Start the engine.

2. Press the air conditioning button.

3. Set the mode to the Face Level

mode.

4.Set the air intake control to

Recirculation mode temporarily to

allow the cabin to cool quickly.

When the desired temperature in

the cabin is reached, change the

air intake control back to Fresh

mode.

5. Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintain

maximum comfort.

When maximum cooling is desired,

set the temperature control to the

MAX A/C position, then set the fan

speed control to the highest setting.

When using the air conditioning

system, monitor the engine tem-

perature gauge closely while driv-

ing up hills or in heavy traffic

when outside temperatures. Air

conditioning system operation

when climbing a steep grade or in

high outside ambient tempera-

tures can cause engine overheat-

ing. Continue to use the fan, but

turn the air conditioning system

off if the engine temperature

gauge indicates engine overheat-

ing.

Air conditioning system operation

tips

• If the vehicle has been parked in

direct sunlight during hot weather,

open the windows for a short time

to let the hot air inside the vehicle

escape.

• After sufficient cooling has been

achieved, switch back from the

recirculated air to the fresh outside

air position.

NOTICE

3-125

Convenient features of your vehicle

• To help reduce moisture inside of

the windows on rainy or humid

days, decrease the humidity inside

the vehicle by operating the air

conditioning system with the win-

dows and sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning system

every month only for a few minutes

to ensure maximum system per-

formance.

• If you operate air conditioner

excessively, the difference between

the temperature of the outside air

and that of the windshield could

cause the outer surface of the

windshield to fog up, causing loss

of visibility. In this case, set the

mode selection knob or button to

the position and fan speed

control to the lower speed.

System Maintenance

Cabin air filter

The cabin air filter is installed behind

the glove box.It filters the dust or other

pollutants that enter the vehicle

through the heating and air condition-

ing system.

Have the The cabin air filter replaced

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

according to the maintenance sched-

ule. If the vehicle is being driven in

severe conditions such as dusty or

rough roads, more frequent cabin air

filter inspections and changes are

required.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-

es, the system should be checked at

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Checking the amount of air con-

ditioner refrigerant and com-

pressor lubricant

When the amount of refrigerant is

low, the performance of the air con-

ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also

reduces the performance of the air

conditioning system.

Therefore, if abnormal operation is

found, have the system inspected by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

It is important that the correct

type and amount of oil and refrig-

erant is used. Otherwise, damage

to the compressor and abnormal

system operation may occur. To

prevent damage, the air condition-

ing system in your vehicle should

only be serviced by trained and

certified technicians.

NOTICE

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculated

air

Cabin air filter

Blower

Evaporator

core

Heater core

3-126

Convenient features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant label

You can find out which air condition-

ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi-

cle on the label located inside of the

hood.

Each symbols and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label

is represented as below:

1. Classification of refrigerant

2. Amount of refrigerant

3. Classification of compressor lubri-

cant

4. Caution

5. Flammable refrigerant

6.To require registered technician to

service air conditioning system

OHYK059001

■ Example

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf

Since the refrigerant is

mildly flammable and

operated at high pres-

sure, the air condition-

ing system should only

be serviced by trained

and certified techni-

cians. It is important

that the correct type and amount

of oil and refrigerant are used.

All refrigerants should be

reclaimed with proper equipment.

Venting refrigerants directly to the

atmosphere is harmful to individu-

als and environment. Failure to

heed these warnings can lead to

serious injuries.

WARNING

OOS087008L

3-127

Convenient features of your vehicle

• For maximum defrost perform-

ance, set the temperature control

knob to the highest temperature

setting (rotated all the way to the

right) and the fan speed control to

the highest setting.

• If warm air to the floor is desired

while defrosting or defogging, set the

mode to the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and

ice from the windshield, rear win-

dow, side view mirrors, and all side

windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the

hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to

improve heater and defroster effi-

ciency and to reduce the probability

of fogging up the inside of the wind-

shield.

If the engine temperature is still

cold after starting, then a brief

engine warm up period may be

required for the vented air flow to

become warm or hot.

Manual Climate Control System

To defog inside windshield

1. Select any fan speed except "0"

position.

2. Select the desired temperature.

3. Select the or position.

4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically. Additionally, the air condi-

tioning will automatically operate if

the mode is selected to the

position.

Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If

the A/C ON LED is not illuminated,

press the A/C button once to turn the

air conditioner ON.

NOTICE

WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi-

tion during cooling operation in

extremely humid weather. The

difference between the temper-

ature of the outside air and that

of the windshield could cause

the outer surface of the wind-

shield to fog up, causing loss of

visibility could cause an acci-

dent resulting in serious injury

or death. In this case, set the

mode selection knob or button

to the position and fan

speed control knob or button to

a lower speed.

WARNING

OOS047309

3-128

Convenient features of your vehicle

Check to make sure the air intake

control is in Fresh mode. If the air

intake control LED is illuminated,

press the button once to enable

Fresh mode (LED OFF).

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

setting (knob rotated all the way to

the right).

2. Set the temperature control to the

highest temperature setting.

3. Select the position.

4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF)

and A/C ON will automatically be

selected.

Automatic Temperature Control

System (if equipped)

To defog inside windshield

1. Select the desired fan speed.

2. Select the desired temperature.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-

matically.

Check to make sure the air intake

control is in Fresh mode. If the air

intake control LED is illuminated,

press the button once to enable

Fresh mode (LED OFF).

If the position is selected, the fan

speed is automatically increased.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to the extreme

hot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).

4.The outside (fresh) air position will

be selected automatically.

If the position is selected, lower

fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan

speed.

OOS047310

OOS047311

OOS047312

3-129

Convenient features of your vehicle

Defogging logic

To reduce the probability of fogging

up the inside of the windshield, the

air intake or air conditioning are con-

trolled automatically according to

certain conditions such as or

positions. To cancel or reset the

defogging logic, do the following.

Manual climate control system

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).

3. Press the air intake control button

at least 5 times within 3 seconds.

The LED indicator on the A/C ON

button will blink 3 times to indicate

that the defogging logic has been

disabled.

Repeat the steps again to re-enable

the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog

logic status.

Automatic climate control system

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position.

2. Press the defroster button ( ).

3.While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake

control button at least 5 times with-

in 3 seconds.

The Automatic Temperature Control

information screen will blink 3 times

to indicate that the defogging logic

has been disabled.

Repeat the steps again to re-enable

the defogging logic.

If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog

logic status.

Auto Defogging System

(Additional Feature with

Automatic Temperature

Control System)

Auto defogging reduces the possibili-

ty of fogging up the inside of the wind-

shield by automatically sensing the

moisture on inside the windshield.

The auto defogging system operates

when the heater or air conditioning is

on.

Information

The auto defogging system may not

operate normally, when the outside

temperature is below 50 °F (-10 °C).

3-130

Convenient features of your vehicle

When the Auto Defogging

System operates, the indi-

cator will illuminate.

If a high amount of humidity is

detected in the vehicle, the Auto

Defogging System will be enabled.

The following steps will be performed

automatically:

Step 1) The air intake control will

change to Fresh mode.

Step 2) The A/C button will turn ON.

Step 3) The mode will be changed to

defrost to direct airflow to the

windshield.

Step 4) The fan speed will be set to

MAX.

If the air conditioning is off or recircu-

lated air position is manually select-

ed while Auto Defogging System is

ON, the Auto Defogging System

Indicator will blink 3 times to signal

that the manual operation has been

canceled.

To cancel or reset the

Auto Defogging System

Press the front windshield defroster

button for 3 seconds when the ignition

switch is in the ON position.When the

Auto Defogging System is canceled,

the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times

and ADS OFF will be displayed on the

climate control information screen.

When the Auto Defogging System is

reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink

6 times without a signal.

Information

• When the air conditioning is turned

on by Auto defogging system, if you

try to turn off the air conditioning, the

indicator will blink 3 times and the air

conditioning will not be turned off.

• To maintain the effectiveness and

efficiency of the Auto Defogging

System, do not select Recirculation

mode while the system is operating.

• When the Auto Defogging System is

operating, the fan speed adjustment

knob, the temperature adjustment

knob, and the air intake control but-

ton are all disabled.

Do not remove the sensor cover

located on the upper end of the

windshield glass.

Damage to system parts could

occur and may not be covered by

your vehicle warranty.

NOTICE

3-131

Convenient features of your vehicle

Rear Window Defroster

To prevent damage to the rear

window defroster conducting ele-

ments bonded to the inside sur-

face of the rear window, never use

sharp instruments or window

cleaners containing abrasives to

clean the window.

If you want to defrost and defog

the front windshield, refer to the

"Windshield Defrosting and

Defogging" section in this chapter.

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from

the interior and exterior of the rear

window, while the engine is running.

• To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear window

defroster button located in the center

control panel. The indicator on the

rear window defroster button illumi-

nates when the defroster is ON.

• To turn off the defroster, press the

rear window defroster button again.

Information

• If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it

off before operating the rear

defroster.

• The rear window defroster automat-

ically turns off after approximately

20 minutes or when the ignition

switch is in the LOCK/OFF posi-

tion.

Side view mirror defroster

If your vehicle is equipped with the

side view mirror defrosters, they will

operate at the same time you turn on

the rear window defroster.

NOTICE

OOS047303L

■ Automatic climate control system

OOS047302L

■ Manual climate control system

3-132

Convenient features of your vehicle

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Cluster ionizer

When the ignition switch is in the ON

position, the clean air function turns

on automatically.

Also, the clean air function turns off

automatically, when the ignition

switch is in the OFF position.

Automatic Ventilation

When the ignition switch is in the ON

position or when the engine is run-

ning and temperature is below 59°F

(15°C) with the recirculation mode

selected more than five minutes, the

air intake position will automatically

change to fresh mode.

To cancel or reset the Automatic

Ventilation

When the air conditioning system is

on, press the mode selection button

and the recirculation mode button

five times within three seconds.

When the Automatic Ventilation fea-

ture is enabled, the Recirculation

button LED indicator will blink 6

times.

When the Automatic Ventilation fea-

ture is disabled, the Recirculation

button LED indicator will blink 3

times.

Sunroof Inside Air

Recirculation

When the sunroof is opened, outside

(fresh) air will be automatically

selected.At this time, if you press the

air intake control button, recirculated

air position will be selected but will

change back to outside (fresh) air

after 3 minutes.When the sunroof is

closed, the air intake position will

return to the original position that

was selected.

3-133

Convenient features of your vehicle

SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storage

compartments.

Center Console Storage

To open :

Grab and hold the latch (1) on the

arm rest then lift the lid.

Glove Box

To open:

Pull the lever (1).

NOTICE

Never store cigarette lighters,

propane cylinders, or other

flammable/explosive materials

in the vehicle. These items may

catch fire and/or explode if the

vehicle is exposed to hot tem-

peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com-

partment covers closed secure-

ly while driving. Items inside

your vehicle are moving as fast

as the vehicle. If you have to

stop or turn quickly, or if there

is a crash, the items may fly out

of the compartment and may

cause an injury if they strike the

driver or a passenger.

WARNING

ALWAYS close the glove box

door after use.

An open glove box door can

cause serious injury to the pas-

senger in an accident, even if the

passenger is wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

OOS047056 OOS047057

3-134

Convenient features of your vehicle

Sunglass Holder

To open:

Push and release the cover and the

holder will slowly open. Place your

sunglasses in the compartment door

with the lenses facing out.

To close:

Push back into position.

Make sure the sunglass holder is

closed while driving.

Multi Box

Small things may be placed in the

multi box.

• Do not keep objects except

sunglasses inside the sun-

glass holder. Such objects can

be thrown from the holder in

the event of a sudden stop or

an accident, possibly injuring

the passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass

holder while the vehicle is

moving. The rear view mirror

of the vehicle can be blocked

by an open sunglass holder.

• Do not put the glasses forcibly

into a sunglass holder. It may

cause personal injury if you

try to open it forcibly when the

glasses are jammed in holder.

WARNING

Do not keep objects that can be

thrown from the multi box and

severely injure passengers in

the vehicle in the event of a sud-

den stop or an accident.

WARNING

OOS048059

OOS047058

3-135

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cup Holder

Cups or small beverages cups may

be placed in the cup holders.

Rear

Pull the armrest down to use the cup

holders.

IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

Keep cans or bottles out of

direct sun light and do not put

them in a hot vehicle. It may

explode.

WARNING

• Avoid abrupt starting and

braking when the cup holder

is in use to prevent spilling

your drink. If hot liquid spills,

you could be burned. Such a

burn to the driver could cause

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

• Do not place uncovered or

unsecured cups, bottles,

cans, etc., in the cup holder

containing hot liquid while the

vehicle is in motion. Injuries

may result in the event of a

sudden stop or collision.

• Only use soft cups in the cup

holders. Hard objects can

injure you in an accident.

WARNING

OOS048060

OOS047061N

3-136

Convenient features of your vehicle

• Keep your drinks sealed while

driving to prevent spilling your

drink. If liquid spills, it may get

into the vehicle's electrical/elec-

tronic system and damage elec-

trical/electronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids do

not use hot air to blow out or dry

the cup holder. This may dam-

age the interior.

Sunvisor

To use the sunvisor, pull it down-

ward.

To use the sunvisor to block the sun

from the side window, pull it down-

ward, release it from the bracket (1)

and swing it to the side (2) towards

the window.

To use the vanity mirror, pull down

the sunvisor and slide the mirror

cover (3).

Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-

ward (4) as needed (if equipped).

Close the vanity mirror cover

securely and return the sunvisor

to its original position after use.

Do not put several tickets in the

ticket holder at one time. This

could cause damage to the ticket

holder.

NOTICE

NOTICENOTICE

OOS047062

For your safety, do not block

your view when using the sunvi-

sor.

WARNING

3-137

Convenient features of your vehicle

Power Outlet

The power outlet is designed to pro-

vide power for mobile telephones or

other devices designed to operate

with vehicle electrical systems. The

devices should draw less than 180 W

with the engine running.

To prevent damage to the Power

Outlets :

• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and

remove the accessory plug after

use. Using the accessory plug

for prolonged periods of time

with the engine off could cause

the battery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric acces-

sories which are less than 180 W

in electric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner or

heater to the lowest operating

level when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interference

when plugged into a vehicle's

power outlet.These devices may

cause excessive audio static

and malfunctions in other elec-

tronic systems or devices used

in your vehicle.

• Push the plug in as far as it will

go. If good contact is not made,

the plug may overheat and the

fuse may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electri-

cal/electronic devices with

reverse current protection. The

current from the battery may

flow into the vehicle's electri-

cal/electronic system and cause

system malfunction.

NOTICE

OOS048063

Avoid electrical shocks. Do not

place your fingers or foreign

objects (pin, etc.) into a power

outlet or touch the power outlet

with a wet hand.

WARNING

3-138

USB charger (if equipped)

The USB charger is designed to

recharge batteries of small size elec-

trical devices using a USB cable.

The electrical devices can be

recharged when the ignition switch

or the Engine Start/Stop button is in

the ACC, ON or START position.

The battery charging state may be

monitored on the electrical device.

Disconnect the USB cable from the

USB port after use.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC may

get warmer during the re-charging

process. It does not indicate any

malfunction with the charging sys-

tem.

• A smart phone or a tablet PC,

which adopts a different re-charg-

ing method, may not be properly

re-charged. In this case, use an

exclusive charger of your device.

• The charging terminal is only to

recharge a device. Do not use the

charging terminal either to turn ON

an audio or to play media on the

AVN.

Wireless Cellular Phone

Charging System (if equipped)

On certain models, the vehicle

comes equipped with a wireless cel-

lular phone charger.

The system is available when all

doors are closed, and when the igni-

tion switch is in the ACC/ON position.

Convenient features of your vehicle

OOS048143

OOS048064

3-139

Convenient features of your vehicle

To charge a cellular phone

The wireless cellular phone charging

system charges only the Qi-enabled

cellular phones ( ). Read the label

on the cellular phone accessory

cover or visit your cellular phone

manufacturer's website to check

whether your cellular phone supports

the Qi technology.

The wireless charging process starts

when you put a Qi-enabled cellular

phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including the

smart key, from the wireless

charging unit. If not, the wireless

charging process may be inter-

rupted. Place the cellular phone

on the center of the charging pad.

2.The indicator light is orange when

the cellular phone is charging.The

indicator light turns green when

phone charging is complete.

3.You can turn ON or OFF the wire-

less charging function in the user

settings mode on the instrument

cluster. For further information,

refer to the "LCD Display Modes"

in this chapter.

If your cellular phone is not charging:

- Slightly change the position of the

cellular phone on the charging pad.

- Make sure the indicator light is

orange.

The indicator light will blink orange

for 10 seconds if there is a malfunc-

tion in the wireless charging system.

In this case, temporarily stop the

charging process, and re-attempt to

charge your cellular phone again.

The system warns you with a mes-

sage on the LCD display if the cellu-

lar phone is still on the wireless

charging unit after the engine is

turned OFF and the front door is

opened.

Information

For some manufacturer's cellular

phones, the system may not warn you

even though the cellular phone is left

on the wireless charging unit. This is

due to the particular characteristic of

the cellular phone and not a malfunc-

tion of the wireless charging.

• The wireless cellular phone

charging system may not sup-

port certain cellular phones,

which are not verified for the Qi

specification ( ).

• When placing your cellular

phone on the charging mat,

position the phone in the middle

of the mat for optimal charging

performance. If your cell phone

is off to the side, the charging

rate may be less and in some

cases the cell phone may experi-

ence higher heat conduction.

• In some cases, the wireless

charging may stop temporarily

when the Smart Key is used,

either when starting the vehicle

or locking/unlocking the doors,

etc.

• When charging certain cellular

phones, the charging indicator

may not change to green when

the cell phone is fully charged.

NOTICE

3-140

Convenient features of your vehicle

• The wireless charging process

may temporarily stop,when tem-

perature abnormally increases

inside the wireless cellular

phone charging system. The

wireless charging process

restarts, when temperature falls

to a certain level.

• The wireless charging process

may temporarily stop when

there is any metallic item, such

as a coin, between the wireless

cellular phone charging system

and cellular phone.

• When charging some cell

phones with the case still

applied, the wireless charging

speed may decrease and the

wireless charging may stop.

• If the cellular phone has a thick

cover,the wireless charging may

not be possible.

• If the cell phone is not complete-

ly contacting the charging pad,

wireless charging may not oper-

ate properly.

• Some magnetic items like credit

cards,phone cards or rail tickets

may be damaged if left with the

cellular phone during the charg-

ing process.

• If the cellular phone without the

wireless charging function or

the metallic items are placed on

the charging pad, it may cause

slight noise.This noise does not

affect the cellular phone and the

vehicle, because this noise is an

operating sound during deter-

mining the item on the charging

pad.

Information

If the ignition switch is OFF, the

charging also stops.

Information

This device complies with part 15 of

the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

Clock

Vehicles with Audio system

Select the [SETUP] button on the

audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].

• Set time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.

• Time format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.

Vehicles with Navigation system

Select the Settings menu on the

Navigation system ➟ Select

[Date/Time].

• GPS time: Displays time according

to the received GNSS time.

• 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24

hour.

Do not attempt to adjust the

clock while driving. Doing so

may result in distracted driving

which may lead to an accident

involving personal injury or

death.

WARNING

3-141

Convenient features of your vehicle

Clothes Hanger

These hangers are not designed to

hold large or heavy items.

Floor Mat Anchor(s)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors

to attach the front floor mats to the

vehicle. The anchors on the front

floor carpet keep the floor mats from

sliding forward.

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects

except clothes. Also, do not put

heavy, sharp or breakable

objects in the clothes pockets.

In an accident or when the cur-

tain air bag is inflated, it may

cause vehicle damage or per-

sonal injury.

WARNING

OOS047065

OOS047066

OOS047067

Do not overlay additional mats

or liners over the floor mats. If

using All Weather mats, remove

the carpeted floor mats before

installing them. Only use floor

mats designed to connect to the

anchors.

WARNING

3-142

Convenient features of your vehicle

Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)

To keep items from shifting in the lug-

gage compartment, you can use the

4 holders located in the luggage

board to attach the luggage net.

Make sure the luggage net is securely

attached to the holders in the luggage

board.

The following must be observed

when installing ANY floor mat

to the vehicle.

• Ensure to remove a protective

film attached on the carpet

before attaching a floor mat

on the front floor carpet.

Otherwise, the floor mat may

move freely on the protective

film and it could result in

unintentional braking or

accelerating.

• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-

cle's floor mat anchor(s)

before driving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat that

cannot be firmly attached to

the vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top

of one another (e.g. all-weath-

er rubber mat on top of a car-

peted floor mat). Only a single

floor mat should be installed

in each position.

WARNING

OOS047068N

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was

manufactured with driver’s side

floor mat anchors that are

designed to securely hold the

floor mat in place. To avoid any

interference with pedal opera-

tion, HYUNDAI recommends

that the HYUNDAI floor mat

designed for use in your vehicle

be installed.

3-143

Convenient features of your vehicle

Cargo Area Cover

Use the cover to hide items stored in

the cargo area.

The cargo area cover will lift when

the liftgate is opened.

Disconnect the strap (1) from the

holder if you want to return the cover

to the original position.To remove the

cargo area cover completely, lift the

cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it

out (2).

Since the cargo area cover may be

damaged or deformed, do not put

luggage on it when it is being

used.

NOTICE

• Do not place objects on the

cargo area cover while driv-

ing. Such objects may be

thrown about inside the vehi-

cle and possibly injure vehicle

occupants during an accident

or when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in

the luggage compartment. It

is designed for luggage only.

• Maintain balance of the vehi-

cle and locate the weight as

far forward as possible.

WARNING

OOS047069

Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-

stretch the luggage net.

ALWAYS keep your face and

body out of the luggage net's

recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-

gage net when the strap has vis-

ible signs of wear or damage.

Use the luggage net to keep

only light items from shifting in

the luggage compartment.

WARNING

3-144

Convenient features of your vehicle

Luggage tray (if equipped)

You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-

tor triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in

the box for easy access.

• Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and lift it.

To increase luggage space

1. Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and pull out the luggage tray

board backwards.

2. Pull out the luggage tray board

completely and remove the lug-

gage tray.(If the luggage tray is

equipped.)

3. Push the luggage tray board for-

wards into the lower sliding slot.

OOS047320

OOS047319

OOS047070

3-145

Convenient features of your vehicle

Roof Side Rails (if equipped)

If your vehicle comes equipped with

roof side rails, then roof side rails

crossbars can be installed on top of

your vehicle.

The roof side rails crossbars are an

accessory and are available at your

local HYUNDAI dealer.

If the vehicle is equipped with a

sunroof, be sure not to position

cargo onto the roof side rails in

such a way that it could interfere

with sunroof operation.

• When carrying cargo on the roof

side rails, take the necessary

precautions to make sure the

cargo does not damage the roof

of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects on

the roof side rails, make sure

they do not exceed the overall

roof length or width.

NOTICE

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS

• The following specification is

the maximum weight that can

be loaded onto the roof side

rails. Distribute the load as

evenly as possible onto the

roof side rails and secure the

load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage in

excess of the specified weight

limit on the roof side rails may

damage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravity

will be higher when items are

loaded onto the roof side

rails. Avoid sudden starts,

braking, sharp turns, abrupt

maneuvers or high speeds

that may result in loss of vehi-

cle control or rollover result-

ing in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turn

corners carefully when carry-

ing items on the roof side rails.

Severe wind updrafts, caused

by passing vehicles or natural

causes, can cause sudden

upward pressure on items

loaded on the roof side rails.

This is especially true when

carrying large, flat items such

as wood panels or mattresses.

This could cause the items to

fall off the roof side rails and

cause damage to your vehicle

or others around you.

• To prevent damage or loss of

cargo while driving, check fre-

quently before or while driv-

ing to make sure the items on

the roof side rails are secure-

ly fastened.

WARNING

OOS047317

ROOF SIDE 176 lbs. (80kg)

RAILS EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

Infotainment System

Infotainment System..............................................4-2

AUX, USB and iPod

Port ...............................................4-2

Antenna ...............................................................................4-2

Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4

Audio (Display Audio) / Video /

Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-5

4-2

Infotainment System

• If you install an aftermarket HID

head lamp, your vehicle's audio

and electronic devices may not

function properly.

• Prevent chemicals such as per-

fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,

hand cleaner, and air freshener

from contacting the interior

parts because they may cause

damage or discoloration.

AUX, USB and iPod

Port

You can use an AUX or USB cable to

connect audio devices to the vehicle

AUX or USB port.

Information

When using a portable audio device

connected to the power outlet, noise

may occur during playback. If this

happens, use the portable audio

device's power source.

❈ iPod

is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Antenna

Pole antenna (if equipped)

Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to

receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig-

nals.This antenna pole is removable.

To remove the roof antenna pole,

turn it counterclockwise.

To install the roof antenna pole, turn

it clockwise.

NOTICE

IINNFFOOTTAAIINNMMEENNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS048074

OOS047071

4-3

Infotainment System

• Before entering a place with a

low height clearance or a car

wash, remove the antenna pole

by rotating it counterclockwise.

If not, the antenna may be dam-

aged.

• When reinstalling your roof

antenna, it is important that it is

fully tightened and adjusted to

the upright position to ensure

proper reception.

• When cargo is loaded on the

roof rack, do not place the cargo

near the antenna pole to ensure

proper reception.

Shark fin antenna (if equipped)

The shark fin antenna receives

transmitted data. (for example:

AM/FM, SXM, GPS, LTE)

Steering Wheel Audio Control

Do not operate multiple audio

remote control buttons simultane-

ously.

NOTICE

OOS048421

OOS047072

OOS047073

■ Type A

■ Type B

4-4

Infotainment System

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)

• Press the VOLUME switch up to

increase volume.

• Press the VOLUME switch down to

decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is

pressed up or down and held for 0.8

second or more, it will function in the

following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEK

select button. It will SEEK until you

release the button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/RW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET switch is

pressed up or down, it will function in

the following modes:

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-

TION UP/DOWN button.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/

DOWN button.

MODE (3)

Press the MODE button to toggle

through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.

MUTE ( ) (4)

• Press the MUTE button to mute the

sound.

• Press the MUTE button again to

activate the sound.

Information

Detailed information for audio control

buttons are described in the separately

supplied manual with the vehicle.

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology Hands-Free

With the

Bluetooth

Wireless

Technology in the vehicle, you can

use the phone wireless.

OOS047075

OOS047076

(1) Call / Answer button

(2) Call end button

(3) Microphone

Detailed information for the

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology hands-free is

described in the Vehicle Infotainment

User's Manual.

Audio (Display Audio) / Video /

Navigation System (AVN)

(if equipped)

Detailed information for the AVN sys-

tem is described in the Vehicle

Infotainment User's Manual.

4-5

Infotainment System

Driving your vehicle

Before driving.........................................................5-4

Before Entering the Vehicle...........................................5-4

Before Starting ..................................................................5-4

Ignition switch ........................................................5-6

Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-9

Automatic Transmission ......................................5-14

Automatic Transmission Operation.............................5-14

Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-18

Dual clutch transmission.....................................5-20

Dual Clutch Transmission Operation ..........................5-20

Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-27

Braking system.....................................................5-29

Power Brakes...................................................................5-29

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-30

Parking Brake...................................................................5-30

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-32

Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-34

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-36

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-37

Downhill Brake Control (DBC)......................................5-37

Good Braking Practices.................................................5-39

All Wheel Drive (AWD)........................................5-40

AWD operation.................................................................5-41

Emergency precautions.................................................5-44

Drive Mode Integrated Control System............5-46

Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...5-47

BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)...........................5-48

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning).........5-50

Detecting sensor .............................................................5-52

Limitations of the System.............................................5-53

Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA)

system - Camera type.........................................5-55

System setting and activation......................................5-55

FCA warning message and system control ..............5-57

FCA sensor........................................................................5-59

System malfunction........................................................5-61

Limitations of the system .............................................5-63

Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA)

system-sensor fusion type

(Front radar + Front camera)............................5-68

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-68

FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-70

FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-72

System Malfunction .......................................................5-73

Limitations of the System.............................................5-75

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...................5-80

LKA system Operation ...................................................5-81

Warning Light and Message.........................................5-85

Limitations of the System.............................................5-86

LKA system Function Change......................................5-87

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system .........5-88

System Setting and Activation.....................................5-88

Resetting the System.....................................................5-89

System Standby...............................................................5-90

System Malfunction .......................................................5-90

Cruise Control.......................................................5-92

Cruise Control operation ...............................................5-92

Smart Cruise Control system..............................5-97

Smart Cruise Control Switch ........................................5-97

Smart Cruise Control Speed .........................................5-98

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle

Distance...........................................................................5-102

Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead..5-105

SCC Reaction Setting ...................................................5-107

Conventional Cruise Control Mode...........................5-108

Limitations of the System...........................................5-108

Special Driving Conditions................................5-114

Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-114

Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-114

Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-115

Driving at Night .............................................................5-115

Driving in the Rain........................................................5-115

Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-116

Highway Driving ............................................................5-116

Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-117

Winter driving.....................................................5-118

Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-118

Winter Precautions.......................................................5-120

Vehicle load limit................................................5-122

Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-123

Trailer towing .....................................................5-127

5-3

Driving your vehicle

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause

unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If

you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the

vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only

long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an

open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield

clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the liftgate open:

Close all windows.

Open instrument panel air vents.

Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

5-4

Driving your vehicle

Before Entering the Vehicle

• Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean

and unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.

• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.

• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.

• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before Starting

• Make sure the hood, the liftgate,

and the doors are securely closed

and locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat and

steering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outside

rearview mirrors.

• Verify all the lights work.

• Fasten your seatbelt.Check that all

passengers have fastened their

seatbelts.

• Check the gauges and indicators in

the instrument panel and the mes-

sages on the instrument display

when the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

• Check that any items you are car-

rying are stored properly or fas-

tened down securely.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

including components found in

the interior furnishings in a

vehicle, contain or emit harmful

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects and reproductive

harm. In addition, certain fluids

contained in vehicles and cer-

tain products of components

contain or emit chemicals

known to the State of California

to cause cancer and birth

defects or other reproductive

harm.

WARNING

BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

5-5

Driving your vehicle

NEVER drink or take drugs and

drive.

Drinking or taking drugs and driv-

ing is dangerous and may result

in an accident and SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH.

Drunk driving is the number

one contributor to the highway

death toll each year. Even a

small amount of alcohol will

affect your reflexes, percep-

tions and judgment. Just one

drink can reduce your ability to

respond to changing conditions

and emergencies and your reac-

tion time gets worse with each

additional drink.

Driving while under the influ-

ence of drugs is as dangerous

or more dangerous than driving

under the influence of alcohol.

WARNING

You are much more likely to have

a serious accident if you drink or

take drugs and drive. If you are

drinking or taking drugs, don't

drive. Do not ride with a driver

who has been drinking or taking

drugs.Choose a designated driv-

er or call a taxi.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-

lowing precautions:

• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop-

erly belted whenever the vehi-

cle is moving. For more infor-

mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in

chapter 2.

• Always drive defensively.

Assume other drivers or pedes-

trians may be careless and

make mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task of

driving. Driver distraction can

cause accidents.

• Leave plenty of space between

you and the vehicle in front of

you.

WARNING

5-6

Key Ignition Switch

Whenever the front door is opened,

the ignition switch will illuminate, pro-

vided the ignition switch is not in the

ON position. The light will go off

immediately when the ignition switch

is turned on or go off after about 30

seconds when the door is closed. (if

equipped)

IIGGNNIITTIIOONN SSWWIITTCCHH

Driving your vehicle

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-

lowing precautions:

• NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar with

the vehicle to touch the igni-

tion switch or related parts.

Unexpected and sudden vehi-

cle movement can occur.

• NEVER reach through the

steering wheel for the ignition

switch, or any other control,

while the vehicle is in motion.

The presence of your hand or

arm in this area may cause a

loss of vehicle control result-

ing in an accident.

WARNING

NEVER turn the ignition switch

to the LOCK or ACC position

while the vehicle is in motion

except in an emergency. This

will result in the engine turning

off and loss of power assist for

the steering and brake systems.

This may lead to loss of direc-

tional control and braking func-

tion, which could cause an acci-

dent.

Before leaving the driver's seat,

always make sure the shift lever

is in P (Park,for automatic trans-

mission/dual clutch transmis-

sion vehicle) position, apply the

parking brake, and turn ignition

switch to the LOCK position.

Unexpected vehicle movement

may occur if these precautions

are not followed.

WARNING

OAE056172L

LOCK

ACC

START

5-7

Driving your vehicle

Key ignition switch positions

Switch

Position

Action Notice

LOCK

To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put the

key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the

LOCK position.

The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.

(The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position for auto-

matic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicles)

ACC

Electrical accessories are usable.

The steering wheel unlocks.

This is the normal key position when the engine has

started.

All features and accessories are usable.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn the

ignition switch from ACC to ON.

Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when

the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery

from discharging.

START

To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START

position.The switch returns to the ON position when you

let go of the key.

The engine will crank until you release the key.

5-8

Starting the engine

Vehicle with automatic transmission/

dual clutch transmission:

1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

2. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key

(maximum of 10 seconds) until the

engine starts and release it.

Information

• It is best to maintain a moderate

engine speed until the vehicle engine

comes up to normal operating tem-

perature. Avoid harsh or abrupt

acceleration or deceleration while

the engine is still cold.

• Whether the engine is cold or warm,

always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator while start-

ing the vehicle. Do not rev the

engine while warming it up.

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• Do not hold the ignition key in

the START position for more

than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10

seconds before trying again.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle

to start the engine.

NOTICE

Driving your vehicle

Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shoes, such as high

heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-

flops, etc., may interfere with

your ability to use the brake and

accelerator pedals.

WARNING

5-9

Driving your vehicle

Engine Start/Stop Button

Whenever the front door is opened,

the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-

minate and will go off 30 seconds

after the door is closed.

• NEVER press the Engine Start/

Stop button while the vehicle

is in motion except in an emer-

gency. This will result in the

engine turning off and loss of

power assist for the steering

and brake systems.

WARNING

To turn the engine off in an

emergency:

Press and hold the Engine

Start/Stop button for more than

two seconds OR rapidly press

and release the Engine Start/

Stop button three times (within

three seconds).

If the vehicle is still moving, you

can restart the engine without

depressing the brake pedal by

pressing the Engine Start/Stop

button with the shift lever in the

N (Neutral) position.

This may lead to loss of direc-

tional control and braking

function, which could cause

an accident.

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, set the parking

brake, press the Engine Start/

Stop button to the OFF posi-

tion, and take the Smart Key

with you. Unexpected vehicle

movement may occur if these

precautions are not followed.

• NEVER reach through the

steering wheel for the Engine

Start/Stop button or any other

control while the vehicle is in

motion. The presence of your

hand or arm in this area may

cause a loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

WARNING

To reduce risk of serious injury

or death, NEVER allow children

or any person who is unfamiliar

with the vehicle to touch the

Engine Start/Stop button or

related parts. Unexpected and

sudden vehicle movement can

occur.

WARNING

OOS057001

5-10

Driving your vehicle

Engine Start/Stop button positions

- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission

Button Position Action Notice

OFF

To turn off the engine, press the Engine

Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).

When you press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton without the shift lever in P (Park), the

Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the

OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.

ACC

Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the

button is in the OFF position without depress-

ing the brake pedal.

Electrical accessories are usable.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the

ACC position for more than one hour, the bat-

tery power will turn off automatically to prevent

the battery from discharging.

5-11

Driving your vehicle

Button Position Action Notice

Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is

in the ACC position without depressing the

brake pedal.

The warning lights can be checked before

the engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in

the ON position when the engine is not run-

ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

START

To start the engine, depress the brake pedal

and press the Engine Start/Stop button with

the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N

(Neutral) position.

For your safety, start the engine with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-

out depressing the brake pedal, the engine

does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton changes as follows:

OFF

→→

ACC

→→

OFF

However, the engine may start if you depress

the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-

ing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF

position.

- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission

5-12

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine

Information

• The engine will start by pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button, only when

the smart key is in the vehicle.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-

cle, if it is far away from the driver,

the engine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop button

is in the ACC or ON position, if any

door is open, the system checks for

the smart key. If the smart key is not

in the vehicle, the " " indicator

will blink and the warning "Key not

in vehicle" will come on and if all

doors are closed, the chime will also

sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the

smart key in the vehicle when using

the ACC position or if the vehicle

engine is ON.

Vehicle with automatic transmission/

dual clutch transmission:

1. Always carry the smart key with

you.

2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.

3. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.

Information

• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station-

ary. Start driving at moderate

engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerat-

ing and decelerating should be

avoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with your

foot on the brake pedal. Do not

depress the accelerator while start-

ing the vehicle. Do not rev the

engine while warming it up.

• Always wear appropriate shoes

when operating your vehicle.

Unsuitable shoes, such as

high heels, ski boots, sandals,

flip-flops, etc., may interfere

with your ability to use the

brake and accelerator pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with the

accelerator pedal depressed.

The vehicle can move and lead

to an accident.

• Wait until the engine rpm is

normal. The vehicle may sud-

denly move if the brake pedal

is released when the rpm is

high.

WARNING

5-13

Driving your vehicle

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

• If the engine stalls while you are

in motion, do not attempt to

move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position.

If traffic and road conditions

permit, you may put the shift

lever in the N (Neutral) position

while the vehicle is still moving

and press the Engine Start/Stop

button in an attempt to restart

the engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle

to start the engine.

To prevent damage to the vehicle:

When the stop lamp switch fuse is

blown, you can't start the engine

normally. Replace the fuse with a

new one. If you are not able to

replace the fuse, you can start the

engine by pressing and holding

the Engine Start/Stop button for

10 seconds with the Engine Start/

Stop button in the ACC position.

Do not press the Engine Start/Stop

button for more than 10 seconds

except when the stop lamp switch

fuse is blown.

For your safety always depress

the brake pedal before starting the

engine.

Information

If the smart key battery is weak or the

smart key does not work correctly,

you can start the engine by pressing

the Engine Start/Stop button with the

smart key in the direction of the pic-

ture above.

NOTICENOTICE

OOS057003

5-14

Driving your vehicle

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal, press ths shift button, and then move shift lever.

OOS057004

Automatic Transmission Operation

The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, then set the parking

brake, and place the ignition

switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-

tion. Unexpected and sudden

vehicle movement can occur

if these precautions are not

followed.

• When using Manual Shift

Mode, use caution when shift-

ing from a higher gear to a

lower gear on slippery roads.

This could cause the tires to

slip and may result in an acci-

dent.

WARNING

5-15

Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the ignition switch is in the ON

position.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift from P (Park), you must

depress firmly on the brake pedal

and make sure your foot is off the

accelerator pedal.

If you have done all of the above and

still cannot shift the lever out of P

(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in

this section.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)

before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into or out of R

(Reverse); you may damage the

transmission if you shift into R

(Reverse) while the vehicle is in

motion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not

engaged.

Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart

a stalled engine.

Shift into P (Park) if you need to

leave your vehicle for any reason.

Always depress the brake pedal

when you are shifting from N

(Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE

• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may

cause you to lose control of

the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the shift

lever is in P (Park), apply the

parking brake, and turn the

engine off.

• When parking on an incline,

place the shift lever in P (Park)

and apply the parking brake to

prevent the vehicle from

rolling downhill.

WARNING

5-16

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically

shift through a six-gear sequence,

providing the best fuel economy and

power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or driving uphill depress

the accelerator pedal further until

you feel the transmission downshift

to a lower gear.

The DRIVE MODE switch, located

on the shift lever console, allows the

driver to switch from COMFORT

mode to SPORT mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" later in this chapter.

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or

in motion, manual shift mode is

selected by pushing the shift lever

from the D (Drive) position into the

manual gate. To return to D (Drive)

range operation, push the shift lever

back into the main gate.

In Manual Shift mode, moving the

shift lever backwards and forwards

will allow you to select the desired

range of gears for the current driving

conditions.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one

gear.

Information

• Only the six forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift mode. To

reverse or park the vehicle, move

the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or

P (Park) position as required.

• Downshifts are made automatically

when the vehicle slows down. When

the vehicle stops, 1

gear is automat-

ically selected.

• When the engine rpm approaches

the red zone the transmission will

upshift automatically.

Do not shift into gear unless

your foot is firmly on the brake

pedal. Shifting into gear when

the engine is running at high

speed can cause the vehicle to

move very rapidly. You could

lose control of the vehicle and

hit people or objects.

WARNING

OOS057069

((

))

((

))

5-17

Driving your vehicle

• If the driver presses the lever to

+ (Up) or - (Down) position, the

transmission may not make the

requested gear change if the next

gear is outside of the allowable

engine rpm range. The driver must

execute upshifts in accordance with

road conditions, taking care to keep

the engine rpms below the red zone.

• When accelerating from a stop on a

slippery road, push the shift lever

forward into the + (Up) position.

This allows the transmission to shift

into the 2

gear which is better for

smooth driving on a slippery road.

Push the shift lever to the - (Down)

side to shift back to the 1

gear.

• When driving in Manual Shift

Mode, slow down before shifting to

a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

gear may not be engaged if the

engine rpms are outside of the

allowable range.

Shift-lock system

For your safety, the automatic trans-

mission has a shift-lock system

which prevents shifting the transmis-

sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transmission from P

(Park) into R (Reverse):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.

3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release

If the shift lever cannot be moved from

the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)

position with the brake pedal

depressed, continue depressing the

brake, and then do the following:

1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release access

hole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole and

press down on the tool.

OOS057005L

5-18

Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever.

6. Remove the tool from the shift-

lock override access hole then

install the cap.

If you need to use the shift-lock

release, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

as soon as possible.

Parking

Always come to a complete stop and

continue to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, apply the parking brake,

and place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key

with you when exiting the vehicle.

Good Driving Practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N

(Neutral) when driving. If the shift

lever is moved to N (Neutral) while

driving the vehicle loses the ability

to provide engine braking. Doing

so may increase the risk of an acci-

dent.

Also, moving the shift lever back to

D (Drive) while the vehicle is mov-

ing may severely damage the

transmission.

• Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

consistent pedal pressure can

result in the brakes overheating,

brake wear and possibly even

brake failure.

• When you stay in the vehicle

with the engine running, be

careful not to depress the

accelerator pedal for a long

period of time. The engine or

exhaust system may overheat

and start a fire.

• The exhaust gas and the

exhaust system are very hot.

Keep away from the exhaust

system components.

• Do not stop or park over flam-

mable materials, such as dry

grass, paper or leaves. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-19

Driving your vehicle

• Depressing both accelerator and

brake pedals at the same time can

trigger logic for engine power

reduction to assure vehicle decel-

eration. Vehicle acceleration will

resume after the brake pedal is

released.

• Always apply the parking brake

when leaving the vehicle. Do not

depend on placing the transmis-

sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle

from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears.On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted

occupant is significantly more

likely to be seriously injured

or killed than a properly belt-

ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control

of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

WARNING

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you

follow all posted speed limits.

5-20

Driving your vehicle

Dual Clutch Transmission

Operation

The dual clutch transmission has

seven forward speeds and one

reverse speed.

The individual speeds are selected

automatically when the shift lever is

in the D (Drive) position.

• The dual clutch transmission can

be thought of as an automatically

shifting manual transmission. It

gives the driving feel of a manual

transmission, yet provides the

ease of a fully automatic transmis-

sion.

• When D (Drive) is selected, the

transmission will automatically shift

through the gears similar to a con-

ventional automatic transmission.

Unlike a traditional automatic

transmission, the gear shifting can

sometimes be felt and heard as the

actuators engage the clutches and

the gears are selected.

DDUUAALL CCLLUUTTCCHH TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.

Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.

OOS057004

5-21

Driving your vehicle

• The dual clutch transmission incor-

porates a dry-type dual clutch

mechanism, which allows for better

acceleration performance and

increased fuel efficiency while driv-

ing. But it differs from a conven-

tional automatic transmission

because it does not incorporate a

torque converter. Instead, the tran-

sition from one gear to the next is

managed by clutch slip, especially

at lower speeds. As a result, shifts

are sometimes more noticeable,

and a light vibration can be felt as

the transmission shaft speed is

matched with the engine shaft

speed.This is a normal condition of

the dual clutch transmission.

• The dry-type clutch transfers

torque more directly and provides

a direct-drive feeling which may

feel different from a conventional

automatic transmission. This may

be more noticeable when launch-

ing the vehicle from a stop or when

traveling at low, stop-and-go vehi-

cle speeds.

• When rapidly accelerating from a

lower vehicle speed, the engine

rpm may increase dramatically as

a result of clutch slip as the dual

clutch transmission selects the cor-

rect gear. This is a normal condi-

tion.

• When accelerating from a stop on

an incline, press the accelerator

smoothly and gradually to avoid

any shudder feeling or jerkiness.

• When traveling at a lower vehicle

speed, if you release the accelera-

tor pedal quickly, you may feel

engine braking before the trans-

mission changes gears. This

engine braking feeling is similar to

operating a manual transmission at

low speed.

• When driving downhill, you may

wish to move the gear shift lever to

Manual Shift mode and downshift

to a lower gear in order to control

your speed without using the brake

pedal excessively.

• When you turn the engine on and

off, you may hear clicking sounds

as the system goes through a self-

test.This is a normal sound for the

dual clutch transmission.

• During the first 1000 miles, you

may feel that the vehicle may not

be smooth when accelerating at

low speed. During this break-in

period, the shift quality and per-

formance of your new vehicle is

continuously optimized.

To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death:

• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle for

people, especially children,

before shifting a vehicle into

D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's

seat, always make sure the

shift lever is in the P (Park)

position, then set the parking

brake, and place the ignition

switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-

tion. Unexpected and sudden

vehicle movement can occur

if these precautions are not

followed.

WARNING

5-22

Driving your vehicle

• Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into D (Drive) or

R (Reverse).

• Do not put the shift lever in N

(Neutral) while driving.

DCT warning messages

Steep grade

This warning message is displayed

when vehicle is driven slowly on a

grade and the vehicle detects that

the brake pedal is not applied.

Driving up hills or on steep grades:

• To hold the vehicle on an incline

use the foot brake or the parking

brake.

• When in stop-and-go traffic on an

incline, allow a gap to form ahead

of you before moving the vehicle

forward. Then hold the vehicle on

the incline with the foot brake.

• If the vehicle is held or creeping

forward on an incline by applying

the accelerator pedal, the clutch

and transmission may overheat

which can result in damage.At this

time, a warning message will

appear on the LCD display.

• If the LCD display warning is

active, the foot brake must be

applied.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead to

damage to the transmission.

NOTICE

OTLE055019

• Do not use aggressive engine

braking (shifting from a high-

er gear to a lower gear) on

slippery roads. This could

cause the tires to slip and may

result in an accident.

Due to transmission failure, you

may not continue to drive and

the position indicator (D, P) on

the instrument cluster will blink.

Contact an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer and have the

system checked.

WARNING

5-23

Driving your vehicle

Transmission high temperature

• Under certain conditions, such as

repeated stop-and-go launches on

steep grades, sudden take off or

acceleration, or other harsh driving

conditions, the transmission clutch

temperatures will increase exces-

sively.

• When the clutch temperatures are

too high, the "Transmission temp.

is high! Stop safely" warning mes-

sage will appear on the LCD dis-

play, a chime will sound, and the

transmission shifting may not be

smooth.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safe

location, stop the vehicle with the

engine running, apply the brakes

and shift the vehicle to P (Park)

with engine on, and allow the

transmission to cool.

• If you ignore this warning, the driv-

ing condition may become worse.

You may experience abrupt shifts,

frequent shifts, or jerkiness.

• When the message "Trans cooled.

Resume driving" appears you can

continue to drive your vehicle.

• When possible, drive the vehicle

smoothly.

Transmission overheated

• If the vehicle continues to be driv-

en and the clutch temperatures

reach the maximum temperature

limit, the "Transmission Hot! Park

with engine on" warning will be dis-

played.When this occurs the clutch

is disabled until the clutch cools to

normal temperatures.

• The warning will display a time to

wait for the transmission to cool.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safe

location, stop the vehicle with the

engine running, apply the brakes

and shift the vehicle to P (Park)

with engine on for a certain time,

and allow the transmission to cool.

OTLE055022

OOS057100L/OOS057101L

5-24

Driving your vehicle

• When the message "Trans cooled.

Resume driving" appears you can

continue to drive your vehicle.

• When possible, drive the vehicle

smoothly.

If any of the warning messages in

the LCD display continue to blink, for

your safety, contact an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-

tem checked.

Transmission ranges

The indicator in the instrument clus-

ter displays the shift lever position

when the ignition switch is in the ON

position

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into P (Park).

To shift from P (Park), you must

depress firmly on the brake pedal

and make sure your foot is off the

accelerator pedal.

If you have done all of the above and

still cannot shift the lever out of P

(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in

this chapter.

The shift lever must be in P (Park)

before turning the engine off.

R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehicle

backward.

Always come to a complete stop

before shifting into or out of R

(Reverse); you may damage the

transmission if you shift into R

(Reverse) while the vehicle is in

motion.

N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are not

engaged.

Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart

a stalled engine, or if it is necessary

to stop with the engine ON.

Shift into P (Park) if you need to

leave your vehicle for any reason.

Always depress the brake pedal

when you are shifting from N

(Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE

• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion may

cause you to lose control of

the vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,

always make sure the shift

lever is in P (Park), apply the

parking brake, and turn the

engine off.

• When parking on an incline,

place the shift lever in P (Park)

and apply the parking brake to

prevent the vehicle from

rolling downhill.

• For safety, always engage the

parking brake with the shift

lever in the P (Park) position

except for the case of emer-

gency parking.

WARNING

5-25

Driving your vehicle

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.

The transmission will automatically

shift through a seven-gear

sequence, providing the best fuel

economy and power.

For extra power when passing anoth-

er vehicle or driving uphill depress

the accelerator pedal further until

you feel the transmission downshift

to a lower gear.

The DRIVE MODE switch, located

on the shift lever console, allows the

driver to switch from COMFORT

mode to SPORT mode.

For more information, refer to

"Drive Mode Integrated Control

System" later in this chapter.

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary or

in motion, manual shift mode is

selected by pushing the shift lever

from the D (Drive) position into the

manual gate. To return to D (Drive)

range operation, push the shift lever

back into the main gate.

In Manual Shift mode, moving the

shift lever backwards and forwards

will allow you to select the desired

range of gears for the current driving

conditions.

+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.

- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down one

gear.

Do not shift into gear unless

your foot is firmly on the brake

pedal. Shifting into gear when

the engine is running at high

speed can cause the vehicle to

move very rapidly. You could

lose control of the vehicle and

hit people or objects.

WARNING

OOS057069

((

))

((

))

5-26

Driving your vehicle

Information

• Only the seven forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift Mode. To

reverse or park the vehicle, move

the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or

P (Park) position as required.

• Downshifts are made automatically

when the vehicle slows down. When

the vehicle stops, 1

gear is automat-

ically selected.

• When the engine rpm approaches

the red zone the transmission will

upshift automatically.

• If the driver presses the lever to

+ (Up) or - (Down) position, the

transmission may not make the

requested gear change if the next

gear is outside of the allowable

engine rpm range. The driver must

execute upshifts in accordance with

road conditions, taking care to keep

the engine rpms below the red zone.

Shift-lock system

For your safety, the dual clutch trans-

mission has a shift-lock system

which prevents shifting the transmis-

sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)

unless the brake pedal is depressed.

To shift the transmission from P

(Park) into R (Reverse):

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.

3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock release

If the shift lever cannot be moved from

the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)

position with the brake pedal

depressed, continue depressing the

brake, and then do the following:

1. Place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock release access

hole.

4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole and

press down on the tool.

OOS057005L

5-27

Driving your vehicle

5. Move the shift lever.

6. Remove the tool from the shift-

lock override access hole then

install the cap.

If you need to use the shift-lock

release, have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

immediately.

Parking

Always come to a complete stop and

continue to depress the brake pedal.

Move the shift lever into the P (Park)

position, apply the parking brake,

and place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position. Take the key

with you when exiting the vehicle.

Moving up a steep grade from a

standing start

To move up a steep grade from a

standing start, depress the brake

pedal, shift the shift lever to D

(Drive). Depress the accelerator

pedal gradually while releasing the

brake pedal.

Good Driving Practices

• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other

position with the accelerator pedal

depressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P

(Park) when the vehicle is in

motion.

Be sure the vehicle is completely

stopped before you attempt to shift

into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N

(Neutral) when driving. Doing so

may result in an accident because

of a loss of engine braking and the

transmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

consistent pedal pressure can

result in the brakes overheating,

brake wear and possibly even

brake failure.

• Depressing both accelerator and

brake pedals at the same time can

trigger logic for engine power

reduction to assure vehicle decel-

eration. Vehicle acceleration will

resume after the brake pedal is

released.

When you stay in the vehicle

with the engine running, be

careful not to depress the accel-

erator pedal for a long period of

time. The engine or exhaust

system may overheat and start

a fire.

The exhaust gas and the

exhaust system are very hot.

Keep away from the exhaust

system components.

Do not stop or park over flam-

mable materials, such as dry

grass, paper or leaves. They

may ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-28

Driving your vehicle

• When driving in Manual Shift

mode, slow down before shifting to

a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower

gear may not be engaged if the

engine rpms are outside of the

allowable range.

• Always apply the parking brake

when leaving the vehicle. Do not

depend on placing the transmis-

sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle

from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when

driving on a slippery surface. Be

especially careful when braking,

accelerating or shifting gears.On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change

in vehicle speed can cause the

drive wheels to lose traction and

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance and

economy is obtained by smoothly

depressing and releasing the

accelerator.

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends you

follow all posted speed limits.

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.

In a collision, an unbelted

occupant is significantly more

likely to be seriously injured

or killed than a properly belt-

ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatly

increased if you lose control

of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

WARNING

5-29

Driving your vehicle

Power Brakes

Your vehicle has power-assisted

brakes that adjust automatically

through normal usage.

If the engine is not running or is

turned off while driving, the power

assist for the brakes will not work.

You can still stop your vehicle by

applying greater force to the brake

pedal than typical. The stopping dis-

tance, however, will be longer than

with power brakes.

When the engine is not running, the

reserve brake power is partially

depleted each time the brake pedal

is applied. Do not pump the brake

pedal when the power assist has

been interrupted.

Pump the brake pedal only when

necessary to maintain steering con-

trol on slippery surfaces.

BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Take the following precautions:

• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.

This will create abnormal high

brake temperatures, exces-

sive brake lining and pad

wear, and increased stopping

distances.

• When descending down a

long or steep hill, move the

gear shift lever to Manual

Shift Mode and manually

downshift to a lower gear in

order to control your speed

without using the brake pedal

excessively. Applying the

brakes continuously will

cause the brakes to overheat

and could result in a tempo-

rary loss of braking perform-

ance.

• Wet brakes may impair the

vehicle's ability to safely slow

down; the vehicle may also

pull to one side when the

brakes are applied. Applying

the brakes lightly will indicate

whether they have been

affected in this way. Always

test your brakes in this fash-

ion after driving through deep

water.To dry the brakes, light-

ly tap the brake pedal to heat

up the brakes while maintain-

ing a safe forward speed until

brake performance returns to

normal. Avoid driving at high

speeds until the brakes func-

tion correctly.

WARNING

5-30

Driving your vehicle

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator

When your brake pads are worn and

new pads are required, you will hear

a high pitched warning sound from

your front or rear brakes. You may

hear this sound come and go or it

may occur whenever you depress

the brake pedal.

Note that some driving conditions or

climates may cause a brake squeal

when you first apply (or lightly apply)

the brakes. This is normal and does

not indicate a problem with your

brakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with worn

brake pads.

Information

Always replace brake pads as com-

plete front or rear axle sets.

Parking Brake

Always set the parking brake before

leaving the vehicle. To apply the

parking brake:

Firmly depress the brake pedal.

Pull up the parking brake lever as far

as possible.

To release:

Firmly depress the brake pedal.

While pressing the release button

(1), slightly pull up on the parking

brake lever then lower the parking

brake lever (2).

If the parking brake does not release

or does not release all the way, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-

ate the parking brake while the

vehicle is moving except in an

emergency situation. It could

damage the brake system and

lead to an accident.

WARNING

OOS057010

OOS057011

5-31

Driving your vehicle

• Do not apply the accelerator

pedal while the parking brake is

engaged. If you depress the

accelerator pedal with the park-

ing brake engaged, warning will

sound. Damage to the parking

brake may occur.

• Driving with the parking brake

on can overheat the braking sys-

tem and cause premature wear

or damage to brake parts. Make

sure the parking brake is

released and the Brake Warning

Light is off before driving.

Check the Parking

Brake Warning Light

by placing the ignition

switch to the ON posi-

tion (do not start the

engine).

This light will be illuminated when the

parking brake is applied with the igni-

tion switch in the START or ON posi-

tion.

Before driving, be sure the parking

brake is released and the Brake

Warning Light is OFF.

If the Parking Brake Warning Light

remains on after the parking brake is

released while engine is running,

there may be a malfunction in the

brake system. Immediate attention is

necessary.

If at all possible, cease driving the

vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-

sible, use extreme caution while

operating the vehicle and only con-

tinue to drive the vehicle until you

can reach a safe location.

NOTICE

• Whenever leaving the vehicle

or parking, always come to a

complete stop and continue to

depress the brake pedal. Move

the shift lever into P (Park)

position, then apply the park-

ing brake, and place the igni-

tion switch in the LOCK/OFF

position.

Vehicles with the parking

brake not fully engaged are at

risk for moving inadvertently

and causing injury to yourself

or others.

• When parking on an incline,

block the wheels to prevent

the vehicle from rolling down.

• NEVER allow anyone who is

unfamiliar with the vehicle to

touch the parking brake. If the

parking brake is released

unintentionally, serious injury

may occur.

• Only release the parking

brake when you are seated

inside the vehicle with your

foot firmly on the brake pedal.

WARNING

5-32

Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking system

that helps prevent a braking skid.

ABS allows the driver to steer and

brake at the same time.

Using ABS

To obtain the maximum benefit from

your ABS in an emergency situation,

do not attempt to modulate your

brake pressure and do not try to

pump your brakes. Depress your

brake pedal as hard as possible.

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear sounds from

the brakes, or feel a corresponding

sensation in the brake pedal. This is

normal and it means your ABS is

active.

ABS does not reduce the time or dis-

tance it takes to stop the vehicle.

Always maintain a safe distance from

the vehicle in front of you.

ABS will not prevent a skid that

results from sudden changes in

direction, such as trying to take a

corner too fast or making a sudden

lane change. Always drive at a safe

speed for the road and weather con-

ditions.

• Tire chains are installed on

your vehicle.

The safety features of an ABS

or ESC equipped vehicle should

not be tested by high speed

driving or cornering.This could

endanger the safety of yourself

or others.

An Anti-Lock Braking System

(ABS) or an Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system will not

prevent accidents due to

improper or dangerous driving

maneuvers. Even though vehi-

cle control is improved during

emergency braking, always

maintain a safe distance

between you and objects ahead

of you. Vehicle speeds should

always be reduced during

extreme road conditions. The

braking distance for cars

equipped with ABS or ESC may

be longer than for those without

these systems in the following

road conditions.

Drive your vehicle at reduced

speeds during the following

conditions:

• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

• On roads where the road sur-

face is pitted or has different

surface height.

WARNING

5-33

Driving your vehicle

ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-

ty. Always steer moderately when

braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-

ing wheel movement can still cause

your vehicle to veer into oncoming

traffic or off the road.

On loose or uneven road surfaces,

operation of the anti-lock brake sys-

tem may result in a longer stopping

distance than for vehicles equipped

with a conventional brake system.

The ABS warning light ( ) will stay

on for several seconds after the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position.

During that time, the ABS will go

through self-diagnosis and the light

will go off if everything is normal. If

the light stays on, you may have a

problem with your ABS. Contact an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon

as possible

Information

When you jump start your vehicle

because of a drained battery, the ABS

warning light ( ) may turn on at the

same time. This happens because of

the low battery voltage. It does not

mean your ABS is malfunctioning.

Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

If the ABS warning light ( ) is

on and stays on, you may have

a problem with the ABS. Your

power brakes will work normal-

ly. To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death, contact your

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as

possible.

WARNING

When you drive on a road hav-

ing poor traction, such as an icy

road, and apply your brakes

continuously, the ABS will be

active continuously and the

ABS warning light ( ) may

illuminate. Pull your car over to

a safe place and turn the engine

off.

Restart the engine. If the ABS

warning light is off, then your

ABS system is normal.

Otherwise, you may have a

problem with your ABS system.

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION

5-34

Driving your vehicle

Electronic Stability Control

(ESC)

The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) system helps to stabilize the

vehicle during cornering maneuvers.

ESC checks where you are steering

and where the vehicle is actually

going. ESC applies braking pressure

to any one of the vehicle's brakes

and intervenes in the engine man-

agement system to assist the driver

with keeping the vehicle on the

intended path. It is not a substitute

for safe driving practices. Always

adjust your speed and driving to the

road conditions.

ESC operation

ESC ON condition

When the ignition switch is in the ON

position, the ESC and the ESC OFF

indicator lights illuminate for approxi-

mately three seconds. After both

lights go off, the ESC is enabled.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-

tion, the ESC indicator light

blinks:

• When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the

wheels, you may hear sounds from

the brakes, or feel a corresponding

sensation in the brake pedal. This

is normal and it means your ESC is

active.

• When the ESC activates, the

engine may not respond to the

accelerator as it does under rou-

tine conditions.

• If the Cruise Control was in use

when the ESC activates, the

Cruise Control automatically disen-

gages. The Cruise Control can be

reengaged when the road condi-

tions allow. See "Cruise Control

System" later in this chapter. (if

equipped)

• When moving out of the mud or

driving on a slippery road, the

engine RPM (revolutions per

minute) may not increase even if

you press the accelerator pedal

deeply. This is to maintain the sta-

bility and traction of the vehicle and

does not indicate a problem.

OOS058012N

Never drive too fast for the road

conditions or too quickly when

cornering. The ESC system will

not prevent accidents.

Excessive speed in turns, abrupt

maneuvers, and hydroplaning

on wet surfaces can result in

severe accidents.

WARNING

5-35

Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation :

• State 1

Press the ESC OFF button briefly.

The ESC OFF indicator light and

message "Traction Control disabled"

will illuminate. In this state, the trac-

tion

control function of ESC (engine man-

agement) is disabled, but the brake

control function of ESC (braking

management) still operates.

• State 2

Press and hold the ESC OFF button

continuously for more than 3 sec-

onds. The ESC OFF indicator light

and message "Traction and Stability

Control disabled" illuminates and a

warning chime sounds. In this state,

both the traction control function of

ESC (engine management) and the

brake control function of ESC (brak-

ing management) are disabled.

If the ignition switch is placed to the

LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,

ESC remains off. Upon restarting the

engine, the ESC will automatically turn

on again.

Indicator lights

When the ignition switch is placed to

the ON position, the ESC indicator

light illuminates, then goes off if the

ESC system is operating normally.

The ESC indicator light blinks when-

ever the ESC is operating.

If ESC indicator light stays on, your

vehicle may have a malfunction with

the ESC system. When this warning

light illuminates have your vehicle

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer as soon as possible.

The ESC OFF indicator light comes

on when the ESC is turned off.

Driving with wheels and tires with

different sizes may cause the ESC

system to malfunction. Before

replacing tires, make sure all four

tires and wheels are the same

size. Never drive the vehicle with

different sized wheels and tires

installed.

NOTICE

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

When the ESC is blinking, this

indicates the ESC is active:

Drive slowly and NEVER attempt

to accelerate. NEVER turn the

ESC off while the ESC indicator

light is blinking or you may lose

control of the vehicle resulting in

an accident.

WARNING

5-36

Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage

When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only be

used briefly to help free the vehicle if

stuck in snow or mud by temporarily

stopping operation of the ESC to

maintain wheel torque.

To turn ESC off while driving, press

the ESC OFF button while driving on

a flat road surface.

To prevent damage to the trans-

mission:

• Do not allow wheel(s) of one

axle to spin excessively while

the ESC, ABS,and parking brake

warning lights are displayed.

The repairs would not be cov-

ered by the vehicle warranty.

Reduce engine power and do

not spin the wheel(s) excessive-

ly while these lights are dis-

played.

• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, make sure the

ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light

illuminated).

Information

Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS

or standard brake system operation.

Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM)

The Vehicle Stability Management

(VSM) is a function of the Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system. It

helps ensure the vehicle stays stable

when accelerating or braking sud-

denly on wet, slippery and rough

roads where traction over the four

tires can suddenly become uneven.

VSM operation

VSM ON condition

The VSM operates when:

• The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on.

• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve

roads.

• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the

vehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may activate the

ESC, you may hear sounds from the

brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-

sation in the brake pedal.This is nor-

mal and it means your VSM is active.

NOTICE

Take the following precautions

when using the Vehicle Stability

Management (VSM):

• ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicle

ahead. The VSM is not a sub-

stitute for safe driving prac-

tices.

• Never drive too fast for the

road conditions.The VSM sys-

tem will not prevent acci-

dents. Excessive speed in bad

weather, slippery and uneven

roads can result in severe

accidents.

WARNING

5-37

Driving your vehicle

The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a banked road such

as gradient or incline.

• Driving rearward.

• ESC OFF indicator light is on.

• EPS (Electric Power Steering)

warning light ( ) is on or

blinks.

Driving with wheels and tires with dif-

ferent sizes may cause the ESC sys-

tem to malfunction. Before replacing

tires, make sure all four tires and

wheels are the same size. Never

drive the vehicle with different sized

tires and wheels installed.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)

helps prevent the vehicle from rolling

backwards when starting a vehicle

from a stop on a hill. The system

operates the brakes automatically for

approximately 2 seconds and releas-

es the brake after 2 seconds or when

the accelerator pedal is depressed.

• The HAC does not operate when

the shift lever is in P (Park) or N

(Neutral)

• The HAC activates even though

the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is off but does not acti-

vate when the ESC has malfunc-

tioned.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)

feature assists the driver to descend

down a steep hill without having to

depress the brake pedal.The system

automatically applies the brakes to

maintain the vehicle speed below 5

mph (8 km/h) and allows the driver to

concentrate on steering the vehicle

down hill.

NOTICE

If ESC indicator light ( ) or

EPS warning light ( ) stays on

or blinks, your vehicle may have

a malfunction with the VSM sys-

tem.When the warning light illu-

minates, have your vehicle

checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as

possible.

WARNING

Always be ready to depress the

accelerator pedal when starting

off on a incline.The HAC activates

only for approximately 2 seconds.

WARNING

OOS057058

5-38

Driving your vehicle

• The DBC defaults to the OFF

position whenever the ignition

switch is placed in the ON posi-

tion.

• Noise or vibration may occur

from the brakes when the DBC is

activated.

• The rear stop light comes on

when DBC is activated.

DBC operation

NOTICE

Always turn off the DBC on nor-

mal roads. The DBC might acti-

vate inadvertently from the stand-

by mode when driving through

speed bumps or making sharp

curves.

WARNING

Standby

Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under

25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and

enter the standby mode.

The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over

25 mph (40 km/h).

In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 22 mph

(35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC will

activate automatically.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-

vate under the following conditions:

• The hill is not steep enough.

•

The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.

If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will auto-

matically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:

• The DBC button is pressed again.

• Vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h).

Activated

Temporarily

deactivated

OFF

Mode Indicator light Description

blinks

illuminated

not

illuminated

5-39

Driving your vehicle

• The DBC may not deactivate on

steep inclines even though the

brake or accelerator pedal is

depressed.

• The DBC does not operate

when:

- The shift lever is in P (Park).

- The ESC is activated.

Good Braking Practices

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The

brakes may get wet if the vehicle is

driven through standing water or if it

is washed.Your vehicle will not stop

as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet

brakes may cause the vehicle to pull

to one side.

To dry the brakes, apply the brakes

lightly until the braking action returns

to normal, taking care to keep the

vehicle under control at all times. If

the braking action does not return to

normal, stop as soon as it is safe to

do so and call an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

DO NOT drive with your foot resting

on the brake pedal. Even light, but

constant pedal pressure can result in

the brakes overheating, brake wear,

and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-

ing, apply the brakes gently and

keep the vehicle pointed straight

ahead while you slow down. When

you are moving slowly enough for it

to be safe to do so, pull off the road

and stop in a safe location.

Keep your foot firmly on the brake

pedal when the vehicle is stopped to

prevent the vehicle from rolling for-

ward.

NOTICE

If the DBC red indicator light

illuminates, the system may

have overheated or have mal-

functioned. When the warning

light illuminates even though

the DBC system has cooled off,

have your vehicle checked by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

as soon as possible.

WARNING

Whenever leaving the vehicle or

parking, always come to a com-

plete stop and continue to

depress the brake pedal. Move

the shift lever into P (Park) posi-

tion, then apply the parking

brake, and place the ignition

switch in the LOCK/OFF posi-

tion.

Vehicles parked with the park-

ing brake not applied or not

fully engaged may roll inadver-

tently and may cause injury to

the driver and others. ALWAYS

apply the parking brake before

exiting the vehicle.

WARNING

5-40

Driving your vehicle

The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system

delivers engine torque to both the

front and rear wheels for extra trac-

tion. AWD is useful when maximum

traction is required on slippery,

muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.

Occasional off-road use such as

established unpaved roads and trails

are OK. It is always important that

the driver carefully reduces the

speed to a level that does not exceed

the safe operating speed for those

conditions.

• Do not drive in water if the level

is higher than the bottom of the

vehicle.

• Check your brake condition

once you are out of mud or

water. Depress the brake pedal

several times as you move slow-

ly until you feel normal braking

return.

• Shorten your scheduled mainte-

nance interval if you drive in off-

road conditions such as sand,

mud or water (see "Maintenance

Under Severe Usage Conditions"

in chapter 7).

• Always wash your vehicle thor-

oughly after off road use, espe-

cially the bottom of the vehicle.

• Be sure to equip the vehicle with

four tires of the same size and

type.

• Make sure that a full time AWD

vehicle is towed by a flat bed

tow truck.

NOTICE

AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

To reduce the risk of SERIOUS

INJURY or DEATH:

• Do not drive in conditions that

exceed the vehicles intended

design such as challenging

off-road conditions.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-

nering or turning.

• Do not make quick steering

wheel movements, such as

sharp lane changes or fast,

sharp turns.

• The risk of a rollover is great-

ly increased if you lose con-

trol of your vehicle at highway

speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs if

two or more wheels drop off

the roadway and the driver

over steers to reenter the

roadway.

• In the event your vehicle

leaves the roadway, do not

steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into

the travel lanes.

WARNING

OOS057057

5-41

Driving your vehicle

AWD operation

If AWD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the

AWD system. When the AWD warning light ( ) illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

In the AWD LOCK mode, the system is deactivated when vehi-

cle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h) and the mode is shifted to

AWD AUTO mode. If the vehicle speed is reduced back down

to 20 mph (30 km/h) the system shifts back into AWD LOCK

mode.

Use this mode when driving up or down steep inclines, driving

off-road, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc. to maximize

traction

AWD AUTO

(AWD LOCK is

deactivated)

(not illuminated)

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions,

the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.If the

system determines there is a need for four wheel drive, the

engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automat-

ically.

Use this mode when driving on normal roads.

AWD LOCK

(illuminated)

All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection

5-42

Driving your vehicle

When the AWD LOCK mode is

deactivated, a sensation may be

felt as the driving power is deliv-

ered entirely to the front wheels.

For safe AWD operation

Before driving

• Make sure all passengers are

wearing seat belts.

• Sit upright and closer to the steer-

ing wheel than usual. Adjust the

steering wheel to a position com-

fortable for you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icy

roads

• Start off slowly by applying the

accelerator pedal gently.

• Use snow tires or tire chains.

• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in front

of you.

• Apply engine braking during decel-

eration by switching the gear shift

lever to Manual Shift Mode and

manually selecting a lower gear.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

sharp turns to prevent skids.

Driving in sand or mud

• Maintain slow and constant speed.

• Use tire chains driving in mud if

necessary.

• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in front

of you.

• Reduce vehicle speed and always

check the road condition.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,

sudden brake applications, and

sharp turns to prevent getting

stuck.

NOTICE

When driving on normal roads,

deactivate the AWD LOCK mode

by pushing the AWD LOCK but-

ton (AWD LOCK indicator light

goes off). Driving on normal

roads with the AWD LOCK

mode, especially, when corner-

ing may cause mechanical

noise or vibration. The noise

and vibration will disappear

when the AWD LOCK mode is

deactivated. Prolong driving

with the noise and vibration

may damage some parts of the

power train.

CAUTION

When the vehicle is stuck in

snow, sand or mud,place a non-

slip material under the drive

wheels to provide traction OR

Slowly spin the wheels in for-

ward and reverse directions

which causes a rocking motion

that may free the vehicle.

However, avoid running the

engine continuously at high

rpm, doing so may damage the

AWD system.

CAUTION

5-43

Driving your vehicle

Driving up or down hills

• Driving uphill

- Before starting off, check if it is

possible to drive uphill.

- Drive as straight as possible.

• Driving downhill

- Do not change gear while driving

downhill. Select gear before driv-

ing downhill.

- Drive slowly using engine braking

while driving downhill.

- Drive straight as possible.

Driving through water

• Try to avoid driving in deep stand-

ing water. It may stall your engine

and clog your exhaust system.

• If you need to drive in water, stop

your vehicle, set the vehicle in

AWD LOCK mode and drive under

5 mph (8 km/h).

• Do not change gear while driving in

water.

OLMB053017

OLMB053018

Exercise extreme caution when

driving up or down steep hills.

The vehicle may flip over

depending on the grade, the ter-

rain, and the trail conditions.

WARNING

Do not drive across the contour

of steep hills. A slight change in

the wheel angle can destabilize

the vehicle, or a stable vehicle

may lose stability if the vehicle

stops its forward motion. Your

vehicle may roll over and lead to

a serious injury or death.

WARNING

Always drive slowly in water. If

you drive too fast, water may

get into the engine compart-

ment and wet the ignition sys-

tem causing your vehicle to

suddenly stop.

CAUTION

5-44

Driving your vehicle

Additional driving conditions

• Become familiar with the off-road

conditions before driving.

• Always pay attention when driving

off-road and avoid dangerous

areas.

• Drive slowly when driving in heavy

wind.

• Reduce vehicle speed when cor-

nering. The center of gravity of

AWD vehicles is higher than con-

ventional 2WD vehicles, making

them more likely to roll over when

you rapidly turn corners.

• Always hold the steering wheel

firmly when you are driving off-

road.

Emergency precautions

Tires

Do not use a tire and wheel package

with a different size and type from

the one originally installed on your

vehicle. It can affect the safety and

performance of your vehicle, which

could lead to steering failure or

rollover causing serious injury.

When replacing the tires, be sure to

equip all four tires with the tire and

wheel of the same size, type, tread,

brand and load-carrying capacity. If

you equip your vehicle with any

tire/wheel combination not recom-

mended by HYUNDAI for off-road

driving, you should not use these

tires for highway driving.

OOS057075L

Do not grab the inside of the

steering wheel when you are

driving off-road. You may hurt

your arm by a sudden steering

maneuver or from steering wheel

rebound due to an impact with

objects on the ground.You could

lose control of the steering wheel

which may lead to serious injury

or death.

WARNING

Never start or run the engine

while a full-time AWD vehicle is

raised on a jack.The vehicle can

slip or roll off of a jack causing

serious injury or death to you or

those nearby.

WARNING

5-45

Driving your vehicle

Towing

AWD vehicles must be towed with a

wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equip-

ment with all the wheels off the

ground. For more information, refer

to "Towing" in chapter 6.

Dynamometer testing

A full-time AWD vehicle must be test-

ed on a special four wheel chassis

dynamometer.

A full-time AWD vehicle should not

be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a

2WD roll tester must be used, per-

form the following procedure:

1. Check the tire pressures recom-

mended for your vehicle.

2. Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test as

shown in the illustration.

3. Release the parking brake.

4. Place the rear wheels on the tem-

porary free roller as shown in the

illustration.

OOS057009

Roll Tester (Speedometer)

Temporary Free Roller

• Never engage the parking

brake while performing the

test.

• When the vehicle is lifted up,

do not operate the front and

rear wheel separately. All four

wheels should be operated.

CAUTION

Keep away from the front of the

vehicle while the vehicle is in

gear on the dynamometer. The

vehicle can jump forward and

cause serious injury or death.

WARNING

5-46

Driving your vehicle

The drive mode may be selected

according to the driver's preference

or road condition.

The system resets to be in the NOR-

MAL mode, when the engine is

restarted.

Information

If there is a problem with the instru-

ment cluster, the drive mode will be in

NORMAL mode and may not change

to SPORT mode.

The mode changes, as below, when-

ever the DRIVE MODE button is

pressed.

NORMAL mode

In NORMAL mode the engine and

transmission control logic work

together to provide regular daily driv-

ing performance with some fuel effi-

ciency.

• When NORMAL mode is selected,

it is not displayed on the instrument

cluster.

SPORT mode

SPORT mode manages

the driving dynamics by

automatically adjusting the

steering effort, and the

engine and transmission

control logic for enhanced

driving performance.

• When SPORT mode is selected by

pressing the DRIVE MODE button,

the SPORT indicator will illuminate.

• Whenever the engine is restarted,

the Drive Mode will revert back to

NORMAL mode.If SPORT mode is

desired, re-select SPORT mode

from the DRIVE MODE button.

• When SPORT mode is activated:

- The engine rpm will tend to

remain a little higher for a brief

time even after releasing the

accelerator.This is a typical when

the SPORT mode is activated.

- Upshifts are delayed when accel-

erating

Information

In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency

may decrease.

DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS058060

NORMAL SPORT

5-47

Driving your vehicle

[A] : Blind spot area

[B] : Closing at high speed

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system uses radar sensors in

the rear bumper to monitor and warn

the driver of an approaching vehicle

in the driver's blind spot area.

The system monitors the rear area of

the vehicle and provides information

to the driver with an audible alert and

an indicator on the outer side view

mirrors.

(1)Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW)

The Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) range varies relative to

vehicle speed. Note that if your

vehicle is traveling much faster

than the vehicles around you, the

warning will not occur.

(2)BCW : Closing at high speed

The BCW-Closing at high speed

feature will alert you when a vehi-

cle is approaching in an adjacent

lane at a high rate of speed.If the

driver activates the turn signal

when the system detects an

oncoming vehicle, the system

sounds an audible alert.

The time of alert (warning signal)

varies according to the speed dif-

ference between you and the

approaching vehicle.

(3)RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic

Collision Warning)

The RCCW feature monitors

approaching cross traffic from the

left and right side of the vehicle

when your vehicle is in reverse.

The feature will operate when the

vehicle is moving in reverse below

about 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncom-

ing cross traffic is detected a

warning chime will sound. The

time of alert varies according to

the speed difference between you

and the approaching vehicle.

BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((BBCCWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057099L

• Always be aware of road con-

ditions while driving and be

alert for unexpected situations

even though the Blind-Spot

Collision Warning (BCW) sys-

tem is operating.

• The Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) system is not

a substitute for proper and

safe driving. Always drive

safely and use caution when

changing lanes or backing up

the vehicle. The Blind-Spot

Collision Warning (BCW) sys-

tem may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-48

Driving your vehicle

BCW (Blind-Spot Collision

Warning)

Operating conditions

To operate:

Press the BCW switch with the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.

The indicator on the BCW switch will

illuminate.

To cancel:

Press the BCW switch again. The

indicator on the switch will go off.

When the system is not used, turn

the system off by turning off the

switch.

Information

• If the ignition switch is turned OFF

and then ON again, the BCW sys-

tem returns to the previous state.

• When the system is turned on, the

warning light will illuminate for 3

seconds on the outer side view mir-

ror.

The function will activate when:

1. The system is on.

2. The vehicle speed is above

approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).

3. An oncoming vehicle is detected

in the blind spot area.

First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within the

boundary of the system, a warning

light will illuminate on the outer side

view mirror.

Once the detected vehicle is no

longer within the blind spot area, the

warning will turn off depending on

the driving conditions of the vehicle.

OOS057024

■ Left side

■ Right side

OOS057023N

5-49

Driving your vehicle

• The second stage alarm may be

deactivated.

- To deactivate the warning chime:

Go to the ''User Settings → Driver

Assistance and deselect Blind-

Spot Collision Warning sound'' on

the LCD display.

- To activate the warning chime:

Go to the ''User Settings → Driver

Assistance and select Blind-Spot

Collision Warning sound'' on the

LCD display.

Information

The warning chime function helps

alert the driver. Deactivate this func-

tion only when it is necessary.

OOS057025

■ Left side

OOS057026

■ Right side

[A] : Warning sound

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:

1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system

(the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror) AND

2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being

detected).

When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror will

also blink.

If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deacti-

vated.

5-50

Driving your vehicle

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic

Collision Warning)

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning function monitors approach-

ing cross traffic from the left and right

side of the vehicle when your vehicle

is in reverse.

Operating conditions

To operate:

Go to the 'User Settings → Driver

Assistance and select Rear Cross-

Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCD

display. (For more information,

refer to "LCD Display" in chapter

3.)

The system will turn on and standby

to activate. The system will activate

when vehicle speed is below 6 mph

(10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R

(Reverse).

Information

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning (RCCW) detecting range is

approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 – 20 m).

An approaching vehicle will be detect-

ed if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 -

22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).

Note that the detecting range may

vary under certain conditions. As

always, use caution and pay close

attention to your surroundings when

backing up your vehicle.

Warning type

If the vehicle detected by the sensors

approaches your vehicle, the warn-

ing chime will sound, the warning

light on the outer side view mirror will

blink and a message will appear on

the LCD display.

■ Left ■ Right

OOS057031/OOS057032

5-51

Driving your vehicle

Information

• The warning chime will turn off

when:

- The detected vehicle moves out of

the sensing area or

- when the vehicle is right behind

your vehicle or

- when the vehicle is not approach-

ing your vehicle or

- when the other vehicle slows down.

• The system may not operate proper-

ly due to other factors or circum-

stances. Always pay attention to

your surroundings.

• If the sensing area near the rear

bumper is blocked by either a wall

or barrier or by a parked vehicle,

the system sensing area may be

reduced.

• The system may not work prop-

erly when the bumper has been

damaged, or if the rear bumper

has been replaced or repaired.

• The sensing range differs some-

what according to the width of

the road. When the road is nar-

row, the system may detect

other vehicles in the next lane

OR when the road is wide, the

system may not detect other

vehicles in the next lane.

• The system may turn off due to

strong electromagnetic waves.

NOTICE

• The warning light on the outer

side view mirror will illumi-

nate whenever a vehicle is

detected at the rear side by

the system.

To avoid accidents, do not

focus only on the warning

light and neglect to see the

surrounding of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though the

vehicle is equipped with a

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system and Rear

Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning (RCCW). Do not sole-

ly rely on the system but

check your surrounding

before changing lanes or

backing the vehicle up.

The system may not alert the

driver in some conditions so

always check your surround-

ings while driving.

• The Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) system and

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning (RCCW) are not a

substitute for proper and safe

driving practices. Always

drive safely and use caution

when changing lanes or back-

ing up your vehicle.The Blind-

Spot Collision Warning (BCW)

system may not detect every

object alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-52

Driving your vehicle

Blind-Spot Collision Warning -

Sensor Location

The sensors are located inside the

rear bumper.

Always keep the rear bumper clean

for the proper operation of the sys-

tem.

Warning message

Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system disabled.

Radar blocked

• This warning message may appear

when :

- One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt or

snow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where the

BCW sensor does not detect

another vehicle for an extended

period of time.

- When there is inclement weather

such as heavy snow or rain.

- A trailer or carrier is installed. To

use the BCW system, remove the

trailer or carrier from your vehicle.

If any of these conditions occur, the

light on the BCW switch and the sys-

tem will turn off automatically.

When the BCW cancelled warning

message is displayed in the cluster,

check to make sure that the rear

bumper is free from any dirt or snow

in the areas where the sensor is

located. Remove any dirt, snow, or

foreign material that could interfere

with the radar sensors.

After any dirt or debris is removed,

the BCW system should operate nor-

mally after about 10 minutes of driv-

ing the vehicle.

If the system still does not operate

normally have your vehicle inspected

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information

Turn off the system by pressing the

BCW switch and deselecting Rear

Cross Traffic Alert from the User

Settings mode on the cluster, when

using a trailer or carrier behind your

vehicle.

OOS057027

OOS057077L

5-53

Driving your vehicle

Check Blind-Spot Collision

Warning (BCW) system

If there is a problem with the BCW

system, a warning message will

appear and the light on the switch

will turn off. The system will turn off

automatically. Have your vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Non-operating condition

The BCW indicator on the outer

side view mirror may not illumi-

nate properly when:

- The outer side view mirror housing

is damaged.

- The mirror is covered with dirt,

snow, or debris.

- The window is covered with dirt,

snow, or debris.

- The window is tinted.

Limitations of the System

The driver must be cautious in the

below situations, because the sys-

tem may not detect other vehicles or

objects in certain circumstances.

• When a trailer or carrier is

installed.

• The vehicle driven in inclement

weather such as heavy rain or

snow.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,

snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensor

is located is covered with a foreign

object such as a bumper sticker, a

bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, or

the sensor is out of the original

default position.

• The vehicle height gets lower or

higher due to heavy loading in a

trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.

• When the temperature of the rear

bumper is high.

• When the sensors are blocked by

other vehicles, walls or parking-lot

pillars.

OOS057078L

5-54

Driving your vehicle

• The vehicle driven on a curved

road.

• The vehicle driven through a toll-

gate.

• The road pavement (or the periph-

eral ground) abnormally contains

metallic components (i.e. possibly

due to subway construction).

• There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as a guardrail.

• While going down or up a steep

road where the height of the lane is

different.

• Driving on a narrow road where

trees or grass or overgrown.

• Driving in rural areas where the

sensor does not detect another

vehicle or structure for an extended

period of time.

• Driving on a wet road.

• Driving on a road where the

guardrail or wall is in double struc-

ture.

• A big vehicle is near such as a bus

or truck.

• When the other vehicle approach-

es very close.

• When the other vehicle passes at a

very fast speed.

• While changing lanes.

• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next to

you and has accelerated.

• When the vehicle in the next lane

moves two lanes away from you

OR when the vehicle two lanes

away moves to the next lane from

you.

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.

• A flat trailer is near.

• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shopping

cart or a baby stroller.

• If there is a low height vehicle such

as a sports car.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

5-55

Driving your vehicle

The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system is designed to

help detect and monitor the vehicle

ahead in the roadway through camera

recognition to warn the driver that a

collision is imminent, and if necessary,

apply emergency braking.

The camera type Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA) system

detects the vehicle ahead in the

roadway through camera.

System setting and activation

System setting

• The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system is enabled

whenever the vehicle is turned on.

To turn off the system, go to the

'User settings → Driver assistance'

and deselect 'FCA (Forward

Collision Avoidance Assist)' on the

cluster LCD display.

The warning light illumi-

nates on the cluster,

when you cancel the FCA

system. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on

the LCD display. Also, the warning

light illuminates when the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control) is

turned off. If the warning light

remains ON when the FCA is acti-

vated, have the system checked by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM -- CCAAMMEERRAA TTYYPPEE ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautions

when using the Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system:

• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is not

intended to, nor does it

replace the need for extreme

care and attention of the driv-

er. The sensing range and

objects detectable by the sen-

sors are limited. Pay attention

to the road conditions at all

times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. FCA does not stop the

vehicle completely and is not

a collision avoidance system.

WARNING

5-56

• The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time on the LCD dis-

play.

Go to the 'User settings → Driver

assistance → FCW (Forward

Collision Warning) → Late/Normal/

Early'.

The options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning includes the fol-

lowing:

- Early:

When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated earlier than

normal. This setting maximizes the

amount of distance between the

vehicle ahead before the initial

warning occurs.

Even though, 'Early' is selected if

the front vehicle suddenly stops

the initial warning activation time

may not seem fast.

If you feel the warning activates too

early, set the Forward Collision

Warning to "Normal".

- Normal:

When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated normally.This

setting allows for a nominal

amount of distance between the

vehicle ahead before the initial

warning occurs.

- Late:

When this condition is selected,

the initial Forward Collision

Warning is activated later than nor-

mal. This setting reduces the

amount of distance between the

vehicle ahead before the initial

warning occurs.

Even though, 'Late' is selected if

the front vehicle suddenly stops

the initial warning activation time

may not seem late.

Select 'Late' when traffic is light

and when driving speed is slow.

Driving your vehicle

5-57

Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation

The FCA gets ready to be activated,

when the FCA is selected on the

LCD display, and when the following

prerequisites are satisfied.

- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on.

- Vehicle speed is over 10 km/h (6

mph) and below 60 km/h (38 mph).

(The FCA is only activated within a

certain speed range.)

- The system detects a vehicle in

front, which may collide with your

vehicle. (The FCA may not be acti-

vated or may sound a warning

alarm in accordance with the driv-

ing situation or vehicle condition.)

FCA warning message and

system control

The FCA produces warning mes-

sages and warning alarms in accor-

dance with the collision risk levels,

such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-

cle in front or insufficient braking dis-

tance. Also, it controls the brakes in

accordance with the collision risk lev-

els.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings on the LCD display. The

options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning include Late,

Normal or Early initial warning time.

• Completely stop the vehicle

on a safe location before

operating the switch on the

steering wheel to activate/

deactivate the FCA system.

• The FCA automatically acti-

vates upon placing the

POWER button to the ON

position. The driver can deac-

tivate the FCA by canceling

the system setting on the LCD

display.

• The FCA automatically deacti-

vates upon canceling the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control).

When the ESC is canceled,

the FCA cannot be activated

on the LCD display. The FCA

warning light will illuminate

which is normal.

WARNING

5-58

Collision warning

(First warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display with a warning

chime. Additionally, some vehicle

system intervention occurs by the

engine management system to help

decelerate the vehicle.

- Your vehicle speed may deceler-

ate moderately.

- The FCA system limitedly con-

trols the brakes to preemptively

mitigate impact in a collision.

Emergency braking

(Second warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display with a warning

chime. Additionally, some vehicle

system intervention occurs to help

decelerate the vehicle.

- The FCA system limitedly con-

trols the brakes to preemptively

mitigate impact in a collision.The

brake control is maximized just

before a collision.

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The FCA provides additional brak-

ing power for optimum braking per-

formance, when the driver depress-

es the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the accelerator

pedal, or when the driver abruptly

operates the steering wheel.

• The FCA brake control is automat-

ically canceled, when risk factors

disappear.

Driving your vehicle

OOS057016L OOS057017L

The driver should always use

extreme caution while operating

the vehicle,whether or not there

is a warning message or alarm

from the FCA system.

CAUTION

5-59

Driving your vehicle

FCA sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper-

ate properly, always make sure the

camera is clean and free of dirt,

snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or for-

eign substances on the surface may

adversely affect the sensing perform-

ance of the camera.

• Always keep the camera sensor

clean and free of dirt and debris.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-

sary force on the camera sensor.

If the sensor is forcibly moved

out of proper alignment,the FCA

system may not operate correct-

ly. In this case, a warning mes-

sage may not be displayed. Have

the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine HYUNDAI

parts to repair or replace a dam-

aged sensor.

NOTICE

The FCA braking control cannot

completely stop the vehicle nor

avoid all collisions. The driver

should hold the responsibility

to safely drive and control the

vehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger-

ously to activate the system.

WARNING

The FCA system logic operates

within certain parameters, such

as the distance from the vehicle

ahead, the speed of the vehicle

ahead, and the driver's vehicle

speed. Certain conditions such

as inclement weather and road

conditions may affect the oper-

ation of the FCA system.

WARNING

OOS057033

■ Front camera

5-60

• NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind-

shield, nor tint the front wind-

shield.

• NEVER locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

over the dashboard. Any light

reflection may cause a malfunc-

tion of the system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep the

camera out of water.

• NEVER disassemble the camera

assembly, nor apply any impact

on the camera assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-

tem at high volume may offset

the system warning sounds.

Information

Have the system checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

• The windshield glass is replaced.

• The camera or related parts are

repaired or removed.

Warning message and warning

light

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system disabled.

Camera obscured

When the sensor is contaminated

due to external environment such as

snow, rain or foreign substances, the

FCA system operation may stop

temporarily. If this occurs, a warning

message will appear on the LCD dis-

play. In order for the FCA system to

operate properly, remove any dirt,

snow or debris and clean the camera

sensor cover before the system

operation.

NOTICE

Driving your vehicle

OTM058142L

5-61

Driving your vehicle

The FCA may not properly operate in

an area (e.g. open terrain), where

any substances are not detected

after turning ON the engine.

System malfunction

Check Forward Collision Avoidance

Assist system

• When the FCA is not working prop-

erly, the FCA warning light ( )

will illuminate and the warning

message will appear for a few sec-

onds. After the message disap-

pears, the master warning light

( ) will illuminate. In this case,

have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• The FCA warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light and the FCA

is automatically deactivated.

Depending on the driving, traf-

fic, road or weather condition,

the FCA system may not acti-

vate properly without the warn-

ing message displayed.

WARNING

OOS057082L

• The FCA is only a supplemen-

tal system for the driver's con-

venience. The driver should

hold the responsibility to con-

trol the vehicle operation. Do

not solely depend on the FCA

system. Rather, maintain a

safe braking distance, and, if

necessary, depress the brake

pedal to reduce the driving

speed.

• In certain instances and

under certain driving condi-

tions, the FCA system may

activate unintentionally. This

initial warning message

appears on the LCD display

with a warning chime.

Also, in certain instances the

front camera recognition sys-

tem may not detect the vehi-

cle ahead. The FCA system

may not activate and the

warning message will not be

displayed.

WARNING

5-62

Driving your vehicle

• If there is a malfunction with

the FCA system, the Forward

Collision avoidance assist

system is not applied even

though the braking system is

operating normally.

• If the vehicle in front stops

suddenly, you may have less

control of the brake system.

Therefore, always keep a safe

distance between your vehicle

and the vehicle in front of you.

• The FCA system may activate

during braking and the vehi-

cle may stop suddenly shift-

ing loose objects toward the

passengers. Always keep

loose objects secured.

• The FCA system may not acti-

vate if the driver applies the

brake pedal to avoid a colli-

sion.

• The brake control may not

work, possibly causing a colli-

sion, if a vehicle in front

abruptly stops. Always pay

extreme caution.

• Occupants may get injured, if

the vehicle abruptly stops by

the activated FCA system.Pay

extreme caution.

• Even if there is any problem in

the FCA system's brake con-

trol function, general braking

performance will operate nor-

mally. In this case, the brake

control function which oper-

ates when the collision is

imminent will not activate.

• The FCA system operates

only to detect vehicles in front

of the vehicle.

• The FCA system does not

operate when the vehicle is in

reverse.

• The FCA system is not

designed to detect other

objects on the road such as

animals.

• The FCA system does not

detect vehicles in the oppo-

site lane.

• The FCA system does not

detect cross traffic vehicles

that are approaching.

• The FCA system cannot detect

the driver approaching the

side view of a parked vehicle

(for example on a dead end

street.)

In these cases, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance,

and if necessary, depress the

brake pedal to reduce the driv-

ing speed in order to maintain a

safe distance.

WARNING

5-63

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the system

The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) system is designed to

monitor the vehicle ahead in the road-

way through camera recognition to

warn the driver that a collision is immi-

nent, and if necessary, apply emer-

gency braking.

In certain situations, the camera may

not be able to detect the vehicle

ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys-

tem may not operate normally. The

driver must pay careful attention in

the following situations where the

FCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehicles

The sensor may be limited when:

• The camera is blocked with a for-

eign object or debris

• The camera lens is contaminated

due to tinted, filmed or coated

windshield, damaged glass, or

stuck of foreign matter (sticker,

bug, etc.) on the glass

• Inclement weather such as heavy

rain or snow obscures the field of

view of the camera

• The camera sensor recognition is

limited

• The camera does not recognize

the entire vehicle in front.

• The camera is damaged.

• The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are

not on at night or the vehicle is

going through a tunnel.

• The shadow is on the road by a

median strip, trees, etc.

• The vehicle drives through a toll-

gate.

• The rear part of the vehicle in front

is not normally visible. (the vehicle

turns in other direction or the vehi-

cle is overturned.)

• The vehicle in front is too small to

be detected (for example a motor-

cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversize

vehicle or trailer that is too big to

be detected by the camera recog-

nition system (for example a tractor

trailer, etc.)

• The camera's field of view is not

well illuminated (either too dark or

too much reflection or too much

backlight that obscures the field of

view)

• The vehicle in front does not have

their rear lights properly turned ON

or their rear lights are located

unusually.

• The outside brightness changes

suddenly, for example when enter-

ing or exiting a tunnel

• When light coming from a street

light or an oncoming vehicle is

reflected on a wet road surface

such as a puddle in the road

5-64

• The field of view in front is obstruct-

ed by sun glare

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

• The vehicle in front is driving errati-

cally

• The vehicle is on unpaved or

uneven rough surfaces, or road

with sudden gradient changes.

• The vehicle drives inside a building,

such as a basement parking lot

• The adverse road conditions cause

excessive vehicle vibrations while

driving

• The sensor recognition changes

suddenly when passing over a

speed bump

• The vehicle in front is moving verti-

cally to the driving direction

• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-

tically

• The vehicle in front is driving

towards your vehicle or reversing

• You are on a roundabout and the

vehicle in front circles

- Driving on a curve

The performance of Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist system

may be limited when driving on a

curved road.

The front camera recognition system

may not detect the vehicle traveling

in front on a curved road. This may

result in no alarm and braking when

necessary.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to main-

tain a safe distance.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

system may recognize a vehicle in

the next lane or outside the lane

when driving on a curved road.

If this occurs, the system may unnec-

essarily alarm the driver and apply

the brake.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions, while driving.

Driving your vehicle

OOS058103 OOS058104

5-65

Driving your vehicle

- Driving on a slope

The performance of Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist system

may be decreased while driving

upward or downward on a slope.The

front camera recognition may not

detect the vehicle in front. This may

result in unnecessary alarm and

braking or no alarm and braking

when necessary.

When the system suddenly recog-

nizes the vehicle in front while pass-

ing over a slope, you may experience

sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal to reduce your driving

speed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanes

When a vehicle changes lanes in

front of you, the FCA system may not

immediately detect the vehicle, espe-

cially if the vehicle changes lanes

abruptly. In this case, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

OOS058073 OOS058105

5-66

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

and a stopped vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-

tem may not immediately detect the

new vehicle that is now in front of

you. In this case, you must maintain

a safe braking distance, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

- Detecting the vehicle in front of you

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo

that extends rearward from the cab,

or when the vehicle in front of you

has higher ground clearance, addi-

tional special attention is required.

The FCA system may not be able to

detect the cargo extending from the

vehicle. In these instances, you must

maintain a safe braking distance

from the rearmost object, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain distance.

Driving your vehicle

OTM058119 OOS058022

• Do not use the Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system when towing a

vehicle. Application of the

FCA system while towing may

adversely affect the safety of

your vehicle or the towing

vehicle.

• Use extreme caution when the

vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward

from the cab, or when the

vehicle in front of you has

higher ground clearance.

• The FCA system is designed

to detect and monitor the

vehicle ahead in the roadway

through camera recognition.It

is not designed to detect bicy-

cles, motorcycles, or smaller

wheeled objects such as lug-

gage bags, shopping carts, or

strollers.

WARNING

5-67

Driving your vehicle

Information

In some instances, the FCA system

may be cancelled when subjected to

electromagnetic interference.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

• Never try to test the operation

of the FCA system. Doing so

may cause severe injury or

death.

• Have your vehicle checked by

an authorized HYUNDAI deal-

er when the windshield glass

or camera is replaced.

5-68

Driving your vehicle

The Forward Collision-avoidance

Assist (FCA) system is designed to

help detect and monitor the vehicle

ahead or detect a pedestrian (if

equipped) in the roadway through

radar signals and camera recogni-

tion to warn the driver that a collision

is imminent, and if necessary, apply

emergency braking.

System Setting and Activation

System setting

• The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the ignition switch to the

ON position and by selecting:

''User Settings → Driver

Assistance → Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist (FCA)''

The FCA deactivates, when the driv-

er deselects the system setting.

FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM--SSEENNSSOORR FFUUSSIIOONN TTYYPPEE

((FFRROONNTT RRAADDAARR ++ FFRROONNTT CCAAMMEERRAA)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautions

when using the Forward

Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)

system:

• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is not

intended to,nor does it replace

the need for extreme care and

attention of the driver. The

sensing range and objects

detectable by the sensors are

limited. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-

dance with the road condi-

tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously to

prevent unexpected and sud-

den situations from occur-

ring. The Forward Collision

Avoidance system may not

always stop the vehicle com-

pletely and is only intended to

help mitigate a collision that

is imminent.

WARNING

5-69

Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi-

nates on the LCD display,

when you cancel the FCA

system. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on

the LCD display. Also, the warning

light illuminates when the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control) is

turned off.

If the warning light remains ON when

the FCA is activated, have the sys-

tem checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

• The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time on the LCD dis-

play.

Go to the 'User Settings → Driver

assistance → Forward Collision

Warning → Late/Normal/Early'.

The options for the initial Forward

Collision Warning includes the fol-

lowing:

- Early :

When this condition is selected, the

initial Forward Collision Warning is

activated earlier than normal. This

setting maximizes the amount of dis-

tance between the vehicle ahead

before the initial warning occurs.

Even though, 'Early' is selected if the

front vehicle suddenly stops the ini-

tial warning activation time may not

seem fast.

- Normal :

When this condition is selected, the

initial Forward Collision Warning is

activated normally. This setting

allows for a nominal amount of dis-

tance between the vehicle or pedes-

trian ahead before the initial warning

occurs.

- Late :

When this condition is selected, the

initial Forward Collision Warning is

activated later than normal.This set-

ting reduces the amount of distance

between the vehicle or pedestrian

ahead before the initial warning

occurs.

Select 'Late' when traffic is light and

when driving speed is slow.

Prerequisite for activation

The FCA system is on and ready

when FCA is selected on the LCD

display and when the following pre-

requisites are satisfied:

- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on.

- Driving speed exceeds approxi-

mately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA

is only activated within a certain

speed range.)

- The system detects a pedestrian

or a vehicle in front, which may col-

lide with your vehicle. (The FCA

may not be activated or may sound

a warning alarm in accordance

with the driving situation or vehicle

condition.)

5-70

Driving your vehicle

FCA Warning Message and

System Control

The FCA produces warning mes-

sages and warning alarms in accor-

dance with the collision risk levels,

such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-

cle in front, insufficient braking dis-

tance, or pedestrian detection. Also,

it controls the brakes in accordance

with the collision risk levels.

The driver can select the initial warn-

ing activation time in the User

Settings in the LCD display. The

options for the initial Forward Collision

Warning include EARLY, NORMAL, or

LATE initial warning time.

Collision Warning (First warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display with a warning

chime. Additionally, some vehicle

system intervention occurs by the

engine management system to help

decelerate the vehicle.

- Your vehicle speed may decelerate

moderately.

- The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate

impact in a collision.

• Completely stop the vehicle

on a safe location before

operating the switch on the

steering wheel to activate

/deactivate the FCA system.

• The FCA automatically acti-

vates upon placing the igni-

tion switch to the ON position.

The driver can deactivate the

FCA by canceling the system

setting on the LCD display.

• The FCA automatically deacti-

vates upon canceling the ESC

(Electronic Stability Control).

When the ESC is canceled,

the FCA cannot be activated

on the LCD display.

WARNING

OOS057016L

5-71

Driving your vehicle

Emergency Braking

(Second warning)

This warning message appears on

the LCD display with a warning

chime.

Additionally, some vehicle system

intervention occurs by the engine

management system to help decel-

erate the vehicle.

- The FCA system limitedly controls

the brakes to preemptively mitigate

impact in a collision. The brake

control is maximized just before a

collision.

Brake operation

• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready status

for prompt reaction against the dri-

ver’s depressing the brake pedal.

• The FCA provides additional brak-

ing power for optimum braking per-

formance, when the driver depress-

es the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-

ly deactivated, when the driver

sharply depresses the accelerator

pedal, or when the driver abruptly

operates the steering wheel.

• The FCA braking control is auto-

matically canceled, when risk fac-

tors disappear.

The driver should always use

extreme caution while operating

the vehicle,whether or not there

is a warning message or alarm

from the FCA system.

CAUTION

OOS057017L

The FCA system logic operates

within certain parameters, such

as the distance from the vehicle

or pedestrian ahead, the speed

of the vehicle ahead, and the

driver's vehicle speed. Certain

conditions such as inclement

weather and road conditions

may affect the operation of the

FCA system.

WARNING

The FCA braking control cannot

completely stop the vehicle nor

avoid all collisions. The driver

should hold the responsibility

to safely drive and control the

vehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger-

ously to activate the system.

WARNING

5-72

Driving your vehicle

FCA Sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper-

ate properly, always make sure the

sensor cover or sensor is clean and

free of dirt, snow, and debris.

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on

the sensor cover or sensor may

adversely affect the sensing perform-

ance of the sensor.

• Do not apply license plate frame

or foreign objects such as a

bumper sticker or a bumper

guard near the radar sensor.

Doing so may adversely affect

the sensing performance of the

radar.

• Always keep the radar sensor

and cover clean and free of dirt

and debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash the

vehicle. Do not spray pressur-

ized water directly on the sensor

or sensor cover.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-

sary force on the radar sensor or

sensor cover. If the sensor is

forcibly moved out of proper

alignment, the FCA system may

not operate correctly. In this

case, a warning message may

not be displayed. Have the vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the front bumper becomes

damaged in the area around the

radar sensor, the FCA system

may not operate properly. Have

the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine HYUNDAI

parts to repair or replace a dam-

aged sensor or sensor cover. Do

not apply paint to the sensor

cover.

NOTICE

OOS057018

OOS057033

■ Front camera

■ Front radar

5-73

Driving your vehicle

• NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind-

shield, nor tint the front wind-

shield.

• NEVER locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

over the dashboard. Any light

reflection may cause a malfunc-

tion of the system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep the

camera out of water.

• NEVER disassemble the camera

assembly, nor apply any impact

on the camera assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-

tem at high volume may offset

the system warning sounds.

Information

Have the system checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:

• The windshield glass is replaced.

• The sensor cover or sensor gets

damaged or replaced.

Warning message and warning

light

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist

(FCA) system disabled.

Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blocked

with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA

system operation may stop temporar-

ily. If this occurs, a warning message

will appear on the LCD display.

Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and

clean the radar sensor cover before

operating the FCA system.

The FCA may not properly operate in

an area (e.g. open terrain), where

any substances are not detected

after turning ON the engine.

System Malfunction

Check Forward Collision Avoidance

Assist system

• When the FCA is not working prop-

erly, the FCA warning light ( )

will illuminate and the warning

message will appear for a few sec-

onds. After the message disap-

pears, the master warning light

( ) will illuminate. In this case,

have the vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• The FCA warning message may

appear along with the illumination

of the ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) warning light.

NOTICE

OOS057080L

■ Type A ■ Type B

OOS057081L/OOS057082L

5-74

Driving your vehicle

• Occupants may get injured, if

the vehicle abruptly stops by

the activated FCA system.Pay

extreme caution.

• The FCA system operates

only to detect vehicles or

pedestrians in front of the

vehicle.

• The FCA system does not

operate when the vehicle is in

reverse.

• The FCA system is not

designed to detect other

objects on the road such as

animals.

• The FCA system does not

detect vehicles in the oppo-

site lane.

• The FCA system does not

detect cross traffic vehicles

that are approaching.

WARNING

• The FCA is only a supplemen-

tal system for the driver’s con-

venience. The driver should

hold the responsibility to con-

trol the vehicle operation. Do

not solely depend on the FCA

system. Rather, maintain a

safe braking distance, and, if

necessary, depress the brake

pedal to reduce the driving

speed.

• In certain instances and

under certain driving condi-

tions, the FCA system may

activate prematurely. This ini-

tial warning message appears

on the LCD display with a

warning chime.

Also, in certain instances the

front radar sensor or camera

recognition system may not

detect the vehicle or pedestri-

an ahead. The FCA system

may not activate and the

warning message will not be

displayed.

WARNING

• If there is a malfunction with

the FCA system, the Forward

Collision avoidance assist

system is not applied even

though the braking system is

operating normally.

• If the vehicle in front stops

suddenly, you may have less

control of the brake system.

Therefore, always keep a safe

distance between your vehicle

and the vehicle in front of you.

• The FCA system may activate

during braking and the vehi-

cle may stop suddenly shift-

ing loose objects toward the

passengers. Always keep

loose objects secured.

• The FCA system may not acti-

vate if the driver applies the

brake pedal to avoid a colli-

sion.

• The brake control may not

work, possibly causing a colli-

sion, if a vehicle in front

abruptly stops. Always pay

extreme caution.

5-75

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System

The Forward Collision avoidance

assist (FCA) system is designed to

monitor the vehicle ahead or a

pedestrian on the roadway through

radar signals and camera recogni-

tion to warn the driver that a collision

is imminent, and if necessary, apply

emergency braking.

In certain situations, the radar sen-

sor or the camera may not be able to

detect the vehicle or pedestrian

ahead. In these cases, the FCA sys-

tem may not operate normally. The

driver must pay careful attention in

the following situations where the

FCA operation may be limited.

Detecting vehicles

The sensor may be limited when:

• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or

debris

• Inclement weather such as heavy

rain or snow obscures the field of

view of the radar sensor or camera

• There is interference by electro-

magnetic waves

• There is severe irregular reflection

from the radar sensor

• The radar/camera sensor recogni-

tion is limited

• The vehicle in front is too small to

be detected (for example a motor-

cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversize

vehicle or trailer that is too big to

be detected by the camera recog-

nition system (for example a tractor

trailer, etc.)

• The driver's field of view is not well

illuminated (either too dark or too

much reflection or too much back-

light that obscures the field of view)

• The vehicle in front does not have

their rear lights properly turned ON

• The FCA system cannot

detect the driver approaching

the side view of a parked vehi-

cle (for example on a dead

end street.)

In these cases, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance,

and if necessary, depress the

brake pedal to reduce the driv-

ing speed in order to maintain a

safe distance.

5-76

Driving your vehicle

• The outside brightness changes

suddenly, for example when enter-

ing or exiting a tunnel

• Light coming from a street light or

an oncoming vehicle is reflected on

a wet road surface such as a pud-

dle in the road

• The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

• The vehicle in front is driving errat-

ically

• The vehicle drives through a con-

struction area, on an unpaved

road, or above metal materials,

such as a railway

• The vehicle drives inside a building,

such as a basement parking lot

• The adverse road conditions cause

excessive vehicle vibrations while

driving

• The vehicle in front is moving verti-

cally to the driving direction

• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-

tically

• The vehicle in front is driving

towards your vehicle or reversing

- Driving on a curve

The performance of Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist system

may be limited when driving on a

curved road.

The front camera or radar sensor

recognition system may not detect

the vehicle or pedestrian traveling in

front on a curved road.

This may result in no alarm and brak-

ing when necessary.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions, and if necessary,

depress the brake pedal to reduce

your driving speed in order to main-

tain a safe distance.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

system may recognize a vehicle or

pedestrian in the next lane or outside

the lane when driving on a curved

road.

If this occurs, the system may unnec-

essarily alarm the driver and apply

the brake.

Always pay attention to road and

driving conditions, while driving.

OAE056100 OAE056101

5-77

Driving your vehicle

- Driving on a slope

The performance of Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist system

may be decreased while driving

upward or downward on a slope.The

front camera or front radar sensor

recognition may not detect the vehi-

cle or pedestrian in front.

This may result in unnecessary

alarm and braking or no alarm and

braking when necessary.

When the system suddenly recog-

nizes the vehicle or pedestrian in

front while passing over a slope, you

may experience sharp deceleration.

Always keep your eyes forward while

driving upward or downward on a

slope, and, if necessary, depress the

brake pedal to reduce your driving

speed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanes

When a vehicle changes lanes in

front of you, the FCA system may not

immediately detect the vehicle, espe-

cially if the vehicle changes lanes

abruptly. In this case, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake pedal

to reduce your driving speed in order

to maintain a safe distance.

OAE056103OOS057073

5-78

Driving your vehicle

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

and a stopped vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-

tem may not immediately detect the

new vehicle that is now in front of

you. In this case, you must maintain

a safe braking distance, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain a safe distance.

- Detecting the vehicle in front of you

If the vehicle in front of you has cargo

that extends rearward from the cab,

or when the vehicle in front of you

has higher ground clearance, addi-

tional special attention is required.

The FCA system may not be able to

detect the cargo extending from the

vehicle. In these instances, you must

maintain a safe braking distance

from the rearmost object, and if nec-

essary, depress the brake pedal to

reduce your driving speed in order to

maintain distance.

Detecting pedestrians

(if equipped)

The sensor may be limited when:

• The pedestrian is not fully detected

by the camera recognition system,

for example, if the pedestrian is

leaning over or is not fully walking

upright

• The pedestrian is moving very

quickly or appears abruptly in the

camera detection area

• The pedestrian is wearing clothing

that easily blends into the back-

ground, making it difficult to be

detected by the camera recogni-

tion system

• The outside lighting is too bright

(e.g.when driving in bright sunlight

or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.

when driving on a dark rural road

at night)

• It is difficult to detect and distin-

guish the pedestrian from other

objects in the surroundings, for

example, when there is a group of

pedestrians or a large crowd

• There is an item similar to a per-

son's body structure

OOS057022OAE056109

5-79

Driving your vehicle

• The pedestrian is small

• The pedestrian has impaired

mobility

• The sensor recognition is limited

• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object or

debris

• Inclement weather such as heavy

rain or snow obscures the field of

view of the radar sensor or camera

• When light coming from a street

light or an oncoming vehicle is

reflected on a wet road surface

such as a puddle in the road

• The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

• The adverse road conditions cause

excessive vehicle vibrations while

driving

Information

In some instances, the FCA system

may be canceled when subjected to

electromagnetic interference.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

• Do not use the Forward

Collision avoidance Assist

(FCA) system when towing a

vehicle. Application of the

FCA system while towing may

adversely affect the safety of

your vehicle or the towing

vehicle.

• Use extreme caution when the

vehicle in front of you has

cargo that extends rearward

from the cab, or when the

vehicle in front of you has

higher ground clearance.

• The FCA system is designed

to detect and monitor the vehi-

cle ahead or detect a pedestri-

an in the roadway through

radar signals and camera

recognition. It is not designed

to detect bicycles, motorcy-

cles, or smaller wheeled

objects such as luggage bags,

shopping carts, or strollers.

• Never try to test the operation

of the FCA system. Doing so

may cause severe injury or

death.

WARNING

5-80

Driving your vehicle

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-

tem helps detect lane markers on the

road with a camera at the front wind-

shield, and assists the driver's steer-

ing to help keep the vehicle between

lanes.

When the system detects the vehicle

straying from its lane, it alerts the

driver with a visual and audible warn-

ing, while applying a slight counter-

steering torque, to try to prevent the

vehicle from moving out of its lane.

LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLKKAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057033

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system is not a substitute for

safe driving practices, but a

convenience function only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to always be aware of the sur-

rounding and steer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautions

when using the Lane Keeping

Assist (LKA) system:

• Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when the

steering wheel is being assist-

ed by the system.

• LKA system helps to prevent

the driver from moving out of

the lane unintentionally by

assisting the driver's steering.

However, the driver should not

solely rely on the system but

always pay attention on the

steering wheel to stay in the

lane.

WARNING

• The operation of the LKA sys-

tem can be canceled or not

work properly according to

road condition and surround-

ings. Always be cautious

when driving.

• Do not disassemble the LKA

system camera temporarily to

tint the window or attach any

types of coatings and acces-

sories. If you disassemble the

camera and assemble it again,

take your vehicle to an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer and

have the system checked for

calibration.

• When you replace the wind-

shield glass, LKA system

camera or related parts of the

steering wheel, take your

vehicle to an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer and have the

system checked for calibra-

tion.

5-81

Driving your vehicle

• The system detects lane lines

and controls the steering

wheel by a camera, therefore,

if the lane lines are hard to

detect, the system may not

work properly.

Please refer to "Limitations of

the system".

• Do not remove or damage the

related parts of LKA system.

• You may not hear a warning

sound of LKA system

because of excessive audio

sound.

• Do not place objects on the

dashboard that reflects light

such as mirrors, white paper,

etc.The system may malfunc-

tion if the sunlight is reflected.

LKA System Operation

To activate/deactivate the LKA sys-

tem:

With the ignition switch in the ON

position, press the LKA system but-

ton located on the instrument panel

on the left hand side of the steering

wheel. The indicator in the cluster

display will initially illuminate white.

This indicates the LKA system is in

the READY but NOT ENABLED

state.

• Always have your hands on

the steering wheel while the

LKA system is activated. If

you continue to drive with

your hands off the steering

wheel after the "Keep hands

on steering wheel" warning

message appears, the system

will turn off automatically.

• The steering wheel is not con-

tinuously controlled so if the

vehicle speed is at a higher

speed when leaving a lane the

vehicle may not be able to be

controlled by the system. The

driver must always follow the

speed limit when using the

system.

• If you attach objects to the

steering wheel, the system

may not assist steering or the

hands off alarm may not work

properly.When you tow a trail-

er, make sure that you turn off

the LKA system.

OOS058034N

5-82

Driving your vehicle

The color of indicator will

change depending on the

condition of LKA system.

- White : Sensor does not detect

lane lines or vehicle speed

is under 40mph (64 km/h).

- Green : Sensor detects lane lines

and the system is able to

control vehicle steering.

LKA system operation

• To see the LKA system screen on

the LCD display in the cluster,

select Assist mode ( ). For more

details, refer to "LCD Display

Modes" in chapter 3.

• When both lane lines are detected

and all the conditions to activate

the LKA system are satisfied, a

green steering wheel indicator will

illuminate and the LKA system

indicator light will change from

white to green. This indicates that

the LKA system is in the

ENABLED state and the steering

wheel will be able to be controlled.

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system is a system to help pre-

vent the driver from leaving the

lane. However,the driver should

not solely rely on the system

but always check the road con-

ditions when driving.

WARNING

OOS057035L

5-83

Driving your vehicle

• If the system detects a lane line,

the color changes from gray to

white.

• If the system detects the left lane

line, the left lane line color will

change from gray to white.

• If the system detects the right lane

line, the right lane line color will

change from gray to white.

• Both lane lines must be detected

for the system to fully activate.

• If your vehicle speed exceeds 40

mph (64 km/h) and the LKA sys-

tem button is ON, the system is

enabled. If your vehicle departs

from the projected lane in front of

you, the LKA system operates as

follows:

A visual warning appears on the

cluster LCD display. Either the left

lane line or the right lane line in the

cluster LCD display will blink

depending on which direction the

vehicle is veering.

If the steering wheel appears, the

system will help control the vehicle’s

steering to prevent the vehicle from

crossing the lane line.

Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off the

steering wheel for several seconds

while the LKA system is activated,

the system will warn the driver.

Information

If the steering wheel is held very light-

ly the message may still appear

because the LKA system may not rec-

ognize that the driver has their hands

on the wheel.

■ Lane marker undetected

■ Lane marker detected

OOS057035L/OOS057037L

■ Left lane marker ■ Right lane marker

OOS057038L/OOS057039L

OAEE056129L

5-84

Driving your vehicle

Driver's grasp not detected.

LKA system will be disabled tem-

porarily

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after the

message "Keep hands on steering

wheel", the system will not control

the steering wheel and warn the driv-

er only when the driver crosses the

lane lines.

However, if the driver has their hands

on the steering wheel again, the sys-

tem will start controlling the steering

wheel.

Information

• Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver can still

steer to control the steering wheel.

• The steering wheel may feel heavier

when the steering wheel is assisted

by the system than when it is not.

• The driver is responsible for

accurate steering.

• Turn off the system in below

situations.

- In bad weather

- In bad road condition

- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by the

driver frequently.

WARNING

The warning message may

appear late according to road

conditions. Therefore, always

have your hands on the steering

wheel while driving.

WARNING

OOS057083L

5-85

Driving your vehicle

Warning Light and Message

Check LKA system

If there is a problem with the system

a message will appear for a few sec-

onds. If the problem continues the

LKA system failure indicator will illu-

minate.

LKA system failure indicator

The LKA system failure

indicator (yellow) will illu-

minate if the LKA system

is not working properly.

Have your vehicle

checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

When there is a problem with the

system do one of the following:

• Turn the system on after turning

the engine off and on again.

• Check if the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

• Check if the system is affected by

the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,

etc.)

• Check if there is foreign matter on

the camera lens.

If the problem is not solved, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LKA system will not be in the

ENABLED state and the steering

wheel will not be assisted when:

• The turn signal is turned on before

changing a lane. If you change

lanes without the turn signal on,

the steering wheel might be con-

trolled.

• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-

dle of the lane when the system is

turned on or right after changing a

lane.

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

is activated.

• The vehicle is driven on a sharp

curve.

• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph

(60 km/h) and over 110 mph (180

km/h).

• The vehicle makes sharp lane

changes.

• The vehicle brakes suddenly.

• Only one lane line is detected.

• The lane is very wide or narrow.

• There are more than two lane lines

on the road. (e.g. construction

area)

• The vehicle is driven on a steep

incline.

OOS057084R

5-86

Driving your vehicle

Limitations of the System

The LKA system may operate pre-

maturely even if the vehicle does not

depart from the intended lane, OR,

the LKA system may not warn you if

the vehicle leaves the intended lane

under the following circumstances:

When the lane and road condi-

tions are poor

• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface or

the lane marking is faded or not

clearly marked.

• There are markings on the road

surface that look like a lane line

that is inadvertently being detected

by the camera.

• The lane line is merged or divided.

(e.g. tollgate)

• The lane number increases or

decreases or the lane marker are

crossing complicatedly.

• There are more than two lane lines

on the road in front of you.

• The lane line is very thick or thin.

• The lanes ahead are not visible

due to rain, snow, water on the

road, damaged or stained road

surface, or other factors.

• The shadow is on the lane marker

by a median strip, trees, etc.

• The lanes are incomplete or the

area is in a construction zone.

• There are crosswalk signs or other

symbols on the road.

• The lane line in a tunnel is stained

with oil, etc.

When external condition is inter-

vened

• The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering or

exiting a tunnel or passing under a

bridge.

• The brightness outside is too low

such as when the headlamps are

not on at night or the vehicle is

going through a tunnel or passing

under a bridge.

• There is a boundary structure in

the roadway such as a concrete

barrier, guardrail and reflector post

that is inadvertently being detected

by the camera.

• When light coming from a street

light or an oncoming vehicle is

reflected on a wet road surface

such as a puddle in the road.

• The field of view in front is

obstructed by sun glare.

• The lane suddenly disappears

such as at the intersection.

• There is not enough distance

between you and the vehicle in

front to be able to detect the lane

line or the vehicle ahead is driving

on the lane line.

• Driving on a steep grade, over a

hill, or when driving on a curved

road.

• The adverse road conditions cause

excessive vehicle vibrations while

driving.

• The surrounding of the inside rear

view mirror temperature is high

due to direct sunlight.

When front visibility is poor

• The windshield or the LKA system

camera lens is blocked with dirt or

debris.

• The windshield glass is fogged up;

a clear view of the road is obstruct-

ed.

• Placing objects on the dashboard,

etc.

5-87

Driving your vehicle

LKA system Function Change

The driver can change LKA to Lane

Departure Warning (LDW) system or

change the LKA system mode

between Standard LKA and Active

LKA from the LCD display. Go to the

'User Settings → Driver Assistance →

Lane Keeping Assist → Lane

Departure Warning/Standard

LKA/Active LKA'.

Lane Departure Warning

LDW system alerts the driver with a

visual warning and a warning alarm

when the system detects the vehicle

departing the lane. The steering

wheel will not be controlled.

Standard LKA

The Standard LKA mode guides the

driver to help keep the vehicle within

the lanes. It rarely controls the steer-

ing wheel, when the vehicle drives

well inside the lanes. However, it

starts to control the steering wheel,

when the vehicle is about to deviate

out of the lanes.

Active LKA

The Active LKA mode provides more

frequent steering wheel control in

comparison with the Standard LKA

mode. Active LKA can help reduce

the driver's fatigue to assist the

steering for maintaining the vehicle

in the middle of the lane.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

5-88

Driving your vehicle

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

System is designed as a safety fea-

ture to help reduce drowsy or inat-

tentive driving. The DAW displays a

bar graph that is intended to repre-

sent the driver's attention and fatigue

level while driving.

System Setting and Activation

System setting

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is set to be in the

OFF position, when your vehicle is

first delivered to you from the fac-

tory.

• To turn ON the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system, turn on

the engine, and then select 'User

Settings → Driver Assistance →

Driver Attention Warning → High

Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' on

the LCD display.

• The driver can select the mode of

the Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system.

- Off :The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is deactivated.

- Normal Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system

helps alert the driver of his/her

fatigue level or inattentive driving

practices.

- High Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) system

helps alert the driver of his/her

fatigue level or inattentive driving

practices faster than Normal

mode.

• The set-up of the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system will be

maintained, as selected, when the

engine is re-started.

Driver's attention level

DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((DDAAWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057085L

■ System off

OPDE056061

■ Attentive driving

5-89

Driving your vehicle

• The driver can monitor their driving

conditions on the LCD display.

The DAW screen will appear when

you select the Assist mode tab ( )

on the LCD display if the system is

activated. (For more information,

refer to "LCD Display Modes" in

chapter 3.)

• The driver's attention level is dis-

played on the scale of 1 to 5. The

lower the number is, the more inat-

tentive the driver is.

• The number decreases when the

driver does not take a break for a

certain period of time.

• The number increases when the

driver attentively drives for a cer-

tain period of time.

• When the driver turns on the sys-

tem while driving, it displays 'Last

Break time' and level.

Take a break

• The "Consider taking a break"

message appears on the LCD dis-

play and a warning sounds in order

to suggest the driver to take a

break, when the driver’s attention

level is below 1.

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system does not suggest

the driver to take a break, when the

total driving time is shorter than 10

minutes.

Resetting the System

• The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level is

set to 5 (very attentive) when the

driver resets the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system.

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system resets in the follow-

ing situations.

- The engine is turned OFF.

- The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver's door.

- The vehicle is stopped for more

than 10 minutes.

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system operates again,

when the driver restarts driving.

OPDE056063

OPDE056062

■ Inattentive driving

5-90

Driving your vehicle

System Standby

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system enters the ready status and

displays the 'Standby' screen in the

following situations.

- The camera does not detect the

lanes.

- Driving speed remains under 40

mph (60 km/h) or over 125 mph

(200 km/h).

System Malfunction

Check Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system

When the warning message

appears, the system is not working

properly. In this case, have the vehi-

cle inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is not a substi-

tute for safe driving practices,

but a convenience function

only. It is the responsibility of

the driver to always drive cau-

tiously to prevent unexpected

and sudden situations from

occurring. Pay attention to the

road conditions at all times.

• The system may suggest a

break according to the dri-

ver's driving pattern or habits

even if the driver doesn't feel

fatigue.

• The driver, who feels fatigued,

should take a break, even

though there is no break sug-

gestion by the Driver Attention

Warning (DAW) system.

WARNING

OOS057086L OOS057087L

5-91

Driving your vehicle

The Driver Attention Warning sys-

tem utilizes the camera sensor on

the front windshield for its opera-

tion.To keep the camera sensor in

the best condition, you should

observe the followings:

• NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind-

shield, nor tint the front wind-

shield.

• NEVER locate any reflective

objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)

over the dashboard. Any light

reflection may cause a malfunc-

tion of the Driver Attention Alert

(DAW) system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep the

camera sensor out of water.

• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble

the camera assembly, nor apply

any impact on the camera

assembly.

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system may not properly

operate with limited alerting in

the following situations:

• The lane detection perform-

ance is limited. (For more infor-

mation, refer to "Lane Keeping

Assist (LKA) system" in this

chapter.)

• The vehicle is violently driven

or is abruptly turned for obsta-

cle avoidance (e.g. construc-

tion area, other vehicles, fallen

objects, bumpy road).

• Forward drivability of the vehi-

cle is severely undermined

(possibly due to wide variation

in tire pressures, uneven tire

wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align-

ment).

• The vehicle drives on a curvy

road.

• The vehicle drives on a bumpy

road.

• The vehicle drives through a

windy area.

• The vehicle is controlled by the

following driving assist sys-

tems:

- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system

- Forward Collision-avoidance

Assist (FCA) system

CAUTION

Playing the vehicle audio sys-

tem at high volume may offset

the Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system warning sounds.

CAUTION

5-92

Driving your vehicle

Cruise Control operation

1. Cruise indicator

2. SET indicator

The Cruise Control system allows

you to drive at speeds above 20 mph

(30 km/h) without depressing the

accelerator pedal.

CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL

• Do not use when:

- Driving in heavy traffic or

when traffic conditions make

it difficult to drive at a con-

stant speed

- Driving on rainy, icy, or

snow-covered roads

- Driving on hilly or windy

roads

- Driving in windy areas

- Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weather

such as fog, snow, rain and

sandstorm)

Take the following precautions:

• Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit.

• If the Cruise Control is left on,

(cruise indicator light in the

instrument cluster is illumi-

nated) the Cruise Control can

be activated unintentionally.

Keep the Cruise Control sys-

tem off (cruise indicator light

OFF) when the Cruise Control

is not in use, to avoid inadver-

tently setting a speed.

• Use the Cruise Control sys-

tem only when traveling on

open highways in good

weather.

• Do not use the Cruise Control

when it may be unsafe to keep

the vehicle at a constant

speed.

WARNING

OOS057052N

5-93

Driving your vehicle

Information

• During normal cruise control opera-

tion, when the SET switch is activat-

ed or reactivated after applying the

brakes, the cruise control will ener-

gize after approximately 3 seconds.

This delay is normal.

• Before activating the cruise control

function, the system will check to

verify that the brake switch is oper-

ating normally. Depress the brake

pedal at least once after turning ON

the ignition or starting the engine.

To set Cruise Control speed

1. Press the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The cruise indicator will illumi-

nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,

which must be more than 20 mph

(30 km/h).

3. Push the toggle switch down

(SET-), and release it. The SET

indicator light will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

Information

On a steep slope, the vehicle may

slightly slow down or speed up, while

driving uphill or downhill.

OOS057054N

OOS057053N

5-94

Driving your vehicle

To increase Cruise Control

speed

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)

and hold it, while monitoring the

SET speed on the instrument clus-

ter.

Release the toggle switch when

the desired speed is shown and

the vehicle will accelerate to that

speed.

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will increase 1.0

mph (1.6 km/h) each time the tog-

gle switch is operated in this man-

ner.

• Depress the accelerator pedal.

When the vehicle attains the

desired speed, push the toggle

switch down (SET-).

To decrease Cruise Control

speed

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)

and hold it.Your vehicle will gradual-

ly slow down. Release the toggle

switch at the speed you want to

maintain.

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will decrease 1.0

mph (1.6 km/h) each time the toggle

switch is operated in this manner.

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired

speed, push the toggle switch

down (SET-).

OOS057055N OOS057054N

5-95

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with

the Cruise Control ON

Depress the accelerator pedal.When

you take your foot off the accelerator,

the vehicle will return to the previ-

ously set speed.

If you push the toggle switch down

(SET-) at the increased speed, the

Cruise Control will maintain the

increased speed.

Cruise Control will be canceled

when:

• Depressing the brake pedal.

• Pressing the CANCEL button

located on the steering wheel.

• Pressing the CRUISE button. Both

the cruise indicator and the "SET"

indicator will turn OFF.

• Moving the shift lever into N

(Neutral).(for automatic transmis-

sion/dual clutch transmission vehi-

cle)

• Decreasing the vehicle speed to

less than approximately 20 mph

(30 km/h).

• The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is operating.

• Downshifting to the 2nd gear in

manual shift mode. (for automatic

transmission/dual clutch transmis-

sion vehicle)

Information

Each of the above actions will cancel

Cruise Control operation (the "SET"

indicator in the instrument cluster will

go off), but only pressing the CRUISE

button will turn the system off. If you

wish to resume Cruise Control opera-

tion, push the toggle switch up (RES+)

located on your steering wheel. You

will return to your previously preset

speed, unless the system was turned off

using the CRUISE button.

OOS057056N

5-96

Driving your vehicle

To resume preset Cruising

speed

Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If

the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30

km/h), the vehicle will resume the

preset speed.

To turn Cruise Control off

• Press the CRUISE button (the

cruise indicator light will go off).

• Turn the vehicle OFF.

OOS057055N

OOS057053N

5-97

Driving your vehicle

➀ Cruise indicator

➁ Set speed

➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

To see the SCC screen on the LCD

display in the cluster, select Assist

mode ( ). For more details, refer to

"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.

The Smart Cruise Control system

allows you to program the vehicle to

maintain constant speed and mini-

mum distance between the vehicle

ahead.

The Smart Cruise Control system

will automatically adjust your vehicle

speed to maintain your programmed

speed and following distance without

requiring you to depress the acceler-

ator or brake pedals.

Smart Cruise Control Switch

CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys-

tem on or off.

RES+: Resumes or increases cruise

control speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-

trol speed.

CANCEL: Cancels cruise control

operation.

: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.

SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS059039R

OOS059120N

For your safety, please read the

owner's manual before using the

Smart Cruise Control system.

WARNING

The Smart Cruise Control sys-

tem is not a substitute for safe

driving practices, but a conven-

ience function only. It is the

responsibility of the driver to

always check the speed and

distance to the vehicle ahead.

WARNING

5-98

Smart Cruise Control Speed

To set Smart Cruise Control

speed

1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The cruise indicator will illumi-

nate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed.

The Smart Cruise Control speed

can be set as follows:

5 – 110 mph (10 - 180 km/h) :

3. Push the toggle switch down

(SET-), and release it at the

desired speed. The Set Speed

and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance

on the LCD display will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

The desired speed will automati-

cally be maintained.

If there is a vehicle in front of you, the

speed may decrease to maintain the

distance to the vehicle ahead.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may

slow down or speed up slightly while

going uphill or downhill.

Information

• Vehicle speed may decrease on an

upward slope and increase on a

downward slope.

• The speed is set to 18 mph (30

km/h) when there is a preceding car

in the front direction, and when it is

set in the situation where the car is

5 ~ 18 mph (10 ~ 30 km/h).

• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph

(10 km/h), the smart cruise control

is canceled. The driver must adjust

the vehicle speed by depressing the

accelerator or brake pedal accord-

ing to the road condition ahead and

driving condition.

Driving your vehicle

OOS059053N

OOS059054N

5-99

Driving your vehicle

To increase Smart Cruise

Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures:

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will increase by

1 mph (1 km/h) each time you

move the toggle switch up in this

manner.

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),

and hold it.Your vehicle set speed

will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the toggle switch at the

speed you want.

You can set the speed to 110 mph

(180 km/h).

To decrease the Smart Cruise

Control set speed

Follow either of these procedures:

• Push the toggle lever down (SET-),

and release it immediately. The

cruising speed will decrease by 1

mph (1 km/h) each time you move

the toggle lever down in this man-

ner.

• Push the toggle lever down (SET-),

and hold it.Your vehicle set speed

will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).

Release the toggle lever at the

speed you want.

• You can set the speed to 20 mph

(30 km/h).

OOS059055N OOS059054N

Check the driving condition

before using the toggle lever.

Driving speed sharply increas-

es, when you push up and hold

the toggle lever.

CAUTION

5-100

To temporarily accelerate with

the Smart Cruise Control on

If you want to speed up temporarily

when the Smart Cruise Control is on,

depress the accelerator pedal.

Increased speed will not interfere

with Smart Cruise Control operation

or change the set speed.

To return to the set speed, take your

foot off the accelerator pedal.

If you push the toggle lever down

(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis-

ing speed will be set again pedal.

Smart Cruise Control set speed

will be temporarily canceled

when:

Canceled manually

• Depressing the brake pedal.

• Pushing the CANCEL button locat-

ed on the steering wheel.

The Smart Cruise Control turns off

temporarily when the Set Speed and

Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator

on the LCD display turns off.

The cruise indicator is illuminated

continuously.

Canceled automatically

• The driver's door is opened.

• The vehicle is shifted to N

(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).

• The parking brake is applied.

• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph

(190 km/h).

• The vehicle stops on a steep

incline.

• The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control), TCS (Traction Control

System) or ABS is operating.

• The ESC is turned off.

• The sensor or the cover is dirty or

blocked with foreign matter.

• The accelerator pedal is continu-

ously depressed for a long period

of time.

• The driver starts driving by pushing

the toggle switch up (RES+)/down

(SET-) or depressing the accelera-

tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle

with a vehicle stopped far away in

front.

• The Forward Collision-Avoidance

Assist (FCA) is activated.

Driving your vehicle

Be careful when accelerating

temporarily, because the speed

is not controlled automatically

at this time even if there is a

vehicle in front of you.

CAUTION

OOS059056N

5-101

Driving your vehicle

• The engine performance is abnor-

mal.

• When the braking control is operat-

ed for FCA (Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist)

• The engine speed is in dangerous

range.

In a condition the Smart Cruise

Control is canceled automatically,

the Smart Cruise Control will not

resume even though the RES+ or

SET- toggle switch is pushed.

Information

If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled

by other than the reasons mentioned,

have the system checked by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Smart Cruise Control canceled

If the system is cancelled, the warn-

ing chime will sound and a message

will appear for a few seconds.

You must adjust the vehicle speed by

depressing the accelerator or brake

pedal according to the road condition

ahead and driving condition.

Always check the road conditions.

Do not rely on the warning chime.

To resume Smart Cruise Control

set speed

If any method other than the cruise

toggle switch was used to cancel

cruising speed and the system is still

activated, the cruising speed will

automatically resume when you

push the toggle lever up (RES+) or

down (SET-).

If you push the toggle switch up

(RES+), the speed will resume to the

recently set speed. The vehicle

speed can be resumed only at

15mph (10 km/h).

OIK057096N

Always check the road condi-

tions when you push the toggle

lever up (RES+) to resume

speed.

CAUTION

5-102

To turn Cruise Control off

• Push the CRUISE button (the

cruise indicator light will go off).

If you wish not to use the cruise

control system, always turn the

system off by pushing the CRUISE

button.

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-

to-Vehicle Distance

To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle

Distance

When the Smart Cruise Control sys-

tem is ON, you can set and maintain

the distance from the vehicle ahead

of you without pressing the accelera-

tor or brake pedal.

Each time the button is pressed, the

vehicle to vehicle distance changes

as follows:

For example, if you drive at 56 mph

(90 km/h), the distance is maintained

as follows:

Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet

Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet

Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet

Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet

Information

The distance is set to the last set dis-

tance when the system is used for the

first time after starting the engine.

Driving your vehicle

OOS059053N

OOS059124N

Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2

Distance 1

5-103

Driving your vehicle

When the lane ahead is clear:

The vehicle speed will maintain the

set speed.

When there is a vehicle ahead

of you in your lane:

• Your vehicle speed will slow down

or speed up to maintain the select-

ed distance.

• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,

your vehicle will travel at a steady

cruising speed after accelerating to

the set speed.

• Vehicles appear in LCD display

only if there is a front vehicle.

OOS059047R

Distance 4 Distance 3

Distance 1

Distance 2

OOS059047R/OOS059048R/

OOS059050R/OOS059049R

When using the smart cruise

control System:

• The warning chime sounds

and the Vehicle-to Vehicle

Distance indicator blinks if

the vehicle is unable to main-

tain the selected distance

from the vehicle ahead.

• If the warning chime sounds,

depress brake pedal to active-

ly adjust the vehicle speed,

and the distance to the vehi-

cle ahead.

WARNING

OOS057016L

5-104

Driving your vehicle

• Even if the warning chime is

not activated, always pay

attention to the driving condi-

tions to prevent dangerous

situations from occurring.

If the vehicle ahead (vehicle

speed: less than 20 mph (30

km/h)) disappears to the next

lane, the warning chime will

sound and a message "Watch

for surrounding vehicles" will

appear. Adjust your vehicle

speed for vehicles or objects

that can suddenly appear in

front of you by depressing the

brake pedal.

Always pay attention to the road

condition ahead.

CAUTION

OOS059051L

Take the following precautions :

• Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit.

• If the Smart Cruise Control is

left on, (cruise indicator light

in the instrument cluster is

illuminated) the Smart Cruise

Control can be activated unin-

tentionally. Keep the Smart

Cruise Control system off

(cruise indicator light OFF)

when the Smart Cruise

Control is not in use, to avoid

inadvertently setting a speed.

• Use the Smart Cruise Control

system only when traveling

on open highways in good

weather.

• Do not use the Smart Cruise

Control when it may not be

safe to keep the vehicle at a

constant speed.

WARNING

5-105

Driving your vehicle

Sensor to Detect Distance to

the Vehicle Ahead

The Smart Cruise Control uses a

sensor to detect distance to the vehi-

cle ahead.

If the sensor is covered with dirt or

other foreign matter, the vehicle to

vehicle distance control may not

operate correctly.

Always keep the sensor clean.

• Do not use when:

- Driving in heavy traffic or

when traffic conditions make

it difficult to drive at a con-

stant speed

- Driving on rainy, icy, or

snow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly or

windy roads

- Driving in windy areas

- Driving in parking lots

- Driving near crash barriers

- Driving on a sharp curve

- Driving with limited view

(possibly due to bad weath-

er, such as fog, snow, rain or

sandstorm)

- The vehicle's sensing ability

decreases due to vehicle

modification, resulting in a

level difference of the vehi-

cle's front and rear

- The smart cruise control is

supplemental systems to

assist you. Do not entirely

rely on the systems. Always

pay attention, while driving,

for your safety.

- When using the cruise con-

trol mode, you must manual-

ly adjust the distance to

other vehicles by depressing

the brake pedal. The system

does not automatically

adjust the distance to vehi-

cles in front of you.

OOS057018

5-106

Warning message

Smart Cruise Control disabled.

Radar blocked

When the sensor lens cover is

blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the

Smart Cruise Control system opera-

tion may stop temporarily. If this

occurs, a warning message will

appear on the LCD display. Remove

any dirt, snow, or debris and clean

the radar sensor lens cover before

operating the Smart Cruise Control

system. The Smart Cruise Control

system may not properly activate, if

the radar is totally contaminated, or if

any substance is not detected after

turning ON the engine (e.g. in an

open terrain).

Information

The SCC operation is temporarily dis-

abled if the radar is blocked, but if

you wish to use conventional cruise

control mode (speed only control func-

tion), you must convert to the cruise

control mode (refer to "To convert to

Cruise Control mode" in the following

page).

Driving your vehicle

OTM058061L

• Do not apply foreign objects

such as a bumper sticker or a

bumper guard near the radar

sensor. Doing so may

adversely affect the sensing

performance of the radar.

• Always keep the radar sensor

and lens cover clean and free

of dirt and debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash

the vehicle.Do not spray pres-

surized water directly on the

sensor or sensor cover.

CAUTION

• Be careful not to apply unnec-

essary force on the radar sen-

sor or sensor cover.If the sen-

sor is forcibly moved out of

proper alignment, the Smart

Cruise Control system may

not operate correctly. In this

case, a warning message may

not be displayed. Have the

vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the front bumper becomes

damaged in the area around

the radar sensor, the Smart

Cruise Control System may

not operate properly. Have the

vehicle inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine HYUNDAI

parts to repair or replace a

damaged sensor or sensor

cover. Do not apply paint to

the sensor cover.

5-107

Driving your vehicle

Check Smart Cruise Control System

The message will appear when the

vehicle to vehicle distance control

system is not functioning normally.

Take your vehicle to an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-

tem checked.

SCC Reaction Setting

The sensitivity of vehicle speed

when following the front vehicle to

maintain the set distance can be

adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →

Driver Assistance → SCC Reaction

→ Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD

display. You may select one of the

three stages you prefer.

• Fast:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is faster than normal speed.

• Normal:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is normal.

• Slow:

Vehicle speed following the front

vehicle to maintain the set distance

is slower than normal speed.

Information

The last selected smart cruise control

sensitivity remained in the system.

OIK057110L

OIK057097N

5-108

Conventional Cruise Control

Mode

The driver may choose to switch to

use the conventional Cruise Control

mode (speed only control function)

by following these steps:

1. Push the CRUISE button on the

steering wheel to turn the system

on. The cruise ( ) indi-

cator will illuminate.

2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-

Vehicle Distance button for more

than 2 seconds.

3. Choose between "Smart Cruise

Control" and "Cruise Control".

Information

When the system is turned OFF using

the CRUISE button or the CRUISE

button is turned ON after the vehicle

is restarted with the POWER button,

conventional cruise control will be dis-

abled and Smart Cruise Control mode

will be enabled again.

Limitations of the System

The Smart Cruise Control system

may have limits to its ability to detect

distance to the vehicle ahead due to

road and traffic conditions.

Driving your vehicle

When using the conventional

Cruise Control mode, you must

manually adjust the distance to

other vehicles by depressing

the brake pedal. The system

does not automatically adjust

the distance to vehicles in front

of you.

WARNING

5-109

Driving your vehicle

On curves

• The Smart Cruise Control system

may not detect a moving vehicle in

your lane, and then your vehicle

could accelerate to the set speed.

Also, the vehicle speed will

decrease when the vehicle ahead

is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on curves and apply the brakes or

accelerator pedal if necessary.

Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.

Apply the accelerator pedal and

select the appropriate set speed.

Check to be sure that the road con-

ditions permit safe operation of the

Smart Cruise Control.

On inclines

• During uphill or downhill driving,

the Smart Cruise Control system

may not detect a moving vehicle in

your lane, and cause your vehicle

to accelerate to the set speed.

Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly

decrease when the vehicle ahead

is recognized suddenly.

• Select the appropriate set speed

on inclines and apply the brake or

accelerator pedal if necessary.

OTM058117

OTM058073

OOS057073

5-110

Lane changing

• A vehicle which moves into your

lane from an adjacent lane cannot

be recognized by the sensor until it

is in the sensor's detection range.

• The radar may not detect immedi-

ately when a vehicle cuts in sud-

denly. Always pay attention to the

traffic, road and driving conditions.

• If a slower vehicle moves into your

lane, your speed may decrease to

maintain the distance to the vehicle

ahead.

• If a faster vehicle which moves into

your lane, your vehicle will acceler-

ate to the set speed.

Detecting vehicles

Some vehicles in your lane cannot

be recognized by the sensor:

- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-

cles or bicycles

- Vehicles offset to one side

- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-

decelerating vehicles

- Stopped vehicles

- Vehicles with small rear profile

such as trailers with no loads

A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of

following occurs:

- When the vehicle is pointing

upwards due to overloading in the

luggage compartment

- While the steering wheel is operat-

ing

- When driving to one side of the

lane

- When driving on narrow lanes or

on curves

Apply the brake or accelerator pedal

if necessary.

Driving your vehicle

OTM058074 OTM058128

5-111

Driving your vehicle

• Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears.

• When you are warned that the

vehicle ahead of you is not detect-

ed, drive with caution.

• When driving in stop-and-go traffic,

and a vehicle in front of you

merges out of the lane, the system

may not immediately detect the

new vehicle that is now in front of

you. In this case, you must main-

tain a safe braking distance, and if

necessary, depress the brake

pedal to reduce your driving speed

in order to maintain a safe dis-

tance.

• Always look out for pedestrians

when your vehicle is maintaining a

distance with the vehicle ahead.

OTM058129 OTM058119 OTM058124

5-112

• Always be cautious for vehicles

with higher height or vehicles car-

rying loads that sticks out from the

back of the vehicle.

Driving your vehicle

OOS057022

When using the Smart Cruise

Control take the following pre-

cautions:

• If an emergency stop is nec-

essary, you must apply the

brakes.The vehicle cannot be

stopped at every emergency

situation by using the Smart

Cruise Control system.

• Keep a safe distance accord-

ing to road conditions and

vehicle speed. If the vehicle to

vehicle distance is too close

during a high-speed driving, a

serious collision may result.

• Always maintain sufficient

braking distance and deceler-

ate your vehicle by applying

the brakes if necessary.

• The Smart Cruise Control sys-

tem cannot recognize a

stopped vehicle, pedestrians or

an oncoming vehicle. Always

look ahead cautiously to pre-

vent unexpected and sudden

situations from occurring.

WARNING

• Vehicles moving in front of

you with a frequent lane

change may cause a delay in

the system's reaction or may

cause the system to react to a

vehicle actually in an adjacent

lane. Always drive cautiously

to prevent unexpected and

sudden situations from occur-

ring.

• Always be aware of the select-

ed speed and vehicle to vehi-

cle distance.

• The Smart Cruise Control sys-

tem may not recognize com-

plex driving situations so

always pay attention to driv-

ing conditions and control

your vehicle speed.

• The smart cruise control

warning tone may not be emit-

ted while other warning tones

are given priority.

• For your safety, please read

the owner's manual before

using the smart cruise control

system.

5-113

Driving your vehicle

Information

The Smart Cruise Control system

may not operate temporarily due to:

• Electrical interference

• Modifying the suspension

• Differences of tire abrasion or tire

pressure

• Installing different type of tires

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the device.

Information

Radio frequency radiation exposure

information:

This equipment complies with FCC

radiation exposure limits set forth for

an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed

and operated with minimum distance

of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator

(antenna) and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-locat-

ed or operating in conjunction with

any other antenna or transmitter.

• The smart cruise control sys-

tem is not a substitute for safe

driving practices, but a con-

venience function only. It is

the responsibility of the driver

to always check the speed

and distance to the vehicle

ahead.

• The smart cruise control is

supplemental system to

assist you.Do not entirely rely

on the system. Always pay

attention, while driving, for

your safety.

• If the vehicle and trailer are

towed, smart cruise control

may not operate correctly,

care must be taken to deal

with unexpected situations.

5-114

Driving your vehicle

Hazardous Driving Conditions

When hazardous driving elements

are encountered such as water,

snow, ice, mud and sand, take the

below suggestions:

• Drive cautiously and keep a longer

braking distance.

• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.

• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,

mud, or sand, use second gear.

Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec-

essary wheel spin.

• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or

other non-slip materials under the

wheels to provide additional trac-

tion while the vehicle becomes

stuck in ice, snow, or mud.

Rocking the Vehicle

If it is necessary to rock the vehicle

to free it from snow, sand, or mud,

first turn the steering wheel right and

left to clear the area around your

front wheels. Then, shift back and

forth between R (Reverse) and a for-

ward gear.

Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and

do not race the engine.

To prevent transmission wear, wait

until the wheels stop spinning before

shifting gears. Release the accelera-

tor pedal while shifting, and press

lightly on the accelerator pedal while

the transmission is in gear. Slowly

spinning the wheels in forward and

reverse directions causes a rocking

motion that may free the vehicle.

SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS

Downshifting with an automatic

transmission/dual clutch trans-

mission while driving on slip-

pery surfaces can cause an

accident.The sudden change in

tire speed could cause the tires

to skid. Be careful when down-

shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

If the vehicle is stuck and

excessive wheel spin occurs,

the temperature in the tires can

increase very quickly. If the tires

become damaged, a tire blow

out or tire explosion can occur.

This condition is dangerous -

you and others may be injured.

Do not attempt this procedure if

people or objects are anywhere

near the vehicle.

If you attempt to free the vehicle,

the vehicle can overheat quickly,

possibly causing an engine

compartment fire or other dam-

age. Try to avoid spinning the

wheels as much as possible to

prevent overheating of either the

tires or the engine. DO NOT

allow the vehicle to spin the

wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).

WARNING

5-115

Driving your vehicle

Information

The ESC system must be turned OFF

before rocking the vehicle.

If you are still stuck after rocking

the vehicle a few times, have the

vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle

to avoid engine overheating, pos-

sible damage to the transmission,

and tire damage. See "Towing" in

chapter 6.

Smooth Cornering

Avoid braking or gear changing in

corners, especially when roads are

wet. Ideally, corners should always

be taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at Night

Night driving presents more hazards

than driving in the daylight. Here are

some important tips to remember:

• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-

cles, as it may be more difficult to

see at night, especially in areas

where there may not be any street

lights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the

glare from other driver's head-

lamps.

• Keep your headlamps clean and

properly aimed. Dirty or improperly

aimed headlamps will make it

much more difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-

lamps of oncoming vehicles. You

could be temporarily blinded, and it

will take several seconds for your

eyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the Rain

Rain and wet roads can make driving

dangerous. Here are a few things to

consider when driving in the rain or

on slick pavement:

• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfall

makes it harder to see and increas-

es the distance needed to stop

your vehicle.

• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.

• Replace your windshield wiper

blades when they show signs of

streaking or missing areas on the

windshield.

• Tires should be properly main-

tained with at least 2/32nds of an

inch of tread depth. If your tires do

not have enough tread, making a

quick stop on wet pavement can

cause a skid and possibly lead to

an accident. See "Tire Tread" in

chapter 7.

• Turn on your headlamps to make it

easier for others to see you.

NOTICE

5-116

Driving your vehicle

• Driving too fast through large pud-

dles can affect your brakes. If you

must go through puddles, try to

drive through them slowly.

• If you believe your brakes may be

wet, apply them lightly while driv-

ing until normal braking operation

returns.

Hydroplaning

If the road is wet enough and you are

going fast enough, your vehicle may

have little or no contact with the road

surface and actually ride on the

water. The best advice is SLOW

DOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increas-

es as the depth of tire tread

decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in

chapter 7.

Driving in Flooded Areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas

unless you are sure the water is no

higher than the bottom of the wheel

hub. Drive through any water slowly.

Allow adequate stopping distance

because brake performance may be

reduced.

After driving through water, dry the

brakes by gently applying them sev-

eral times while the vehicle is moving

slowly.

Highway Driving

Tires

Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.

Under-inflation may overheat or

damage the tires.

Do not install worn-out or damaged

tires, which may reduce traction or

adversely affect vehicle handling.

This could lead to sudden tire failure

that may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

Information

Never over-inflate your tires above the

maximum inflation pressure, as speci-

fied on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine

oil

Driving at higher speeds on the high-

way consumes more fuel and is less

efficient than driving at a slower,

more moderate speed. Maintain a

moderate speed in order to conserve

fuel when driving on the highway.

Be sure to check both the engine

coolant level and the engine oil

before driving.

Drive belt

A loose or damaged drive belt may

overheat the engine.

5-117

Driving your vehicle

Reducing the risk of a rollover

Your multi-purpose passenger vehi-

cle is defined as a Sports Utility

Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher

ground clearance and a narrower

track to make them capable of per-

forming in a wide variety of off-road

applications. The specific design

characteristics give them a higher

center of gravity than ordinary vehi-

cles making them more likely to roll

over if you make abrupt turns. Utility

vehicles have a significantly higher

rollover rate than other types of vehi-

cles. Due to this risk, driver and pas-

sengers are strongly recommended

to buckle their seat belts.In a rollover

crash, an unbelted person is signifi-

cantly more likely to die than a per-

son wearing a seat belt.

There are steps that a driver can

make to reduce the risk of a rollover.

If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or

abrupt maneuvers, do not load your

vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof,

and never modify your vehicle in any

way.

Utility vehicles have a signifi-

cantly higher rollover rate than

other types of vehicles. To pre-

vent rollovers or loss of control:

• Take corners at slower speeds

than you would with a passen-

ger vehicle.

• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt

maneuvers.

• Do not modify your vehicle in

any way that you would raise

the center of gravity.

• Keep tires properly inflated.

• Do not carry heavy cargo on

the roof.

WARNING

5-118

Driving your vehicle

WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG

The severe weather conditions of

winter quickly wear out tires and

cause other problems. To minimize

winter driving problems, you should

take the following suggestions:

Snow or Icy Conditions

You need to keep sufficient distance

between your vehicle and the vehicle

in front of you.

Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,

rapid acceleration, sudden brake

applications, and sharp turns are

potentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine

braking to the fullest extent. Sudden

brake applications on snowy or icy

roads may cause the vehicle to skid.

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it

may be necessary to use snow tires

or to install tire chains on your tires.

Always carry emergency equipment.

Some of the items you may want to

carry include tire chains, tow straps

or chains, a flashlight, emergency

flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,

a window scraper, gloves, ground

cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-

cle, make sure to use radial tires of

the same size and load range as the

original tires. Mount snow tires on all

four wheels to balance your vehicle’s

handling in all weather conditions.

The traction provided by snow tires

on dry roads may not be as high as

your vehicle's original equipment

tires. Check with the tire dealer for

maximum speed recommendations.

Information

Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and munici-

pal regulations for possible restric-

tions against their use.

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are

thinner than other types of tires, they

may be damaged by mounting some

types of tire chains on them.

Therefore the use of snow tires is

preferred over the use of tire chains.

If the road and weather conditions

require the use of tire chains, be sure

to use tire chains that have been

properly selected for the size of tire

on your HYUNDAI vehicle.

Be sure to follow the guidelines and

installation instructions provided

from the tire chain manufacturer.

Snow tires should be equivalent

in size and type to the vehicle’s

standard tires. Otherwise, the

safety and handling of your

vehicle may be adversely affect-

ed.

WARNING

OOS057008

5-119

Driving your vehicle

Damage to your vehicle caused by

improper tire chain use is not cov-

ered by your vehicle manufacturer’s

warranty.

Information

• Install tire chains on both left and

right front tires. It should be noted

that installing tire chains on the

tires will provide a greater driving

force, but will not prevent side

skids.

• Do not install studded tires without

first checking local, state and

municipal regulations for possible

restrictions against their use.

Chain installation

When installing tire chains, follow the

manufacturer’s instructions and

mount them as tightly possible. Drive

slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h))

with chains installed. If you hear the

chains contacting the body or chas-

sis, stop and tighten them.If they still

make contact, slow down until the

noise stops. Remove the tire chains

as soon as you begin driving on

cleared roads.

When mounting snow chains, park

the vehicle on level ground away

from traffic. Turn on the vehicle

Hazard Warning Flasher and place a

triangular emergency warning device

behind the vehicle (if available).

Always place the vehicle in P (Park),

apply the parking brake and turn off

the engine before installing snow

chains.

The use of tire chains may

adversely affect vehicle han-

dling:

• Drive less than 20 mph

(30 km/h) or the chain manu-

facturer's recommended speed

limit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoid

bumps, holes, sharp turns,

and other road hazards, which

may cause the vehicle to

bounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or locked

wheel braking.

WARNING

5-120

Driving your vehicle

- When using tire chains:

• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damage

your vehicle's brake lines, sus-

pension, body and wheels.

• Use SAE "S" class or wire

chains.

• If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body,

retighten the chain to prevent

contact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage,

retighten the chains after driving

0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).

• Do not use tire chains on vehi-

cles equipped with aluminum

wheels. If unavoidable, use a

wire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 0.47

inch (12 mm) wide to prevent

damage to the chain’s connec-

tion.

Winter Precautions

Use high quality ethylene glycol

coolant

Your vehicle is delivered with high

quality ethylene glycol coolant in the

cooling system. It is the only type of

coolant that should be used because

it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water

pump and prevents freezing.Be sure

to replace or replenish your coolant

in accordance with the maintenance

schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure

that its freezing point is sufficient for

the temperatures anticipated during

the winter.

Change to "winter weight" oil if

necessary

In some climates it is recommended

that a lower viscosity "winter weight"

oil be used during cold weather. See

chapter 8 for recommendations. If

you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on

the battery system. Visually inspect

the battery and cables as described

in chapter 7. The level of charge in

your battery can be checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a

service station.

NOTICE

5-121

Driving your vehicle

Check spark plugs and ignition

system

Inspect your spark plugs as

described in chapter 7 and replace

them if necessary. Also check all

ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or

damaged in any way.

Use approved window washer

anti-freeze in system

To keep the water in the window

washer system from freezing, add an

approved window washer anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instruc-

tions on the container.Window wash-

er anti-freeze is available from an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer and

most auto parts outlets. Do not use

engine coolant or other types of anti-

freeze as these may damage the

paint finish.

Do not let your parking brake

freeze

Under some conditions your parking

brake can freeze in the engaged

position.This is most likely to happen

when there is an accumulation of

snow or ice around or near the rear

brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily while

you put the gear selector lever in P

and block the rear wheels so the car

cannot roll.Then release the parking

brake.

Do not let ice and snow accu-

mulate underneath

Under some conditions, snow and

ice can build up under the fenders

and interfere with the steering.When

driving in severe winter conditions

where this may happen, you should

periodically check underneath the

car to be sure the movement of the

front wheels and the steering com-

ponents is not obstructed.

Don't place foreign objects or

materials in the engine com-

partment

Placement of foreign object or mate-

rials which prevent cooling of the

engine, in the engine compartment,

may cause a failure or combustion.

The manufacturer is not responsible

for the damage caused by such

placement.

To keep locks from freezing

To keep the locks from freezing,

squirt an approved de-icer fluid or

glycerine into the key opening. If a

lock is covered with ice, squirt it with

an approved de-icing fluid to remove

the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,

you may be able to thaw it out by

using a heated key. Handle the heat-

ed key with care to avoid injury.

5-122

Driving your vehicle

Two labels on your driver's door sill

show how much weight your vehicle

was designed to carry: the Tire and

Loading Information Label and the

Certification Label.

Before loading your vehicle, familiar-

ize yourself with the following terms

for determining your vehicle’s weight

ratings, from the vehicle's specifica-

tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb Weight

This is the weight of the vehicle

including a full tank of fuel and all

standard equipment. It does not

include passengers, cargo, or option-

al equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight

This is the weight of your new vehicle

when you picked it up from your deal-

er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo Weight

This figure includes all weight added

to the Base Curb Weight, including

cargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on

each axle (front and rear) - including

vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight that can be carried by a single

axle (front or rear). These numbers

are shown on the Certification Label.

The total load on each axle must

never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus

actual Cargo Weight plus passen-

gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating)

This is the maximum allowable

weight of the fully loaded vehicle

(including all options, equipment,

passengers and cargo). The GVWR

is shown on the Certification Label

located on the driver’s door sill.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT

5-123

Driving your vehicle

Tire Loading Information Label

Vehicle capacity weight

860 lbs. (390 kg)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-

mum combined weight of occupants

and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped

with a trailer, the combined weight

includes the tongue load.

Seating capacity

Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons,

Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximum

number of occupants including a

driver, your vehicle may carry.

However, the seating capacity may

be reduced based upon the weight of

all of the occupants, and the weight

of the cargo being carried or towed.

Do not overload the vehicle as there

is a limit to the total weight, or load

limit including occupants and cargo,

the vehicle can carry.

Towing capacity

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

OOS067044N

■ Type A

OOS067045N

■ Type B

OOS067046N

■ Type C

OOS068046N

■ Type D

The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold

tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that

can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

5-124

Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity

The cargo capacity of your vehicle

will increase or decrease depending

on the weight and the number of

occupants and the tongue load, if

your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

Steps for determining correct

load limit

1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX

kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's

placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of

the driver and passengers that will

be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of

the driver and passengers from

XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the

available amount of cargo and lug-

gage load capacity.For example, if

the "XXX" amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.

passengers in your vehicle, the

amount of available cargo and lug-

gage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded

on the vehicle. That weight may

not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity

calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-

er, load from your trailer will be

transferred to your vehicle.Consult

this manual to determine how this

reduces the available cargo and

luggage load capacity of your vehi-

cle.

Do not overload the vehicle as

there is a limit to the total

weight, or load limit, including

occupants and cargo, the vehi-

cle can carry. Overloading can

shorten the life of the vehicle. If

the GVWR or the GAWR is

exceeded, parts on the vehicle

can break, and it can change

the handling of your vehicle.

These could cause you to lose

control and result in an acci-

dent.

WARNING

5-125

Driving your vehicle

Example 1

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)

(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight

(1100 lbs.)

(499 kg)

Example 2

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)

(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight

(650 lbs.)

(295 kg)

Example 3

Maximum Load

(1400 lbs.)

(635 kg)

Passenger Weight

(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)

(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)

Cargo Weight

(540 lbs.)

(245 kg)

≥≥

5-126

Driving your vehicle

Certification label

The certification label is located on

the driver’s door sill at the center pil-

lar and shows the maximum allow-

able weight of the fully loaded vehi-

cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR

includes the weight of the vehicle, all

occupants, fuel and cargo.

This label also tells you the maxi-

mum weight that can be supported

by the front and rear axles, called

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

The total weight of the vehicle,

including all occupants, accessories,

cargo, and trailer tongue load must

not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle

Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out

the actual loads on your front and

rear axles, you need to go to a weigh

station and weigh your vehicle. Be

sure to spread out your load equally

on both sides of the centerline.

OBH059070

Overloading

• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR for

either the front or rear axle

and vehicle capacity weight.

Exceeding these ratings can

affect your vehicle’s handling

and braking ability, and cause

an accident.

• Do not overload your vehicle.

Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in your

vehicle’s tires and possible

tire failure, increased stop-

ping distances and poor vehi-

cle handling-all of which may

result in a crash.

WARNING

5-127

Driving your vehicle

Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs would not

be covered by your warranty. Do

not overload your vehicle.

We do not recommend using this

vehicle for trailer towing.

NOTICE

TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG

If you carry items inside your

vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,

packages, or anything else),

they are moving as fast as the

vehicle. If you have to stop or

turn quickly, or if there is a

crash, the items will keep going

and can cause an injury if they

strike the driver or a passenger.

• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle.Try to spread the

weight evenly.

• Do not stack items, like suit-

cases, inside the vehicle

above the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecured

child restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry something

inside the vehicle, secure it.

WARNING

What to do in an emergency

Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2

In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing........6-2

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3

If the engine will not start ...................................6-3

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or

Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3

If the Engine Turns Over Normally but

Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3

Jump starting ..........................................................6-4

If the engine overheats ........................................6-6

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8

Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8

Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9

Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with

Position Indicator ............................................................6-10

TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11

Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12

If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...........6-14

Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14

Changing Tires.................................................................6-15

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit)..6-20

Introduction ......................................................................6-20

Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit.......6-21

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-22

Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-23

Distributing the sealant .................................................6-24

Checking the tire inflation pressure ..........................6-25

Towing ...................................................................6-27

Towing Service.................................................................6-27

Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-28

Emergency Towing..........................................................6-29

Tie-down Hook................................................................6-30

6-2

The hazard warning flasher serves

as a warning to other drivers to exer-

cise extreme caution when approach-

ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-

cle.

It should be used whenever emer-

gency repairs are being made or

when the vehicle is stopped near the

edge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher

on or off, press the hazard warning

flasher button. The button is located

in the center fascia panel. Both the

left and right turn signal lights will

flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-

ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work when

the hazard flasher is on.

If the Engine Stalls While

Driving

• Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-

tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-

er.

• Try to start the engine again.If your

vehicle will not start, contact an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer or

seek other qualified assistance.

If the Engine Stalls at a

Crossroad or Crossing

If the engine stalls at a crossroads or

crossing, if safe to do so, move the

shift lever to the N (Neutral) position

and then push the vehicle to a safe

location.

HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR

What to do in an emergency

IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY

WWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

OOS067001N

6-3

What to do in an emergency

If you Have a Flat Tire While

Driving

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

• Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slow down

while driving straight ahead. Do not

apply the brakes immediately or

attempt to pull off the road as this

may cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. When the

vehicle has slowed to such a speed

that it is safe to do so, brake care-

fully and pull off the road. Drive off

the road as far as possible and park

on firm, level ground. If you are on

a divided highway, do not park in

the median area between the two

traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, press

the hazard warning flasher button,

move the shift lever into P (Park),

and apply the parking brake, and

place the ignition switch in the

LOCK/OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of the

vehicle. Be sure they all get out on

the side of the vehicle that is away

from traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, follow

the instructions provided later in

this chapter.

If the Engine Doesn't Turn

Over or Turns Over Slowly

• Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine

starts only when the shift lever is in

N (Neutral) or P (Park).

• Check the battery connections to

be sure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the light

dims or goes out when you operate

the starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to

start it. This could cause damage to

your vehicle. See instructions for

"Jump Starting" provided in this

chapter.

If the Engine Turns Over

Normally but Doesn't Start

Check the fuel level and add fuel if

necessary.

If the engine still does not start, have

your vehicle checked by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT SSTTAARRTT

Push or pull starting the vehicle

may cause the catalytic con-

verter to overload which can

lead to damage to the emission

control system.

CAUTION

6-4

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting can be dangerous if

done incorrectly. Follow the jump

starting procedure in this section to

avoid serious injury or damage to

your vehicle. If in doubt about how to

properly jump start your vehicle, we

strongly recommend that you have a

service technician or towing service

do it for you.

JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH to you or bystanders,

always follow these precautions

when working near or handling

the battery:

Always read and follow

instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection

designed to protect the

eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks,

or smoking materials

away from the battery.

Hydrogen is always

present in battery cells,

is highly combustible,

and may explode if ignit-

ed.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

WARNING

Batteries contain sulfu-

ric acid which is highly

corrosive. Do not allow

acid to contact your

eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

your eyes with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get imme-

diate medical attention. If acid

gets on your skin, thoroughly

wash the area. If you feel pain or

a burning sensation, get med-

ical attention immediately.

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle if your battery is

frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle's

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

6-5

What to do in an emergency

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to the

environment and human

health. Dispose of the battery

according to your local law(s)

or regulations.

To prevent damage to your vehicle:

• Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) to

jump start your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle by push-starting.

Jump starting procedure

1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,

but do not allow the vehicles to

touch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in

the engine compartment at all

times, even when the vehicles are

turned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices such

as radios, lights, air conditioning,

etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)

and set the parking brakes. Turn

both vehicles OFF.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the

exact sequence shown in the illus-

tration. First connect one jumper

cable to the red, positive (+)

jumper terminal of your vehicle

(1).

5. Connect the other end of the

jumper cable to the red, positive

(+) battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cable

to the black, negative (-) battery/

chassis ground of the assisting

vehicle (3).

NOTICE

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or when the ignition switch is

in the ON position.

1VQA4001

6-6

What to do in an emergency

7. Connect the other end of the sec-

ond jumper cable to the black,

negative (-) chassis ground of

your vehicle (4).

Do not allow the jumper cables to

contact anything except the cor-

rect battery or jumper terminals or

the correct ground. Do not lean

over the battery when making

connections.

8. Start the engine of the assisting

vehicle and let it run at approxi-

mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-

utes.Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after a

few attempts, it probably requires

servicing. In this event please seek

qualified assistance. If the cause of

your battery discharging is not

apparent, have your vehicle checked

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the

exact reverse order you connected

them:

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassis

ground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of the

jumper cable from the black, neg-

ative (-) battery/chassis ground of

the assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumper

cable from the red, positive (+)

battery/jumper terminal of the

assisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of the

jumper cable from the red, positive

(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle

(1).

If your temperature gage indicates

overheating, you experience a loss

of power, or hear loud pinging or

knocking, the engine may be over-

heating. If this happens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)

and set the parking brake.If the air

conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.

3. If engine coolant is running out

under the vehicle or steam is com-

ing out from the hood, stop the

engine.Do not open the hood until

the coolant has stopped running

or the steaming has stopped. If

there is no visible loss of engine

coolant and no steam, leave the

engine running and check to be

sure the engine cooling fan is

operating.If the fan is not running,

turn the engine off.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS

6-7

What to do in an emergency

4. Check for coolant leaking from the

radiator, hoses or under the vehi-

cle. (If the air conditioning had

been in use, it is normal for cold

water to be draining from it when

you stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out,

stop the engine immediately and

call the nearest authorized

HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine

temperature has returned to nor-

mal. Then, if coolant has been

lost, carefully add coolant to the

reservoir to bring the fluid level in

the reservoir up to the halfway

mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping

alert for further signs of overheat-

ing. If overheating happens again,

call an authorized HYUNDAI deal-

er for assistance.

While the engine is

running, keep hands,

clothing and tools

away from the mov-

ing parts such as the

cooling fan and drive

belt to prevent seri-

ous injury.

WARNING

Serious loss of coolant indi-

cates a leak in the cooling sys-

tem and should be checked as

soon as possible by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

Your vehicle is

equipped with a pres-

surized coolant

reserve tank. NEVER

remove the engine

coolant reservoir tank/radiator

cap or the drain plug while the

engine and radiator are HOT.

Hot coolant and steam may

blow out under pressure, caus-

ing serious injury.

Turn the engine off and wait

until the engine cools down.

Use extreme care when remov-

ing the engine coolant reservoir

tank/radiator cap. Wrap a towel

or thick rag around it,and turn it

counterclockwise slowly to

release some of the pressure

from the system. Step back

while the pressure is released.

When you are sure all the pres-

sure has been released, contin-

ue turning the cap counter-

clockwise to remove it.

WARNING

6-8

What to do in an emergency

TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))

(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

(2) Low Tire Pressure /

Tire Pressure Monitor /

TPMS Malfunction Display

(shown on the cluster LCD dis-

play)

Check Tire Pressure

• You can check the tire pressure in

the Assist mode on the cluster.

Refer to the "LCD Display Mode"

section in chapter 3.

• A "Drive to display" message will

appear for the first few minutes of

driving after initial engine start up.

If the tire pressure is not displayed

after a few minutes of driving,

check the tire pressures.

• The displayed tire pressure values

may differ from those measured

with a tire pressure gage.

• You can change the tire pressure

unit in the User Settings mode on

the cluster.

- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User

Settings Mode" section in

chapter 3).

OOS047115L

OOS067005N

OOS047119L

6-9

What to do in an emergency

Tire Pressure Monitoring

System

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-

vided), should be checked monthly

when cold and inflated to the inflation

pressure recommended by the vehicle

manufacturer on the vehicle placard or

tire inflation pressure label. A cold tire

means the vehicle has been sitting for

3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile

(1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure. If your

vehicle has tires of a different size

than the size indicated on the vehicle

placard or tire inflation pressure

label, you should determine the

proper tire inflation pressure for

those tires.

As an added safety feature, your

vehicle has been equipped with a tire

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

that illuminates a low tire pressure

telltale when one or more of your

tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pres-

sure telltale illuminates, you should

stop and check your tires as soon as

possible, and inflate them to the

proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-

cantly under-inflated tire causes the

tire to overheat and can lead to tire

failure.

Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-

ciency and tire tread life, and may

affect the vehicle’s handling and

stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a

substitute for proper tire mainte-

nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-

bility to maintain correct tire pres-

sure, even if under-inflation has not

reached the level to trigger illumina-

tion of the TPMS low tire pressure

telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped

with a TPMS malfunction indicator to

indicate when the system is not

operating properly. The TPMS mal-

function indicator is combined with

the low tire pressure telltale. When

the system detects a malfunction,

the telltale will flash for approximate-

ly one minute and then remain con-

tinuously illuminated. This sequence

will continue upon subsequent vehi-

cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-

tion exists.

When the malfunction indicator is

illuminated, the system may not be

able to detect or signal low tire pres-

sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-

tions may occur for a variety of rea-

sons, including the installation of

replacement or alternate tires or

wheels on the vehicle that prevent

the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction

telltale after replacing one or more

tires or wheels on your vehicle to

ensure that the replacement or alter-

nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS

to continue to function properly.

Over-inflation or under-inflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure that

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-10

What to do in an emergency

If any of the below happens, have

the system checked by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS

Malfunction Indicator does not

illuminate for 3 seconds when

the ignition switch is placed to

the ON position or engine is

running.

2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator

remains illuminated after blink-

ing for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis-

play remains illuminated

Low Tire Pressure

Telltale

Low Tire Pressure

LCD Display with

Position Indicator

When the tire pressure monitoring

system warning indicators are illumi-

nated and the warning message is

displayed on the cluster LCD display,

one or more of your tires is signifi-

cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi-

tion indicator will indicate which tire

is significantly under-inflated by illu-

minating the corresponding position

light.

If any of your tire pressures are indi-

cated as being low, immediately

reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-

nering, and anticipate increased

stopping distances. You should stop

and check your tires as soon as pos-

sible. Inflate the tires to the proper

pressure as indicated on the vehi-

cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure

label located on the driver's side cen-

ter pillar outer panel.

If you cannot reach a service station

or if the tire cannot hold the newly

added air, replace the low pressure

tire with the spare tire.

The Low Tire Pressure LCD position

indicator will remain on and the

TPMS Malfunction Indicator may

blink for one minute and then remain

illuminated until you have the low

pressure tire repaired and replaced

on the vehicle.

The spare tire is not equipped with

a tire pressure sensor.

NOTICE

OOS047115L

6-11

What to do in an emergency

TPMS Malfunction

Indicator

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will

illuminate after it blinks for approxi-

mately one minute when there is a

problem with the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System.

Have the system checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon

as possible.

If there is a malfunction with the

TPMS, the individual tire pres-

sures in the cluster LCD display

will not be available. Have the sys-

tem checked by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-

ble.

NOTICE

In winter or cold weather, the

Low Tire Pressure Telltale may

be illuminated if the tire pres-

sure was adjusted to the recom-

mended tire inflation pressure

in warm weather. It does not

mean your TPMS is malfunc-

tioning because the decreased

temperature leads to a propor-

tional lowering of tire pressure.

When you drive your vehicle

from a warm area to a cold area

or from a cold area to a warm

area, or the outside temperature

is greatly higher or lower, you

should check the tire inflation

pressure and adjust the tires to

the recommended tire inflation

pressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressure

makes the vehicle unstable and

can contribute to loss of vehicle

control and increased braking

distances.

Continued driving on low pres-

sure tires can cause the tires to

overheat and fail.

WARNING

6-12

What to do in an emergency

The TPMS Malfunction Indicator

may illuminate after blinking for

one minute if the vehicle is near

electric power supply cables or

radio transmitters such as police

stations, government and public

offices, broadcasting stations,

military installations, airports,

transmitting towers, etc.

Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction

Indicator may illuminate if snow

chains are used or electronic

devices such as computers, charg-

ers, remote starters, navigation,

etc.This may interfere with normal

operation of the TPMS.

Changing a Tire with TPMS

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire

Pressure and LCD position indicator

will come on. Have the flat tire

repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer as soon as possible or

replace the flat tire with the spare

tire.

The spare tire does not come with a

tire pressure monitoring sensor.

When the low pressure tire or the flat

tire is replaced with the spare tire,

the Low Tire Pressure LCD position

indicator will remain on. Also, the

TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illu-

minate after blinking for one minute if

the vehicle is driven at speed above

15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximate-

ly 20 minutes.

Once the original tire equipped with

a tire pressure monitoring sensor is

reinflated to the recommended pres-

sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,

the Low Tire Pressure LCD position

indicator and TPMS Malfunction

Indicator will go off within a few min-

utes of driving.

If the indicators do not disappear

after a few minutes, please visit an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Each wheel is equipped with a tire

pressure sensor mounted inside the

tire behind the valve stem (except for

the spare tire). You must use TPMS

specific wheels. It is recommended

that you always have your tires serv-

iced by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

NOTICE

It is recommended that you do

not use a puncture-repairing

agent not approved by HYUNDAI

dealer to repair and/or inflate a

low pressure tire. Tire sealant

not approved by HYUNDAI deal-

er may damage the tire pressure

sensor.

CAUTION

6-13

What to do in an emergency

You may not be able identify a tire

with low pressure by simply looking

at it. Always use a good quality tire

pressure gage to measure the tire's

inflation pressure. Please note that a

tire that is hot (from being driven) will

have a higher pressure measure-

ment than a tire that is cold.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3

hour period.

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure.

Information

This device complies with Part 15 of

the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following

three conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful

interference.

2. This device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interfer-

ence that may cause undesired

operation.

3. Changes or modifications not

expressly approved by the party

responsible for compliance could

void the user's authority to operate

the equipment.

• The TPMS cannot alert you to

severe and sudden tire dam-

age caused by external fac-

tors such as nails or road

debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-

ity, immediately take your foot

off the accelerator, apply the

brakes gradually with light

force, and slowly move to a

safe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, or

disabling the Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS)

components may interfere with

the system's ability to warn the

driver of low tire pressure con-

ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-

tions. Tampering with, modify-

ing, or disabling the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) components may void

the warranty for that portion of

the vehicle.

WARNING

6-14

What to do in an emergency

Jack and Tools

➀ Jack handle

② Jack

③ Wheel lug nut wrench

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug

nut wrench are stored in the luggage

compartment under the luggage box

cover.

The jack is provided for emergency

tire changing only.

Turn the winged hold down bolt

counterclockwise to remove the

spare tire.

Store the spare tire in the same com-

partment by turning the winged hold

down bolt clockwise.

To prevent the spare tire and tools

from "rattling", store them in their

proper location.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH SSPPAARREE TTIIRREE,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Changing a tire can be danger-

ous. Follow the instructions in

this section when changing a

tire to reduce the risk of serious

injury or death.

WARNING

Be careful as you use the jack

handle to stay clear of the flat

end. The flat end has sharp

edges that could cause cuts.

CAUTION

OOS067035L

OOS067036L

6-15

What to do in an emergency

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-

down wing bolt by hand, you can

loosen it easily using the wheel nut

wrench.

Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt

counterclockwise with the wheel nut

wrench.

Changing Tires

Follow these steps to change your

vehicle's tire:

1. Park on a level, firm surface.

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)

or into R (Reverse) if equipped

with a manual transmission, apply

the parking brake, and place the

ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF

position.

3. Press the hazard warning flasher

button.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,

jack, jack handle, and spare tire

from the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of the

tire diagonally opposite of the tire

you are changing.

A vehicle can slip or roll off of a

jack causing serious injury or

death to you or those nearby.

Take the following safety pre-

cautions:

• Never place any portion of

your body under a vehicle that

is supported by a jack.

• NEVER attempt to change a

tire in the lane of traffic.

ALWAYS move the vehicle

completely off the road on

level, firm ground away from

traffic before trying to change

a tire. If you cannot find a level,

firm place off the road, call a

towing service for assistance.

• Be sure to use the jack pro-

vided with the vehicle.

• ALWAYS place the jack on the

designated jacking positions

on the vehicle and NEVER on

the bumpers or any other part

of the vehicle for jacking sup-

port.

• Do not start or run the engine

while the vehicle is on the

jack.

• Do not allow anyone to remain

in the vehicle while it is on the

jack.

• Keep children away from the

road and the vehicle.

WARNING

OOS067040

6-16

What to do in an emergency

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-

terclockwise one turn each in the

order shown above, but do not

remove any lug nuts until the tire

has been raised off of the ground.

7. Place the jack at the designated

jacking position under the frame

closest to the tire you are chang-

ing. The jacking positions are

plates welded to the frame with

two notches. Never jack at any

other position or part of the vehi-

cle. Doing so may damage the

side seal molding or other parts of

the vehicle.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jack

and turn it clockwise, raising the

vehicle until the tire clears the

ground. Make sure the vehicle is

stable on the jack.

OOS067020OOS067017 OOS067018

■ Front ■ Rear

6-17

What to do in an emergency

9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel

lug nut wrench and remove them

with your fingers. Remove the

wheel from the studs and lay it flat

on the ground out of the way.

Remove any dirt or debris from

the studs, mounting surfaces, and

wheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto the

studs of the hub.

11.Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-

gers onto the studs with the

smaller end of the lug nuts clos-

est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the ground

by turning the jack handle coun-

terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to

tighten the lug nuts in the order

shown. Double-check each lug

nut until they are tight. After

changing tires, have an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the

lug nuts to their proper torque as

soon as possible. The wheel lug

nut should be tightened to

79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

If you have a tire gage, check the tire

pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in

chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-

tions.). If the pressure is lower or

higher than recommended, drive

slowly to the nearest service station

and adjust it to the recommended

pressure. Always reinstall the valve

cap after checking or adjusting tire

pressure. If the cap is not replaced,

air may leak from the tire. If you lose

a valve cap, buy another and install it

as soon as possible. After changing

tires, secure the flat tire and return

the jack and tools to their proper stor-

age locations. If it is hard to secure

the flat tire, put the flat tire in the lug-

gage compartment.

• Check the tire pressure as soon

as possible after installing a

spare tire. Adjust it to the rec-

ommended pressure.

• Check and tighten the wheel lug

nuts after driving over 30 mile

(50 km) if tires are replaced.

Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts

after driving over 620 mile (1,000

km).

NOTICE

OOS067019L

6-18

What to do in an emergency

If any of the equipment such as the

jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-

ment is damaged or in poor condi-

tion, do not attempt to change the

tire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires

Compact spare tires are designed for

emergency use only. Drive carefully

on the compact spare tire and

always follow the safety precautions.

When driving with the compact spare

tire mounted to your vehicle:

• Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire.

The compact spare tire should be

inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).

• Do not take this vehicle through an

automatic car wash while the com-

pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tire

on any other vehicle because this

tire has been designed especially

for your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread life

is shorter than a regular tire.

Inspect your compact spare tire

regularly and replace worn com-

pact spare tires with the same size

and design, mounted on the same

wheel.

• Do not use more than one compact

spare tire at a time.

When the original tire and wheel

are repaired and reinstalled on the

vehicle,the lug nut torque must be

set correctly. The correct lug nut

tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft

(11~13 kgf·m).

NOTICE

Your vehicle has metric threads

on the studs and lug nuts. Make

certain during tire changing that

the same nuts that were

removed are reinstalled. If you

have to replace your lug nuts

make sure they have metric

threads to avoid damaging the

studs and ensure the wheel is

properly secured to the hub.

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

To prevent compact spare tire

failure and loss of control pos-

sibly resulting in an accident:

• Use the compact spare tire

only in an emergency.

• NEVER operate your vehicle

over 50 mph (80 km/h).

• Do not exceed the vehicle's

maximum load rating or the

load carrying capacity shown

on the sidewall of the com-

pact spare tire.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire continuously. Repair or

replace the original tire as

soon as possible to avoid fail-

ure of the compact spare tire.

WARNING

6-19

What to do in an emergency

Jack label

To prevent damaging the com-

pact spare tire and your vehicle:

• Drive slowly enough for the

road conditions to avoid all

hazards, such as a potholes

or debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles.

The compact spare tire diame-

ter is smaller than the diame-

ter of a conventional tire and

reduces the ground clearance

approximately 1 inch (25 mm).

• Do not use tire chains on the

compact spare tire. Because

of the smaller size, a tire chain

will not fit properly.

• Do not use the compact spare

tire on any other wheels, nor

should standard tires, snow

tires, wheel covers or trim

rings be used with the com-

pact spare wheel.

CAUTION

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name

2. Maximum allowable load

3.When using the jack, set your

parking brake.

4.When using the jack, stop the

engine.

5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.

6.The designated locations under

the frame

7.When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be vertical

under the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles

with manual transmission or move

the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion on vehicles with automatic

transmission/dual clutch transmis-

sion.

9.The jack should be used on firm

level ground.

10. Jack manufacture

11. Production date

12. Representative company and

address

■ Example

OOS067043

6-20

For safe operation, carefully read

and follow the instructions in this

manual before use.

(1) Compressor

(2) Sealant bottle

The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary

fix to the tire and we recommend that

the system be inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Introduction

With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay

mobile even after experiencing a tire

puncture.

The system of compressor and seal-

ing compound effectively and com-

fortably seals most punctures in a

passenger car tire caused by nails

or similar objects and reinflates the

tire.

After you ensured that the tire is

properly sealed you can drive cau-

tiously on the tire (distance up to 120

miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of

50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a

service station or tire dealer to have

the tire replaced.

It is possible that some tires, espe-

cially with larger punctures or dam-

age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed

completely.

Air pressure loss in the tire may

adversely affect tire performance.

For this reason, you should avoid

abrupt steering or other driving

maneuvers, especially if the vehicle

is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in

use.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH TTIIRREE MMOOBBIILLIITTYY KKIITT,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

What to do in an emergency

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit

to repair punctures in the tire

walls.This can result in an acci-

dent due to tire failure.

WARNING

Have your tire repaired as soon

as possible. The tire may loose

air pressure at any time after

inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

When two or more tires are flat,

do not use the tire mobility kit

because the supported one

sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is

only used for one flat tire.

CAUTION

OOS067009

6-21

What to do in an emergency

The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed

or intended as a permanent tire

repair method and is to be used for

one tire only. This instruction shows

you step by step how to temporarily

seal the puncture simply and reliably.

Read the section "Notes on the safe

use of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of the

Tire Mobility Kit

• Park your car at the side of the road

so that you can work with the Tire

Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will not

move, even when you're on fairly

level ground, always set your park-

ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for

sealing/inflation passenger car tires.

Only punctured areas located within

the tread region of the tire can be

sealed using the tire mobility kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles

or any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-

aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for

your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not

be effective for tire damage larger

than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).

If the tire cannot be made roadwor-

thy with the Tire Mobility Kit, we rec-

ommend that you contact an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a

tire is severely damaged by driving

run flat or with insufficient air pres-

sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objects

such as nails or screws that have

penetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leave

the engine running.Otherwise oper-

ating the compressor may eventual-

ly drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit

unattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-

ning for more than 10 min. at a time

or it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the

ambient temperature is below

-22°F (-30°C).

• In case of skin contact with the

sealant, wash the area thoroughly

with plenty of water. If the irritation

persists, seek medical attention.

• In case of eye contact with the

sealant, flush your eyes for at least

15 minutes. If the irritation persists,

seek medical attention.

• In case of swallowing the sealant,

rinse the mouth and drink plenty of

water.However, never give anything

to an unconscious person and seek

medical attention immediately.

• Long time exposure to the sealant

may cause damage to bodily tissue

such as kidney, etc.

Do not use the TMK if a tire is

severely damaged by driving run

flat or with insufficient air pres-

sure.

Only punctured areas located

within the tread region of the tire

can be sealed using the TMK.

WARNING

6-22

1. Speed-restriction label

2.Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction

3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel

4.Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

5. Holder for the sealant bottle

6. Compressor

7. ON/OFF switch

8. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure

9. Button for reducing the tire infla-

tion pressure

Connectors, cable and connection

hose are stored in the compressor

housing.

Strictly follow the specified sequence,

otherwise the sealant may escape

under high pressure.

What to do in an emergency

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

ODE067044

Expired sealant

Do not use the Tire sealant after

the sealant has expired (i.e.

past the expiration date on the

sealant container). This can

increase the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.

• Avoid contact with eyes.

• Do not swallow.

WARNING

6-23

What to do in an emergency

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the

sealant bottle (2) in the direction of

(A) and connect the sealant bottle

to the compressor (6) in the direc-

tion of (B).

3. Ensure that the compressor is

switched OFF.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from the

valve of the defective wheel and

screw the filling hose (3) of the

sealant bottle onto the valve.

Detach the speed restriction

label (1) from the sealant bottle

(2), and place it in a highly visi-

ble place inside the vehicle

such as on the steering wheel

to remind the driver not to drive

too fast.

CAUTION

OOS067010

OIGH067042

OOS067011

Securely install the sealant fill-

ing hose to the valve. If not,

sealant may flow backward,

possibly clogging the filling

hose.

CAUTION

6-24

5. Plug the compressor power cord

(4) into the vehicle power outlet.

Only use the front passenger side

power outlet when connecting the

power cord.

6. With the ignition switch in the ON

position, switch on the compres-

sor and let it run for approximately

5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up

to proper pressure. (refer to the

Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The

inflation pressure of the tire after

filling is unimportant and will be

checked/corrected later.

Be careful not to overinflate the

tire and stay away from the tire

when filling it.

7. Switch off the compressor.

8. Detach the hoses from the sealant

bottle connector and from the tire

valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-

age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

9. Immediately drive approximately

4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about

10min) to evenly distribute the

sealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph

(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall

below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).

While driving, if you experience any

unusual vibration, ride disturbance or

noise, reduce your speed and drive

with caution until you can safely pull

off of the side of the road.

Call for road side service or towing.

NOTICE

What to do in an emergency

OOS067014

Tire pressure

Do not attempt to drive your

vehicle if the tire pressure is

below 200 kPa (29 psi). This

could result in an accident due

to sudden tire failure.

CAUTION

Carbon monoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-

ning in a poorly ventilated area

for extended periods of time.

Carbon monoxide poisoning

and suffocation can occur.

WARNING

OLMF064106

6-25

What to do in an emergency

Checking the tire inflation

pressure

1. After driving approximately 4~6

miles (7~10 km or about 10 min),

stop at a safety location.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the

compressor directly to the tire

valve.

3. Plug the compressor power cord

into the vehicle power outlet.

4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to

the recomended tire inflation.

With the ignition swithched on,

proceed as follows.

- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compressor.

To check the current inflation

pressure setting, briefly switch off

the compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres-

sure: Press the button (9) on the

compressor.

Do not let the compressor run for

more than 10 minutes, otherwise

the device will overheat and may

be damaged.

Information

The pressure gauge may show higher

than actual reading when the com-

pressor is running. To get an accurate

tire reading, the compressor needs to

be turned off.

NOTICE

OIGH067043

OOS067011

If the inflation pressure is not

maintained, drive the vehicle a

second time, refer to

Distributing the sealant. Then

repeat steps 1 to 4.

Use of the TMK may be ineffec-

tual for tire damage larger than

approximately 0.16 in (4 mm).

We recommend that you con-

tact an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer if the tire cannot be made

roadworthy with the Tire

Mobility Kit.

CAUTION

6-26

Information

When reinstalling the repaired or

replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,

tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94

lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).

What to do in an emergency

Tire pressure sensor

(if equipped with TPMS)

The sealant on the tire pressure

sensor and wheel should be

removed when you replace the

tire with a new one and inspect

the tire pressure sensors at an

authorized dealer.

CAUTION

The tire inflation pressure must

be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it

is not, do not continue driving.

Call for road side service or

towing.

WARNING

6-27

What to do in an emergency

Towing Service

[A] : Dollies

If emergency towing is necessary,

we recommend having it done by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a

commercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing procedures

are necessary to prevent damage to

the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies

or flatbed is recommended.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to

tow the vehicle with the rear wheels

on the ground (without dollies) and

the front wheels off the ground.If any

of the loaded wheels or suspension

components are damaged or the

vehicle is being towed with the front

wheels on the ground, use a towing

dolly under the front wheels.

When being towed by a commercial

tow truck and wheel dollies are not

used, the front of the vehicle should

always be lifted, not the rear.

If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it

must be towed with a wheel lift and

dollies or flatbed equipment with all

the wheels off the ground.

TTOOWWIINNGG

• Do not tow the vehicle with the

front wheels on the ground as

this may cause damage to the

vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type

equipment. Use a wheel lift or

flatbed equipment.

CAUTION

OOS067007L

An AWD vehicle should never

be towed with the wheels on the

ground.This can cause serious

damage to the transaxle or the

AWD system.

CAUTION

OOS067022

OOS067021

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies:

1. Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position.

2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

3. Release the parking brake.

Removable Towing Hook

1. Open the liftgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.

2. Remove the hole cover pressing

the lower part of the cover on the

front or rear bumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning it

clockwise into the hole until it is

fully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook and

install the cover after use.

If your vehicle is equipped with

a rollover sensor, place the igni-

tion switch in the LOCK/OFF or

ACC position when the vehicle

is being towed.The side impact

and curtain air bag may deploy

if the sensor detects the situa-

tion as a rollover.

WARNING

Failure to place the shift lever in

N (Neutral) when being towed

with the front wheels on the

ground can cause internal dam-

age to the transaxle.

CAUTION

OOS067023

OOS067041

■ Front

■ Rear

What to do in an emergency

6-28

Emergency Towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-

mend you have it done by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer-

cial tow truck service.

If a towing service is not available in

an emergency, your vehicle may be

temporarily towed using a cable or

chain secured to the emergency tow-

ing hook at the front (or rear) of the

vehicle.

Use extreme caution when towing

the vehicle with a cable or chain. A

driver must be in the vehicle to steer

it and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a

short distance and at low speeds.

Also, the wheels, axles, power train,

steering and brakes must all be in

good condition.

Always follow these emergency tow-

ing precautions:

• Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position so the steering

wheel is not locked. (if equipped)

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).

• Release the parking brake.

• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal since you will

have reduced braking perform-

ance.

• More steering effort will be

required because the power steer-

ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than your

own to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles should

communicate with each other fre-

quently.

• Before emergency towing, check

that the hook is not broken or dam-

aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chain

securely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady

and even force.

OOS067025

OOS067042

■ Front

■ Rear

What to do in an emergency

6-29

The driver must be in the vehi-

cle for steering and braking

operations when the vehicle is

being towed. Passengers other

than the driver must not be in

the vehicle.

CAUTION

• Use a towing cable or chain less

than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a

white or red cloth (about 12 inch

(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the

cable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cable

or chain remains tight during tow-

ing.

• Before towing, check the automat-

ic transaxle/dual clutch transmis-

sion for fluid leaks under your vehi-

cle. If the automatic transaxle/dual

clutch transmission fluid is leaking,

flatbed equipment or a towing dolly

must be used.

Accelerate or decelerate the vehi-

cle in a slow and gradual manner

while maintaining tension on the

tow rope or chain to start or drive

the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks

and the vehicle may be damaged.

To avoid damage to your vehicle

and vehicle components when

towing:

• Always pull straight ahead when

using the towing hooks. Do not

pull from the side or at a vertical

angle.

• Do not use the towing hooks to

pull a vehicle out of mud, sand

or other conditions from which

the vehicle cannot be driven out

under its own power.

• Limit the vehicle speed to

10mph (15km/h) and drive less

than 1 mile (1.5km) when towing

to avoid serious damage to

transmission. (if equipped with

automatic transmission)

• The vehicle should be towed at a

speed of 15 mph (25km/h) or

less within the distance of 12

miles (20km). (if equipped with

dual clutch transmission)

Tie-down Hook

NOTICE

Do not use the tie-down hook(s)

for towing purposes. If the tie-

down hook(s) are used for tow-

ing, the tie-down hook(s) or

bumper will be damaged and

this could lead to serious injury.

WARNING

OOS067027

What to do in an emergency

6-30

Maintenance

Engine compartment .............................................7-3

Maintenance services ...........................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4

Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Owner maintenance...............................................7-5

Owner Maintenance Schedule.......................................7-6

Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Nu 2.0 MPI)......................................................................7-11

Normal Maintenance Schedule

(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-13

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-16

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items..7-18

Engine oil ..............................................................7-21

Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-21

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-22

Engine coolant......................................................7-23

Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-23

Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-26

Brake fluid ............................................................7-27

Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-27

Washer fluid .........................................................7-28

Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-28

Parking brake .......................................................7-28

Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-28

Air cleaner ............................................................7-29

Filter Replacement..........................................................7-29

Climate control air filter .....................................7-30

Filter Inspection...............................................................7-30

Wiper blades.........................................................7-32

Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-32

Blade Replacement .........................................................7-32

Battery...................................................................7-35

For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-36

Battery Recharging ........................................................7-36

Reset Features.................................................................7-37

Tires and wheels..................................................7-38

Tire Care............................................................................7-38

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-39

Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-40

Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-40

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-41

Tire Replacement ............................................................7-42

Wheel Replacement........................................................7-43

Tire Traction .....................................................................7-43

Tire Maintenance............................................................7-43

Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-43

Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-47

All Season Tires...............................................................7-50

Summer Tires ...................................................................7-50

Snow Tires ........................................................................7-51

Radial-Ply Tires...............................................................7-51

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-51

Fuses......................................................................7-53

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-54

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-55

Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-57

Light bulbs.............................................................7-69

Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light,

Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker,

Cornering lamp.................................................................7-69

Front fog lamp .................................................................7-74

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement..............................7-74

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-75

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-77

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-78

Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-78

Appearance care..................................................7-80

Exterior Care....................................................................7-80

Interior Care .....................................................................7-85

Emission control system .....................................7-88

Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-88

Evaporative Emission Control System Including

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-88

Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-89

California perchlorate notice .............................7-92

7-3

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

OOS077001/OOS078071N

■■

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir/

Engine coolant cap

2. Fuse box

3. Battery

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Engine oil dipstick

7. Engine oil filler cap

8.Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Engine coolant reservoir

10. Engine coolant cap

The actual engine compartment in the

vehicle may differ from the illustration.

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

■■

Nu 2.0 MPI

7-4

Maintenance

MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS

You should exercise the utmost care

to prevent damage to your vehicle

and injury to yourself whenever per-

forming any maintenance or inspec-

tion procedures.

We recommend you have your vehi-

cle maintained and repaired by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An

authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets

HYUNDAI's high service quality

standards and receives technical

support from HYUNDAI in order to

provide you with a high level of serv-

ice satisfaction.

Owner's Responsibility

Maintenance service and record

retention are the owner's responsibil-

ity.

You should retain documents that

show proper maintenance has been

performed on your vehicle in accor-

dance with the scheduled mainte-

nance service charts shown on the

following pages. You need this infor-

mation to establish your compliance

with the servicing and maintenance

requirements of your vehicle war-

ranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro-

vided in your Owner's Handbook &

Warranty Information booklet.

Repairs and adjustments required as

a result of improper maintenance or

a lack of required maintenance are

not covered.

Owner Maintenance

Precautions

Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-

cient servicing may result in opera-

tional problems with your vehicle that

could lead to vehicle damage, an

accident, or personal injury. This

chapter provides instructions only for

the maintenance items that are easy

to perform. Several procedures can

be done only by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.

Your vehicle should not be modified

in any way. Such modifications may

adversely affect the performance,

safety or durability of your vehicle

and may, in addition, violate condi-

tions of the limited warranties cover-

ing the vehicle.

Certain modifications may also be in

violation of regulations established by

the U.S.Department of Transportation

and other federal or state agencies.

Improper owner maintenance dur-

ing the warranty period may affect

warranty coverage. For details, read

the separate Owner's Handbook &

Warranty Information booklet pro-

vided with the vehicle. If you're

unsure about any service or mainte-

nance procedure,have it done by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

7-5

Maintenance

OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

The following lists are vehicle checks

and inspections that should be per-

formed by the owner or an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequen-

cies indicated to help ensure safe,

dependable operation of your vehi-

cle.

Any adverse conditions should be

brought to the attention of your deal-

er as soon as possible.

These Owner Maintenance vehicle

checks are generally not covered by

warranties and you may be charged

for labor, parts and lubricants used.

Performing maintenance work

on a vehicle can be dangerous.

If you lack sufficient knowledge

and experience or the proper

tools and equipment to do the

work, have it done by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

ALWAYS follow these precau-

tions for performing mainte-

nance work:

• Park your vehicle on level

ground, move the shift lever

into the P (Park, for automatic

transmission vehicle) posi-

tion, place the ignition switch

in the LOCK/OFF position.

WARNING

• Block the tires (front and

back) to prevent the vehicle

from moving.

Remove loose clothing or jew-

elry that can become entan-

gled in moving parts.

• If you must run the engine

during maintenance, do so

out doors or in an area with

plenty of ventilation.

• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-

ing materials away from the

battery and fuel-related parts.

7-6

Maintenance

Owner Maintenance Schedule

When you stop for fuel:

• Check the engine oil level.

• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.

• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.

• Check the for low or under-inflated

tires.

While operating your vehicle:

• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of

exhaust fumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steering

wheel. Notice if there is any

increased steering effort or loose-

ness in the steering wheel, or

change in its straight-ahead posi-

tion.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly

turns slightly or "pulls" to one side

when traveling on smooth, level

road.

• When stopping, listen and check

for unusual sounds, pulling to one

side, increased brake pedal travel

or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the

operation of your transmission

occurs, check the transmission

fluid level.

• Check the automatic transmission/

dual clutch transmission P (Park)

function.

• Check the parking brake.

• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the air

conditioning system during or after

use is normal).

At least monthly:

• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.

• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the brake lights,

turn signals and hazard warning

flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of all

tires including the spare for tires

that are worn, show uneven wear,

or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

Be careful when checking your

engine coolant level when the

engine is hot.This may result in

coolant being blown out of the

opening and cause serious

burns and other injuries.

WARNING

7-7

Maintenance

At least twice a year:

(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)

• Check radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or dam-

age.

• Check windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean wiper

blades with a clean cloth damp-

ened with washer a fluid.

• Check headlamp alignment.

• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.

• Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

At least once a year:

• Clean body and door drain holes.

• Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges.

• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.

• Lubricate door rubber weather

strips.

• Lubricate door checker.

• Check the air conditioning system.

• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transmission linkage and controls.

• Clean the battery and terminals.

• Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule

if the vehicle is usually operated where

none of the following conditions apply.

If any of the following conditions apply,

you must follow the Maintenance

Under Severe Usage Conditions.

• Repeated short distance driving.

• Driving in dusty conditions or

sandy areas.

• Extensive use of brakes.

• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are used.

• Driving on rough or muddy roads.

• Driving in mountainous areas.

• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.

• Driving for a prolonged period in

cold temperatures and/or extreme-

ly humid climates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy

city traffic during hot weather

above 90°F (32°C).

For additional information or assis-

tance see your authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

SSEERRVVIICCEESS

7-8

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Drive belts *

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.

Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *

Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months

Air cleaner filter I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I

Spark plugs Replace every 97,500 miles

Rotate tires

Rotate tires every 7,500 miles

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

Replace every 15,000 miles or 12 months

Engine coolant

At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-9

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

:Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I

Exhaust pipe and muffler

I I I I I I

Automatic transaxle fluid

No check, No service required

Rear differential oil (AWD) *

I I I

Transfer case oil (AWD)*

I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-10

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5

Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-11

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI)

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer

to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,750 miles or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles

A, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-12

Maintenance

Severe Driving Conditions

A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)

in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-

tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas

F-Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)

G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road

H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing

J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

R More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

7-13

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.

: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your

authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer per-

form the operation.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Drive belts *

At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.

Thereafter, inspect every 12,000 miles or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *

Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months

Air cleaner filter

I I

I I I

Spark plugs

Replace every 42,000 miles

Valve clearance *

Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months

Rotate tires

Rotate tires every 6,000 miles

Climate control air filter

(for evaporate and blower unit)

Replace every 12,000 miles or 12 months.

Engine coolant

At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :

Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-14

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Vacuum hose I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Battery condition I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Suspension mounting bolts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Propeller shaft (AWD) I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-15

Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

:Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.

: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-

nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of

power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180

Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90

Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

Exhaust pipe and muffler I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Dual clutch transmission fluid I I I

Rear differential oil (AWD) *

I I I

Transfer case oil (AWD)*

I I I

Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank I I I I I I I

Fuel tank air filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel filter *

I I I I I I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I

Brake fluid I I I I I I I

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

ITEM

7-16

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer

to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Engine oil and filter R Every 3,000 miles or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E

Spark plugs R More frequently A, B, H, I, K

Dual clutch transmission fluid R Every 72,000 miles

C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, J

Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, G, H

Rear brake shoes or disc/pads I More frequently C, D, G, F

7-17

Maintenance

Severe Driving Conditions

A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles

(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)

in freezing temperature

B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-

tances

C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-

spread roads

D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E-Driving in sandy areas

F-Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)

G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road

H-Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack

I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle

towing

J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)

K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

MAINTENANCE ITEM

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING

CONDITION

Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I

Drive shafts and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter

(for evaporator and blower unit)

R More frequently C, E

Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (AWD) R Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

7-18

Maintenance

EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSS

Engine Oil and Filter

The engine oil and filter should be

changed at the intervals specified in

the maintenance schedule. If the

vehicle is being driven in severe con-

ditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

Drive Belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of

cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil

saturation and replace if necessary.

Drive belts should be checked peri-

odically for proper tension and

adjusted as necessary.

Fuel Filter

A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the

vehicle driving speed, damage the

emission system, and cause the

hard starting. When a considerable

amount of foreign substances are

accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel

filter should be replaced.

Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-

ate the engine for several minutes,

and check the connections for any

leakages. Fuel filters should be

installed by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and

Connections

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and

connections for leakage and dam-

age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer replace any damaged or leak-

ing parts immediately.

Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler

Cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap

should be inspected at those inter-

vals specified in the maintenance

schedule. Make sure a new vapor

hose or fuel filler cap is correctly

replaced.

Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation

Hoses (if equipped)

Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-

dence of heat and/or mechanical

damage. Hard and brittle rubber,

cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and

excessive swelling indicate deterio-

ration. Particular attention should be

paid to examine those hose surfaces

nearest to high heat sources, such

as the exhaust manifold.

Inspect the hose routing to ensure

that the hoses do not come in con-

tact with any heat source, sharp

edges or moving component which

might cause heat damage or

mechanical wear. Inspect all hose

connections, such as clamps and

couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are pres-

ent. Hoses should be replaced

immediately if there is any evidence

of deterioration or damage.

7-19

Maintenance

Air Cleaner Filter

A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter

is recommended when the filter is

replaced.

Spark Plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs

of the correct heat range.

Cooling System

Check cooling system components,

such as radiator, coolant reservoir,

hoses and connections for leakage

and damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

Engine Coolant

The coolant should be changed at

the intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

(if equipped)

Automatic transmission fluid should

not be checked under normal usage

conditions. But in severe conditions,

the fluid should be changed at an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer in

accordance to the scheduled mainte-

nance at the beginning of this chap-

ter.

Automatic transmission fluid

color is red when new.

As the vehicle is driven, the auto-

matic transmission fluid will begin

to look darker. This is a normal

condition and you should not

judge the need to replace the fluid

based upon the changed color.

Dual Clutch Transmission

Fluid (if equipped)

Inspect the dual clutch transmission

fluid according to the maintenance

schedule.

NOTICE

The use of a non-specified fluid

could result in transmission

malfunction and failure. Use

only the specified automatic

transmission fluid (refer to

"Recommended Lubricants and

Capacities" in chapter 8).

CAUTION

7-20

Maintenance

Brake Hoses and Lines

Visually check for proper installation,

chafing, cracks, deterioration and

any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-

ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake Fluid

Check the brake fluid level in the

brake fluid reservoir.The level should

be between the MIN and the MAX

marks on the side of the reservoir.

Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-

forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-

cation.

Parking Brake

Inspect the parking brake system

including the parking brake pedal

and cables.

Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers

and Rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear,

discs for run out and wear, and

calipers for fluid leakage.

Exhaust Pipe and Muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,

muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-

rioration, or damage.Start the engine

and listen carefully for any exhaust

gas leakage. Tighten connections or

replace parts as necessary.

Suspension Mounting Bolts

Check the suspension connections

for looseness or damage. Retighten

to the specified torque.

Steering Gear Box, Linkage &

Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint

With the vehicle stopped and the

engine off, check for excessive free-

play in the steering wheel. Check the

linkage for bends or damage. Check

the dust boots and ball joints for

deterioration, cracks, or damage.

Replace any damaged parts.

Drive Shafts and Boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and

clamps for cracks, deterioration, or

damage. Replace any damaged

parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

Air Conditioning Refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and

connections for leakage and dam-

age.

7-21

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL

Checking the Engine Oil Level

1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's

precautions.

2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level

ground in P (Park) with the park-

ing brake set.If possible, block the

wheels.

3. Turn the engine on and allow the

engine to reach normal operating

temperature.

4. Turn the engine off and wait about

five minutes for the oil to return to

the oil pan.

5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,

and re-insert it fully.

6. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should

be between F and L.

7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil

to bring the level to F.

Use only the specified engine oil.

(refer to "Recommended Lubricants

and Capacities" in chapter 8).

OPDE076067

OOS077005

OOS077005N

■ 1.6 T-GDI

■ 2.0 MPI

7-22

Maintenance

To prevent damage to your

engine:

• Do not overfill with engine oil.

Add oil in small quantities and

recheck level to ensure engine

is not overfilled.

• Do not spill engine oil when

adding or changing engine oil.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil

from being spilled on engine

components. Wipe off spilled oil

immediately.

Checking the Engine Oil and

Filter

Have engine oil and filter changed by

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

according to the Maintenance

Schedule at the beginning of this

chapter.

NOTICE

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine oil contains chemicals

known to the State of California

to cause cancer, birth defects

and reproductive harm. Used

engine oil may cause irritation

or cancer of the skin if left in

contact with the skin for pro-

longed periods of time. Always

protect your skin by washing

your hands thoroughly with

soap and warm water as soon

as possible after handling used

oil.

WARNING

7-23

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTT

The high-pressure cooling system

has a reservoir filled with year-round

antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is

filled at the factory.

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant level at least once a year, at

the beginning of the winter season

and before traveling to a colder cli-

mate.

Checking the Engine Coolant

Level

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and

heater hoses. Replace any swollen

or deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filled

between the F and the L marks on

the side of the coolant reservoir

when the engine is cool.

If the coolant level is low, add enough

distilled (deionized) water to bring the

level to the F mark, but do not overfill.

If frequent additions are required, see

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a

cooling system inspection.

Recommended engine coolant

• When adding coolant, use only dis-

tilled (deionized) water for your

vehicle and never mix hard water in

the coolant filled at the factory.

• An improper coolant mixture can

result in severe malfunction or

engine damage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be

protected by an ethylene-glycol

with phosphate based coolant to

prevent corrosion and freezing.

• Do not use alcohol or methanol

coolant or mix them with the spec-

ified coolant.

OOS077007

OOS077076N

■ 1.6 T-GDI

■ 2.0 MPI

7-24

Maintenance

• Do not use a solution that contains

more than 60% antifreeze or less

than 35% antifreeze, which would

reduce the effectiveness of the

solution.

For mixing percentage, refer to the

following table:

Information

If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%

water and 50% antifreeze mix is the

easiest to mix together as it will be the

same quantity of each. It is suitable to

use for most temperature ranges of

- 31°F and higher.

Ambient

Temperature

Mixture Percentage

(volume)

Antifreeze Water

5°F (-15°C) 35 65

-13°F (-25°C) 40 60

-31°F (-35°C) 50 50

-49°F (-45°C) 60 40

For 1.6 T-GDI

Make sure the coolant cap is

properly closed after refilling

coolant. Otherwise the engine

could be overheated while driv-

ing.

1. Check if the coolant cap label

is straight In front.

WARNING

OTL075062

■ Engine room front view

2. Make sure that the tiny pro-

trusions inside the coolant

cap is securely interlocked.

OPDE076071

7-25

Maintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fan

is controlled by engine coolant tem-

perature, refrigerant pressure and

vehicle speed.As the engine coolant

temperature decreases, the electric

motor will automatically shut off.This

is a normal condition. If your vehicle

is equipped with GDI, the electric

motor for the cooling fan may begin

to operate at any time and continue

to operate until you disconnect the

negative battery cable.

The electric motor for

the cooling fan may

continue to operate

or start up when the

engine is not running

and can cause serious injury.

Keep hands, clothing and tools

away from the rotating fan

blades of the cooling fan.

WARNING

Never remove the

engine coolant reser-

voir tank/radiator cap

or the drain plug

while the engine and

radiator are hot. Hot coolant

and steam may blow out under

pressure, causing serious

injury.

Turn the engine off and wait

until the engine cools down.

Use extreme care when remov-

ing the engine coolant reservoir

tank/radiator cap. Wrap a thick

towel around it, and turn it

counterclockwise slowly to the

first stop. Step back while the

pressure is released from the

cooling system. When you are

sure all the pressure has been

released, press down on the

cap, using a thick towel, and

continue turning counterclock-

wise to remove it.

WARNING

OOS077009

OOS077077N

■ 1.6 T-GDI

■ 2.0 MPI

Changing Engine Coolant

Have coolant changed by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer according to

the Maintenance Schedule at the

beginning of this chapter.

To prevent damage to engine

parts, put a thick towel around the

radiator cap before refilling the

coolant to prevent the coolant

from overflowing into engine

parts, such as the alternator.

NOTICE

7-26

Maintenance

Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

Engine coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed

on the windshield and may

cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident.

Engine coolant may also cause

damage to paint and body trim.

WARNING

7-27

Maintenance

BBRRAAKKEE FFLLUUIIDD

Checking the Brake Fluid

Level

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be

between MAX and MIN marks on the

side of the reservoir.

Before removing the reservoir cap

and adding brake fluid, clean the

area around the reservoir cap thor-

oughly to prevent brake fluid contam-

ination.

If the level is low, add the specified

brake fluid to the MAX level.The level

will fall with accumulated mileage.

This is a normal condition associated

with the wear of the brake linings. If

the fluid level is excessively low, have

the brake system checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not allow brake fluid to con-

tact the vehicle’s body paint, as

paint damage will result.

• Brake fluid, which has been

exposed to open air for an

extended time should NEVER be

used as its quality cannot be

guaranteed. It should be dis-

posed of properly.

• Do not use the wrong kind of

brake fluid. A few drops of min-

eral based oil, such as engine

oil, in your brake system can

damage brake system parts.

Information

Use only the specified brake fluid

(refer to "Recommended Lubricants

and Capacities" in chapter 8).

NOTICE

If the brake system requires fre-

quent additions of fluid this

could indicate a leak in the

brake system. Have the vehicle

inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

Do not allow brake fluid to come

in contact with your eyes. If

brake fluid comes in contact

with your eyes, flush your eyes

with clean water for at least 15

minutes and get immediate

medical attention.

WARNING

OOS077011

7-28

Maintenance

WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD

Checking the Washer Fluid

Level

Check the fluid level in the washer

fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-

sary. Plain water may be used if

washer fluid is not available.

However, use washer solvent with

antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-

mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the Parking Brake

Check the stroke of the parking

brake by counting the number of

"clicks" heard while fully applying it

from the released position. Also, the

parking brake alone should securely

hold the vehicle on a fairly steep

grade. If the stroke is more or less

than specified, have the parking

brake adjusted by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5~7 clicks at a force of 44

lbs (20 kg, 196 N)

OOS077012

OOS057010

PPAARRKKIINNGG BBRRAAKKEE

To prevent serious injury or

death, take the following safety

precautions when using washer

fluid:

• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluid

reservoir.

Engine coolant can severely

obscure visibility when sprayed

on the windshield and may

cause loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident or dam-

age to paint and body trim.

• Do not allow sparks or flames

to contact the washer fluid or

the washer fluid reservoir.

Washer fluid may contain alco-

hol and can be flammable.

• Do not drink washer fluid and

avoid contact with skin.

Washer fluid is harmful to

humans and animals.

• Keep washer fluid away from

children and animals.

WARNING

7-29

Maintenance

AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR

Filter Replacement

The air cleaner filter can be cleaned

for inspection using compressed air.

Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,

as water will damage the filter.

If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be

replaced.

1.Loosen the air cleaner cover

attaching clips and open the cover.

2.Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.

3. Replace the air cleaner filter.

4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.

5. Check that the cover is firmly

installed.

OOS077015 OOS077016

OOS077013

7-30

Maintenance

Information

If the vehicle is operated in extremely

dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-

ment more often than the usual rec-

ommended intervals (refer to

"Maintenance Under Severe Usage

Conditions" in this chapter).

• Do not drive with the air cleaner

filter removed.This will result in

excessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner

filter, be careful that dust or dirt

does not enter the air intake, or

damage may result.

• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.

Use of non-genuine parts could

damage the air flow sensor.

Filter Inspection

The climate control air filter should

be replaced according to the

Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle

is operated in severely air-polluted

cities or on dusty rough roads for a

long period, it should be inspected

more frequently and replaced earlier.

When you replace the climate control

air filter, replace it performing the fol-

lowing procedure, and be careful to

avoid damaging other components.

1.With the glove box open, remove

the stoppers on both sides to allow

the glove box to hang freely on the

hinges.

NOTICE

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR

OOS077018

7-31

Maintenance

2. Remove the support rod (1). 3. Remove the climate control air fil-

ter case while pressing the lock on

the right side of the cover.

4. Replace the climate control air fil-

ter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

Install a new climate control air fil-

ter in the correct direction with the

arrow symbol (

↓↓

) facing down-

wards, otherwise, it may be noisy

and the effectiveness of the filter

may be reduced.

NOTICE

OOS077017

OPD076026OOS077019

7-32

Maintenance

WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS

Blade Inspection

Contamination of either the windshield

or the wiper blades with foreign matter

can reduce the effectiveness of the

windshield wiper functionality.

Common sources of contamination

are insects, tree sap, and hot wax

treatments used by some commercial

car washes. If the blades are not wip-

ing properly, clean both the window

and the blades with a clean cloth

dampened with washer fluid.

To prevent damage to the wiper

blades, arms or other compo-

nents, do not:

• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on or

near them.

• Attempt to move the wipers

manually.

• Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information

Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-

matic car washes have been known to

make the windshield difficult to clean.

Blade Replacement

When the wipers no longer clean

adequately, the blades may be worn

or cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper

arms or other components, do not

attempt to move the wipers manu-

ally.

The use of a non-specified wiper

blade could result in wiper mal-

function and failure.

• In order to prevent damage to

the hood and the wiper arms, the

wiper arms should only be lifted

when in the top wiping position.

• Always return the wiper arms to

the windshield before driving.

Front windshield wiper blade

replacement

■■

Type A

1. Put the front windshield wipers

into the service position.

2. Raise the wiper arm and slightly

rotate the wiper blade assembly to

expose the plastic locking clip.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fall

against the windshield, since it

may chip or crack the windshield.

NOTICE

OLMB073020

7-33

Maintenance

3. Press the clip (1) and slide the

blade assembly downward (2).

4. Lift it off the arm.

5. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

6. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

■■

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm.

Do not allow the wiper arm to fall

against the windshield, since it

may chip or crack the windshield.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1).

Then pull down the blade assem-

bly (2) and remove it.

3. Install the new blade assembly in

the reverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-

shield.

NOTICE

OLMB073021

OLMB073022

OLMB073098

OLMB073099

OLMB073100

Rear window wiper blade

replacement

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out

the wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the center part into the

slot in the wiper arm until it clicks

into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly is

installed firmly by trying to pull it

slightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms

or other components, have the wiper

blades replaced by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

7-34

Maintenance

OTL075051

OTL075050

7-35

Maintenance

BBAATTTTEERRYY

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH to you or bystanders,

always follow these precautions

when working near or handling

the battery:

Always read and follow

instructions carefully

when handling a battery.

Wear eye protection

designed to protect the

eyes from acid splashes.

Keep all flames, sparks,

or smoking materials

away from the battery.

Hydrogen is always pres-

ent in battery cells, is

highly combustible, and

may explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of

reach of children.

WARNING

Batteries contain sulfu-

ric acid which is highly

corrosive. Do not allow

acid to contact your

eyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flush

your eyes with clean water for at

least 15 minutes and get imme-

diate medical attention. If acid

gets on your skin, thoroughly

wash the area. If you feel pain or

a burning sensation, get med-

ical attention immediately.

• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressure

on the case may cause battery

acid to leak. Lift with a battery

carrier or with your hands on

opposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump start

your vehicle if your battery is

frozen.

• NEVER attempt to recharge

the battery when the vehicle’s

battery cables are connected

to the battery.

• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage.

NEVER touch these compo-

nents with the engine running

or when the ignition switch is

in the ON position.

7-36

Maintenance

• When you do not use the vehicle

for a long time in a low tempera-

ture area, disconnect the battery

and keep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fully

to prevent battery case damage

in low temperature areas.

For Best Battery Service

• Keep the battery securely mount-

ed.

• Keep the battery top clean and dry.

• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated with

petroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-

tery immediately with a solution of

water and baking soda.

Battery Recharging

NOTICE

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Battery posts, terminals, and

related accessories contain

lead and lead compounds,

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer, birth

defects and reproductive harm.

Batteries also contain other

chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer.

Wash hands after handling.

WARNING

Always follow these instruc-

tions when recharging your

vehicle's battery to avoid the

risk of SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH from explosions or acid

burns:

• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-

tery, turn off all accessories

and place the ignition switch

to the LOCK/OFF position.

• Keep all flames, sparks, or

smoking materials away from

the battery.

• Always work outdoors or in an

area with plenty of ventilation.

• Wear eye protection when

checking the battery during

charging.

• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in

a well ventilated area.

WARNING

OOS077020

7-37

Maintenance

By jump starting

After a jump start from a good bat-

tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min-

utes before it is shutoff. The vehicle

may not restart if you shut it off

before the battery had a chance to

adequately recharge. See "Jump

Starting" in chapter 6 for more infor-

mation on jump starting procedures.

Information

An inappropriately disposed

battery can be harmful to

the environment and human

health. Dispose of the bat-

tery according to your local

law(s) or regulations.

Reset Features

The following items may need to be

reset after the battery has been dis-

charged or the battery has been dis-

connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:

• Power Windows

• Trip Computer

• Climate Control System

• Clock

• Audio System

• Sunroof

• Watch the battery during

charging, and stop or reduce

the charging rate if the battery

cells begin boiling violently.

• The negative battery cable

must be removed first and

installed last when the battery

is disconnected. Disconnect

the battery charger in the fol-

lowing order:

(1) Turn off the battery charg-

er main switch.

(2) Unhook the negative

clamp from the negative

battery terminal.

(3) Unhook the positive clamp

from the positive battery

terminal.

•

Always use a genuine

HYUNDAI approved battery

when you replace the battery.

7-38

Maintenance

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

Tire Care

For proper maintenance, safety, and

maximum fuel economy, you must

always maintain recommended tire

inflation pressures and stay within

the load limits and weight distribution

recommended for your vehicle.

All specifications (sizes and pres-

sures) can be found on a label

attached to the driver's side center

pillar.

• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear,or are dam-

aged. Worn tires can cause

loss of braking effectiveness,

steering control, or traction.

• ALWAYS replace tires with the

same size as each tire that

was originally supplied with

this vehicle. Using tires and

wheels other than the recom-

mended sizes could cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics, poor vehicle control, or

negatively affect your vehi-

cle's Anti-Lock Brake System

(ABS) resulting in a serious

accident.

Tire failure may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident. To reduce risk of

SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,

take the following precautions:

• Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well as

wear and damage.

• The recommended cold tire

pressure for your vehicle can

be found in this manual and on

the tire label located on the dri-

ver's side center pillar. Always

use a tire pressure gauge to

measure tire pressure. Tires

with too much or too little

pressure wear unevenly caus-

ing poor handling.

• Check the pressure of the

spare every time you check

the pressure of the other tires

on your vehicle.

WARNING

OOS087003

7-39

Maintenance

Recommended Cold Tire

Inflation Pressures

All tire pressures (including the

spare) should be checked when the

tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the

vehicle has not been driven for at

least three hours or has been driven

for less than one mile (1.6 km).

Warm tires normally exceed recom-

mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6

psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air

from warm tires to adjust the pres-

sure or the tires will be under-inflat-

ed. For recommended inflation pres-

sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in

chapter 8.

Recommended pressures must

be maintained for the best ride,

vehicle handling, and minimum

tire wear.

Over-inflation or under-inflation

can reduce tire life, adversely

affect vehicle handling, and

lead to sudden tire failure that

could result in loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

Severe under-inflation can lead

to severe heat build-up, causing

blowouts, tread separation and

other tire failures that can result

in the loss of vehicle control

resulting in an accident. This

risk is much higher on hot days

and when driving for long peri-

ods at high speeds.

WARNING

• Under-inflation results in

excessive wear,poor handling

and reduced fuel economy.

Wheel deformation is also

possible. Keep your tire pres-

sures at the proper levels. If a

tire frequently needs refilling,

have it checked by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Over-inflation produces a

harsh ride, excessive wear at

the center of the tire tread,

and a greater possibility of

damage from road hazards.

CAUTION

7-40

Maintenance

Check Tire Inflation Pressure

Check your tires, including the spare

tire, once a month or more.

How to check

Use a good quality tire pressure

gauge to check tire pressure. You

can not tell if your tires are properly

inflated simply by looking at them.

Radial tires may look properly inflat-

ed when they are under-inflated.

Remove the valve cap from the tire

valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-

ly onto the valve to get a pressure

measurement.If the cold tire inflation

pressure matches the recommended

pressure on the tire label located on

the driver's side center pillar or in this

manual. No further adjustment is

necessary. If the pressure is low, add

air until you reach the recommended

pressure. Make sure to put the valve

caps back on the valve stems.

Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-

ture could get into the valve core and

cause air leakage. If a valve cap is

missing, install a new one as soon as

possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air by

pushing on the metal stem in the

center of the tire valve. Recheck the

tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be

sure to put the valve caps back on

the valve stems. Without the valve

cap, dirt or moisture could get into

the valve core and cause air leakage.

If a valve cap is missing, install a new

one as soon as possible.

A cold tire means the vehicle has

been sitting for 3 hours and driven for

less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3

hour period.

Allow the tire to cool before measur-

ing the inflation pressure. Always be

sure the tire is cold before inflating to

the recommended pressure.

Tire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI

recommends that the tires be rotated

according to the maintenance sched-

ule or sooner if irregular wear devel-

ops.

During rotation, check the tires for

correct balance.

When rotating tires, check for uneven

wear and damage.Abnormal wear is

usually caused by incorrect tire pres-

sure, improper wheel alignment, out-

of-balance wheels, severe braking or

severe cornering. Look for bumps or

bulges in the tread or side of the tire.

Replace the tire if you find any of

these conditions. Replace the tire if

fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,

be sure to bring the front and rear tire

pressures to specification and check

lug nut tightness (proper torque is

79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).

7-41

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspected

for wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information

Tires that are asymmetrical or direc-

tional can only be installed on the

wheel in one direction. The outside

and inside of an asymmetrical tire is

not easily distinguishable. Pay careful

attention to the markings on the side-

walls of the tires, noting the "outside"

marking and also the rotating direc-

tion before installing them on the

vehicle.

Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance

The wheels on your vehicle were

aligned and balanced carefully at the

factory to give you the longest tire life

and best overall performance.

In most cases, you will not need to

have your wheels aligned again.

However, if you notice unusual tire

wear or your vehicle pulling one way

or the other, the alignment may need

to be reset.

If you notice your vehicle vibrating

when driving on a smooth road, your

wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Improper wheel weights can dam-

age your vehicle's aluminum

wheels. Use only approved wheel

weights.

NOTICE

• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances. This may cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics that may cause loss of

vehicle control resulting in an

accident.

WARNING

ODH073802

■ Without a spare tire

7-42

Maintenance

Tire Replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear

indicator will appear as a solid band

across the tread.This shows there is

less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread

left on the tire.Replace the tire when

this happens.

Do not wait for the tread surface to

become level with the tread wear

indicators before replacing the tire.

OLMB073027

Tread wear indicator

To reduce the risk of DEATH or

SERIOUS INJURY:

• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or are

damaged. Worn tires can

cause loss of braking effec-

tiveness, steering control, and

traction.

• Always replace tires with the

same size as each tire that

was originally supplied with

this vehicle. Using tires and

wheels other than the recom-

mended sizes could cause

unusual handling characteris-

tics, poor vehicle control, or

negatively affect your vehi-

cle's Anti-Lock Brake System

(ABS) resulting in a serious

accident.

WARNING

• Tires degrade over time, even

when they are not being used.

Regardless of the remaining

tread, HYUNDAI recommends

that tires be replaced after six

(6) years of normal service.

• When replacing tires (or

wheels), it is recommended to

replace the two front or two

rear tires (or wheels) as a pair.

Replacing just one tire can

seriously affect your vehicle's

handling. If only replacing one

pair of tires, it is recommend-

ed to install the pair of new

tires on the rear axle.

• Heat caused by hot climates

or frequent high loading con-

ditions can accelerate the

aging process. Failure to fol-

low this warning may cause

sudden tire failure, which

could lead to a loss of vehicle

control resulting in an acci-

dent.

7-43

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement

A compact spare tire has a shorter

tread life than a regular size tire.

Replace it when you can see the

tread wear indicator bars on the tire.

The replacement compact spare tire

should be the same size and design

tire as the one provided with your

new vehicle and should be mounted

on the same compact spare tire

wheel. The compact spare tire is not

designed to be mounted on a regular

size wheel, and the compact spare

tire wheel is not designed for mount-

ing a regular size tire.

Wheel Replacement

When replacing the metal wheels for

any reason, make sure the new

wheels are equivalent to the original

factory units in diameter, rim width

and offset.

Tire Traction

Tire traction can be reduced if you

drive on worn tires, tires that are

improperly inflated or on slippery

road surfaces. Tires should be

replaced when the tread depth is at

least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce

the possibility of losing control, slow

down whenever there is rain, snow or

ice on the road.

Tire Maintenance

In addition to proper inflation, correct

wheel alignment helps to decrease

tire wear. If you find a tire is worn

unevenly, have your dealer check the

wheel alignment.

When you have new tires installed,

make sure they are balanced. This

will increase vehicle ride comfort and

tire life. Additionally, a tire should

always be rebalanced if it is removed

from the wheel.

Tire Sidewall Labeling

This information identifies and

describes the fundamental charac-

teristics of the tire and also provides

the tire identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The

TIN can be used to identify the tire in

case of a recall.

The original tire should be

repaired or replaced as soon as

possible to avoid failure of the

spare and loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.The

compact spare tire is for emer-

gency use only. Do not operate

your vehicle over 50 mph (80

km/h) when using the compact

spare tire.

WARNING

7-44

Maintenance

1. Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is

shown.

2.Tire size designation

A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire

size designation. You will need this

information when selecting replace-

ment tires for your car. The following

explains what the letters and num-

bers in the tire size designation

mean.

Example tire size designation:

(These numbers are provided as an

example only; your tire size designa-

tor could vary depending on your

vehicle.)

205/60R16 92H

205 - Tire width in millimeters.

60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section

height as a percentage of its

width.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).

16 - Rim diameter in inches.

92 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximum

load the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the

speed rating chart in this section

for additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-

tant information that you need if you

ever have to replace one.The follow-

ing explains what the letters and

numbers in the wheel size designa-

tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:

6.5J x 16

6.5 - Rim width in inches.

J - Rim contour designation.

16 - Rim diameter in inches.

OLMB073028

5,6

7-45

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-

ferent speed ratings currently being

used for passenger vehicle tires.The

speed rating is part of the tire size

designation on the sidewall of the

tire.This symbol corresponds to that

tire’s designed maximum safe oper-

ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire

Identification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old,

based on the manufacturing date,

(including the spare tire) should be

replaced by new ones. You can find

the manufacturing date on the tire

sidewall (possibly on the inside of the

wheel), displaying the DOT Code.

The DOT Code is a series of num-

bers on a tire consisting of numbers

and English letters. The manufactur-

ing date is designated by the last four

digits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT shows a

plant code number, tire size and

tread pattern and the last four num-

bers indicate week and year manu-

factured.

For example:

DOT XXXX XXXX 1420 represents

that the tire was produced in the 14th

week of 2020.

4.Tire ply composition and

material

The number of layers or plies of rub-

ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire

manufacturers also must indicate the

materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

The letter "R" means radial ply con-

struction; the letter "D" means diago-

nal or bias ply construction; and the

letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-

struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla-

tion pressure

This number is the greatest amount

of air pressure that should be put in

the tire.Do not exceed the maximum

permissible inflation pressure. Refer

to the Tire and Loading Information

label for recommended inflation

pressure.

Speed

Rating

Symbol

Maximum Speed

S 112 mph (180 km/h)

T 118 mph (190 km/h)

H 130 mph (210 km/h)

V 149 mph (240 km/h)

W 168 mph (270 km/h)

Y 186 mph (300 km/h)

7-46

Maintenance

6. Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum

load in kilograms and pounds that

can be carried by the tire. When

replacing the tires on the vehicle,

always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installed

tire.

7. Uniform tire quality grading

Quality grades can be found where

applicable on the tire sidewall

between tread shoulder and maxi-

mum section width.

For example:

TREAD WEAR 200

TRACTION AA

TEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-

tive rating based on the wear rate of

the tire when tested under controlled

conditions on a specified govern-

ment test course. For example, a tire

graded 150 would wear one-and-a-

half times (1½) as well on the gov-

ernment course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires

depends upon the actual conditions

of their use, however, and may

depart significantly from the norm

due to variations in driving habits,

service practices and differences in

road characteristics and climate.

These grades are molded on the

sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.

The tires available as standard or

optional equipment on your vehicle

may vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to

lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those

grades represent the tire's ability to

stop on wet pavement as measured

under controlled conditions on spec-

ified government test surfaces of

asphalt and concrete. A tire marked

C may have poor traction perform-

ance.

The traction grade assigned to

this tire is based on straight-

ahead braking traction tests,

and does not include accelera-

tion, cornering, hydroplaning,

or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

7-47

Maintenance

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (the

highest), B and C representing the

tire’s resistance to the generation of

heat and its ability to dissipate heat

when tested under controlled condi-

tions on a specified indoor laboratory

test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can

cause the material of the tire to

degenerate and reduce tire life, and

excessive temperature can lead to

sudden tire failure. Grade C

responds to a level of performance

which all passenger car tires must

meet under the Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.

Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the labora-

tory test wheel than the minimum

required by law.

Tire Terminology and

Definitions

Air Pressure

The amount of air inside the tire

pressing outward on the tire. Air

pressure is expressed in pounds per

square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight

This means the combined weight of

optional accessories. Some exam-

ples of optional accessories are

automatic transmission, power

seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio

The relationship of a tire's height to

its width.

Belt

A rubber coated layer of cords that is

located between the plies and the

tread.Cords may be made from steel

or other reinforcing materials.

The temperature grade for this

tire is established for a tire that

is properly inflated and not

overloaded. Excessive speed,

under-inflation, over-inflation,

or excessive loading, either

separately or in combination,

can cause heat build-up and

possible sudden tire failure.

This may cause loss of vehicle

control resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-48

Maintenance

Bead

The tire bead contains steel wires

wrapped by steel cords that hold the

tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire

A pneumatic tire in which the plies

are laid at alternate angles less than

90 degrees to the centerline of the

tread.

Cold Tire Pressure

The amount of air pressure in a tire,

measured in pounds per square inch

(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire

has built up heat from driving.

Curb Weight

This means the weight of a motor

vehicle with standard and optional

equipment including the maximum

capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but

without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings

A code molded into the sidewall of a

tire signifying that the tire is in com-

pliance with the U.S. Department of

Transportation motor vehicle safety

standards. The DOT code includes

the Tire Identification Number (TIN),

an alphanumeric designator which

can also identify the tire manufactur-

er, production plant, brand and date

of production.

GVWR

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

GAWR FRT

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the

Front Axle.

GAWR RR

Gross Axle Weight Rating for the

Rear axle.

Intended Outboard Sidewall

The side of an asymmetrical tire, that

must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa)

The metric unit for air pressure.

Light truck(LT) tire

A tire designated by its manufacturer

as primarily intended for use on light-

weight trucks or multipurpose pas-

senger vehicles.

Load ratings

The maximum load that a tire is rated

to carry for a given inflation pressure.

Load Index

An assigned number ranging from 1

to 279 that corresponds to the load

carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure

The maximum air pressure to which

a cold tire may be inflated.The max-

imum air pressure is molded onto the

sidewall.

7-49

Maintenance

Maximum Load Rating

The load rating for a tire at the maxi-

mum permissible inflation pressure

for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle

Weight

The sum of curb weight; accessory

weight; vehicle capacity weight; and

production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight

The number of occupants a vehicle

is designed to seat multiplied by 150

pounds (68 kg).

Occupant Distribution

Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall

An asymmetrical tire has a particular

side that faces outward when mount-

ed on a vehicle. The outward facing

sidewall bears white lettering or

bears manufacturer, brand, and/or

model name molding that is higher or

deeper than the same moldings on

the inner facing sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) tire

A tire used on passenger cars and

some light duty trucks and multipur-

pose vehicles.

Ply

A layer of rubber-coated parallel

cords.

Pneumatic tire

A mechanical device made of rubber,

chemicals, fabric and steel or other

materials, that, when mounted on an

automotive wheel provides the trac-

tion and contains the gas or fluid that

sustains the load.

Pneumatic options weight

The combined weight of installed

regular production options weighing

over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the

standard items which they replace,

not previously considered in curb

weight or accessory weight, includ-

ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,

roof rack, heavy duty battery, and

special trim.

Recommended Inflation

Pressure

Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-

ed tire inflation pressure as shown

on the tire placard.

Radial Ply Tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply

cords that extend to the beads are

laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of

the tread.

Rim

A metal support for a tire and upon

which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall

The portion of a tire between the

tread and the bead.

Speed Rating

An alphanumeric code assigned to a

tire indicating the maximum speed at

which a tire can operate.

7-50

Maintenance

Traction

The friction between the tire and the

road surface.The amount of grip pro-

vided.

Tread

The portion of a tire that comes into

contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators

Narrow bands, sometimes called

"wear bars", that show across the

tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of

tread remains.

UTQGS

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Standards is a tire information sys-

tem that provides consumers with

ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-

ture and treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire manufacturers

using government testing proce-

dures. The ratings are molded into

the sidewall of the tire.

Vehicle Capacity Weight

The number of designated seating

positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68

kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage

load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the

Tire

Load on an individual tire due to curb

and accessory weight plus maximum

occupant and cargo weight.

Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire

Load on an individual tire that is

determined by distributing to each

axle its share of the curb weight,

accessory weight, and normal occu-

pant weight and dividing by 2.

Vehicle Placard

A label permanently attached to a

vehicle showing the original equip-

ment tire size and recommended

inflation pressure.

All Season Tires

HYUNDAI specifies all season tires

on some models to provide good

performance for use all year round,

including snowy and icy road condi-

tions. All season tires are identified

by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud

and Snow) on the tire sidewall.Snow

tires have better snow traction than

all season tires and may be more

appropriate in some areas.

Summer Tires

HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on

some models to provide superior

performance on dry roads. Summer

tire performance is substantially

reduced in snow and ice. Summer

tires do not have the tire traction rat-

ing M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire

side wall. If you plan to operate your

vehicle in snowy or icy conditions,

HYUNDAI recommends the use of

snow tires or all season tires on all

four wheels.

7-51

Maintenance

Snow Tires

If you equip your car with snow tires,

they should be the same size and

have the same load capacity as the

original tires. Snow tires should be

installed on all four wheels; other-

wise, poor handling may result.Snow

tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)

more air pressure than the pressure

recommended for the standard tires

on the tire label on the driver’s side of

the center pillar, or up to the maxi-

mum pressure shown on the tire

sidewall, whichever is less. Do not

drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)

when your vehicle is equipped with

snow tires.

Radial-Ply Tires

Radial-ply tires provide improved

tread life, road hazard resistance and

smoother high speed ride. The radi-

al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of

belted construction, and are selected

to complement the ride and handling

characteristics of your vehicle.

Radial-ply tires have the same load

carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias

belted tires of the same size, and use

the same recommended inflation

pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires

with bias-ply or bias belted tires is

not recommended. Any combina-

tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias

belted tires when used on the same

vehicle will seriously deteriorate

vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-

low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply

tires should always be used as a set

for the front tires and a set for the

rear tires.

Longer wearing tires can be more

susceptible to irregular tread wear. It

is very important to follow the tire

rotation interval in this chapter to

achieve the tread life potential of

these tires. Cuts and punctures in

radial-ply tires are repairable only in

the tread area, because of sidewall

flexing. Consult your tire dealer for

radial-ply tire repairs.

Low Aspect Ratio Tires

The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on

low aspect ratio tires.

Because low aspect ratio tires are

optimized for handling and braking,

their sidewall is a little stiffer than a

standard tire. Also low aspect ratio

tires tend to be wider and conse-

quently have a greater contact patch

with the road surface. In some

instances they may generate more

road noise compared with standard

tires.

Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-

stances.This may cause unusu-

al handling characteristics that

may cause loss of vehicle con-

trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

7-52

Maintenance

Because the sidewall of a low

aspect ratio tire is shorter than

a standard tire, the rim of the

wheel and the tire itself is more

easily susceptible to damage.

Use caution when driving and

follow the guidelines below to

help minimize damage to the

wheel and tire:

- When driving on a rough road

or off road, drive cautiously

because tires and wheels may

be damaged. And after driving,

inspect tires and wheels.

- When passing over a pothole,

speed bump, manhole, or curb

stone, drive slowly so that the

tires and wheels are not dam-

aged.

- If the tire is subjected to a

severe impact, have the tire

and wheel inspected by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

- Inspect the tire condition and

pressure every 1,800 miles

(3,000km).

CAUTION

• It is not easy to recognize tire

damage with your own eyes.

But if there is the slightest

hint of tire damage, have the

tire checked or replaced

because the tire damage may

cause air leakage from the

tire.

• If the tire is damaged by driv-

ing on a rough road, off road,

pothole, manhole, or curb

stone, it will not be covered by

the warranty.

CAUTION

7-53

Maintenance

FFUUSSEESS

A vehicle's electrical system is pro-

tected from electrical overload dam-

age by fuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,

one located in the driver's side panel

bolster, the other in the engine com-

partment near the battery.

If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-

sories, or controls do not work, check

the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse

has blown, the element inside the

fuse will be melted or broken.

If the electrical system does not

work, first check the driver's side

fuse panel. Before replacing a blown

fuse, turn the engine and all switches

off, and then disconnect the negative

battery cable. Always replace a

blown fuse with one of the same rat-

ing.

If the replacement fuse blows, this

indicates an electrical problem.Avoid

using the system involved and imme-

diately consult an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not use a screwdriver or any

other metal object to remove

fuses because it may cause a

short circuit and damage the sys-

tem.

NOTICE

NEVER replace a fuse with any-

thing but another fuse of the

same rating.

• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possibly

cause a fire.

• Do not install a wire or alu-

minum foil instead of the

proper fuse - even as a tem-

porary repair. It may cause

extensive wiring damage and

possibly a fire.

WARNING

■ Blade type

Normal

■ Cartridge type

Blown

Normal

Blown

■ Multi fuse

Normal

Blown

Normal

Blown

OLF074075

7-54

Maintenance

Instrument Panel Fuse

Replacement

1.Turn the engine off.

2.Turn all other switches OFF.

3. Open the fuse panel cover.

4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate the

suspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight

out. Use the removal tool provided

in the engine compartment fuse

panel.

6. Check the removed fuse;replace it

if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro-

vided in the instrument panel fuse

panels (or in the engine compart-

ment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not have

a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same

rating from a circuit you may not

need for operating the vehicle.

If the headlamps or other electrical

components do not work and the

fuses are undamaged, check the

fuse panel in the engine compart-

ment. If a fuse is blown, it must be

replaced with the same rating.

OOS077026

OOS077028

7-55

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always, place the fuse switch to the

ON position.

If you move the switch to the OFF

position, some items such as the

audio system and digital clock must

be reset and the smart key may not

work properly.

Information

If the fuse switch is OFF, the above

message will appear.

• Always place the fuse switch in

the ON position while driving the

vehicle.

• Do not move the fuse switch

repeatedly. The fuse switch may

be damaged.

Engine Compartment Panel

Fuse Replacement

1.Turn the engine off.

2.Turn all other switches OFF.

NOTICE

OOS077027 OOS047142L

OOS077024

OOS077025

■ Blade type fuse

■ Cartridge type fuse

7-56

Maintenance

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tap and pulling up.

4. Check the removed fuse;replace it

if it is blown. To remove or insert

the fuse, use the fuse puller in the

engine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same

rating, and make sure it fits tightly

in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult

an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuse

If the main fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information

If the main fuse is blown, consult an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.

4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.

5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.

6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information

If the multi fuse is blown, consult an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

After checking the fuse box in

the engine compartment secure-

ly close the fuse box cover

inside the engine compartment,

until it clicks.

If the fuse box is not closed

properly, water may leak in side,

possibly causing a malfunction

with the electrical system.

CAUTION

OOS077022 OOS077023

7-57

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay Panel Description

Instrument panel fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to

the fuse box label.

OOS077028

OOS077078N

7-58

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

MODULE 5 7.5A

ATM Shift Lever IND., Electro Chromic Mirror, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module,

Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

MODULE 3 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, BCM, ATM Shift Lever

SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Unit

TAIL GATE

OPEN

10A Tail Gate Relay

P/WINDOW

25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module

MULTI MEDIA 15A A/V & Navigation Head Unit

P/WINDOW

25A Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module

P/SEAT (DRV) 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

P/SEAT

(PASS)

25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

MODULE 4 7.5A

Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Active Air Flap, BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer,

Lane Keeping Assist Unit (Line), 4WD ECM

PDM3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

POWER

OUTLET 2

20A ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay)

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-59

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

INTERIOR

LAMP

7.5A

Glove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wiresess Charger Unit,

Driver Console Switch, Luggage Lamp

B/ALARM

HORN

10A ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)

MEMORY 10A A/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Electro Chromic Mirror

AMP 30A AMP

MODULE 6 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

MDPS 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE 1 7.5A Active Air Flap, Ignition key Interlock Switch, BCM, Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector, Rain sensor

MODULE 7 7.5A Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Modulee

BRAKE

SWITCH

7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

START 7.5A Transaxle Range Switch(A/T), ECM, ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Relay)

CLUSTER 7.5A Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-60

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box(Two Turn Unlock Relay)

PDM 2 7.5A Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

FCA 10A Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit

S/HEATER 20A Front Seat Warmer Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module

A/C 2 20A A/C Control Module, Blower Motor, Blower Resistor, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

A/C 1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block(PTC Heater #2 Relay, Blower Relay, PTC Heater #1 Relay)

PDM 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

AIR BAG 15A SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor

IG1 25A PCB Block(FUSE : ABS 3, ECU 5, SENSOR 4, TCU 2)

MODULE2 10A

Wiresess Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,

ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay), Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP

WASHER 15A Muntifunction Switch

WIPER

(LO/HI)

10A BCM, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-61

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

WIPER FRT 25A Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block(Front Wiper(Low) Relay)

HEATED

MIRROR

10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM

POWER

OUTLET 1

20A Cigarette Lighter

HEATED

STEERING

15A BCM

Instrument panel fuse panel

7-62

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to

the fuse panel label.

OOS077029

OOS077079N

7-63

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

ALT 150A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - ABS 1, ABS 2, 4WD), Alternator

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

B+5 60A PCB Block ((Fuse - HORN, H/LAMP HI, A/C, ECU 4, ECU 3), Engine Control Relay)

B+2 60A IGPM ((Fuse - S/HEATER), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)

B+3 60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7, IPS8)

B+4 50A

IGPM (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, B/ALARM HORN,

POWER OUTLET 2, AMP, P/SEAT (PASS),P/SEAT (DRV))

COOLING

FAN

60A/50A E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay)

REAR

HEATED

40A E/R Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)

IG1 40A

W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch

With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #3 (IG1) Relay, PDM #2 (ACC) Relay)

IG2 40A

W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch, E/R Junction Block (Srart #1 Relay)

With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #4 (IG2) Relay, Srart #1 Relay)

PTC

HEATER 1

50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #1 Relay)

PTC

HEATER 2

50A E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #2 Relay)

7-64

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

TCU 1 15A TCM

VACUUM

PUMP

20A Vacuum Pump

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

B+1 40A IGPM ((Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM 1, DOOR LOCK, MODULE 1, PDM 2), Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT1 40A TCM

DCT2 40A TCM

4WD 20A 4WD ECM

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

ABS 2 30A ESC Control Module

7-65

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

SENSOR 2 10A

PCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,

RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#2, Canister Close Valve

ECU 2 10A ECM

ECU 1 20A ECM

INJECTOR 15A -

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU 3 15A ECM

A/C 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU 5 10A ECM

SENSOR 4 15A Vacuum Pump

ABS 3 10A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

TCU 2 15A TCM, Transaxle Range Switch

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

ECU 4 15A ECM

■ GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI

Engine compartment fuse panel

7-66

Maintenance

■ NU 2.0L MPI

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

H/LAMP HI 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

SENSOR 2 10A

PCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay),

Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Electronic Thermostat, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#3,

Canister Close Valve

ECU 2 10A -

ECU 1 20A PCM

INJECTOR 15A Injector #1~#4

SENSOR 1 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU 3 15A PCM

7-67

Maintenance

Fuse Name Fuse Rating Protected Component

A/C 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU 5 10A PCM

SENSOR 4 15A -

ABS 3 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

TCU 2 15A Transaxle Range Switch

SENSOR 3 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)

ECU 4 15A PCM

H/LAMP HI 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)

7-68

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

(Battery terminal cover)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you

can find the fuse/relay label describ-

ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this

manual may be applicable to your

vehicle; the information is accurate at

the time of printing. When you inspect

the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to

the fuse panel label.

OOS077035

OPD076065

After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely

install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur

from water contact.

NOTICE

7-69

Maintenance

LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSS

Consult an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer to replace most vehicle light

bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle

light bulbs because other parts of the

vehicle must be removed before you

can get to the bulb.This is especially

true for removing the headlamp

assembly to get to the bulb(s).

Removing/installing the headlamp

assembly can result in damage to

the vehicle.

Information

The headlamp and tail lamp lenses

could appear frosty if the vehicle is

washed after driving or the vehicle is

driven at night in wet weather. This

condition is caused by temperature

difference between the lamp inside

and outside and, it does not indicate a

problem with your vehicle. When

moisture condenses in the lamp, it will

be removed after driving with the

headlamp on. The removable level

may differ depending on lamp size,

lamp position and environmental con-

dition. However, if moisture is not

removed, we recommend that your

vehicle is inspected by an authorized

HYUNDAI dealer.

Headlamp, Position lamp,

Daytime Running Light,Turn

signal lamp, Cornering lamp

and Side marker

Type A

(1) Headlamp (Low)

(2) Headlamp (High)

(3) Daytime running light (if equipped)

/Position lamp

(4) Turn signal lamp

(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)

(6) Side marker

(7) Side reflex reflector

• Prior to replacing a lamp,

depress the foot brake, move

the shift lever into P (Park)

apply the parking brake, place

the ignition switch to the

LOCK/OFF position, and take

the key with you when leaving

the vehicle to avoid sudden

movement of the vehicle and

to prevent possible electric

shock.

• Be aware the bulbs may be

hot and may burn your fin-

gers.

WARNING

OOS077033N

7-70

Maintenance

• Always handle them carefully, and

avoid scratches and abrasions. If

the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with

liquids.

• Never touch the glass with bare

hands. Residual oil may cause the

bulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• A bulb should be operated only

when installed in a headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediately

and carefully dispose of it.

[1] : High beam, [2] : Low beam

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover

by turning it counterclockwise.

4.Disconnect the headlamp bulb

socket-connector.

• Handle halogen bulbs with

care. Halogen bulbs contain

pressurized gas that will pro-

duce flying pieces of glass that

could cause injuries if broken.

• Wear eye protection when

changing a bulb. Allow the

bulb to cool down before han-

dling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

OOS077034

■ High/Low beam

7-71

Maintenance

5. Remove the bulb from the head-

lamp assembly.

6. Install a new headlamp bulb and

snap the headlamp bulb retaining

wire into position by aligning the

wire with the groove on the bulb.

7. Connect the headlamp bulb sock-

et-connector.

8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by

turning it clockwise.

Information

The headlamp aiming should be

adjusted after an accident or after the

headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn signal

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the socket (1) from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

Position lamp and daytime running

light

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

Side marker

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOS077038

7-72

Maintenance

Type B

(1) Headlamp (Low/High)

(2) Cornering light

(3) Daytime running light (if equipped)

/Position lamp

(4) Turn signal lamp

(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)

(6) Side marker

(7) Side reflex reflector

• Always handle them carefully, and

avoid scratches and abrasions. If

the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with

liquids.

• Never touch the glass with bare

hands. Residual oil may cause the

bulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• A bulb should be operated only

when installed in a headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediately

and carefully dispose of it.

Headlamp

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

OOS078052N

• Handle halogen bulbs with

care. Halogen bulbs contain

pressurized gas that will pro-

duce flying pieces of glass that

could cause injuries if broken.

• Wear eye protection when

changing a bulb. Allow the

bulb to cool down before han-

dling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

7-73

Maintenance

Cornering Lamp

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket.

Pull the bulb out of the socket.

5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

Turn signal

1. Open the hood.

2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.

3. Remove the socket (1) from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

4. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

OOS077038OOS077037

7-74

Maintenance

5. Install a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

6. Install the socket in the assembly

by aligning the tabs on the socket

with the slots in the assembly.

7. Push the socket into the assembly

and turn the socket clockwise.

Position lamp and daytime running

light

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

Side marker

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Front fog lamp (if equipped)

1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of the

under cover and then remove the

undercover.

2. Reach your hand into the back of the

front bumper.

3.Disconnect the power connector

from the socket.

4. Remove the bulb-socket from the

housing by turning the socket coun-

terclockwise until the tabs on the

socket align with the slots of the

housing.

5. Install a new bulb-socket into the

housing by aligning the tabs on the

socket with the slots in the housing.

Push the socket into the housing

and turn the socket clockwise.

Side Repeater Lamp

Replacement

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OOS077039

OOS077059L

7-75

Maintenance

Rear Combination Light Bulb

Replacement

(1) Stop/Tail lamp

(2) Tail lamp (Type A),

Stop/Tail lamp (Type B)

(3) Turn signal lamp

(4) Backup lamp

(5) Side marker

Stop/Tail lamp

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Open the lamp assembly retaining

screw covers.

3. Loosen the lamp assembly retain-

ing screws with a cross-tip screw-

driver.

OOS077066L

OOS077040N

■ Type A (Standard)

OOS078041N

■ Type B (LED)

7-76

Maintenance

4.Remove the rear combination

lamp assembly from the body of

the vehicle.

5.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

8. Install the socket into the assem-

bly by aligning the tabs on the

socket with the slots in the assem-

bly. Push the socket into the

assembly and turn the socket

clockwise.

9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

Tail lamp (Type A)

1.Turn off the engine.

2. Open the tailgate.

3. Remove the service cover using a

flat-blade screwdriver.

4.Remove the socket from the

assembly by turning the socket

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the socket align with the slots on

the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket

by pressing it in and rotating it

counterclockwise until the tabs on

the bulb align with the slots in the

socket. Pull the bulb out of the

socket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it

into the socket and rotating it until

it locks into place.

7. Install the socket into the assem-

bly by aligning the tabs on the

socket with the slots in the assem-

bly. Push the socket into the

assembly and turn the socket

clockwise.

8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

OOS077068L

OOS077069L

7-77

Maintenance

Tail / Stop lamp (Type B)

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized HYUNDAi

dealer.

Turn signal lamp / Back up lamp

If the light bulb does not operate,

have the vehicle checked by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Side marker

Your vehicle is equipped with LED

lamps. LED lamps do not have

replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp

does not operate, have the vehicle

checked by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer.

High Mounted Stop Lamp

Replacement

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Gently remove the cover of the lift-

gate trim.

3. Remove the spoiler plug hole.

4.Disconnect the connector and

remove the washer hose and the

plug holes.

5. Remove the mounting nuts.

6.Remove the rear spoiler assembly.

7. Remove the high mounted stop

lamp after removing the mounting

nuts.

8. Install a new lamp

9. Reinstall the rear spoiler and the

liftgate upper trim in the reverse

order.

OOS077042

7-78

Maintenance

License Plate Light Bulb

Replacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens cover from the

lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb.

4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OOS077043

Map lamp, Room lamp,Vanity mirror lamp, Luggage compartment

lamp and Glove box lamp

Interior Light Bulb Replacement

■ Map lamp (Type A)

OOS077053

OOS077044

■ Room lamp (Type A)

■ Room lamp (Type B)

OOS077054

OOS077045

■ Map lamp (Type B)

7-79

Maintenance

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens from the interi-

or lamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it

straight out.

3. Install a new bulb in the socket.

4. Align the lens tabs with the interi-

or lamp housing notches and snap

the lens into place.

Use care not to dirty or damage

lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-

ings.

NOTICE

Prior to working on the Interior

Lights, ensure that the "OFF"

button is depressed to avoid

burning your fingers or receiv-

ing an electric shock.

WARNING

■ Vanity mirror lamp

■ Luggage compartment lamp

OOS077046

OOS077048

■ Glove box lamp

OOS077047

7-80

Maintenance

AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE

Exterior Care

Exterior general caution

It is very important to follow the label

directions when using any chemical

cleaner or polish. Read all warning

and caution statements that appear

on the label.

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure wash-

ers, make sure to maintain suffi-

cient distance from the vehicle.

Insufficient clearance or excessive

pressure can lead to component

damage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors

or its surrounding area directly with

a high pressure washer. Shock

applied from high pressure water

may cause the device to not oper-

ate normally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to

boots (rubber or plastic covers)or

connectors as they may be dam-

aged if they come into contact with

high pressure water.

• Do not use any high-pressure noz-

zles, which induce either one-direct

water stream or water swirling.

Protecting your vehicle's finish

Washing

To help protect your vehicle’s finish

from rust and deterioration, wash it

thoroughly and frequently at least

once a month with lukewarm or cold

water.

If you use your vehicle for off-road

driving, you should wash it after each

off-road trip. Pay special attention to

the removal of any accumulation of

salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign

materials. Make sure the drain holes

in the lower edges of the doors and

rocker panels are kept clear and

clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,

industrial pollution and similar

deposits can damage your vehicle’s

finish if not removed immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain

water may not completely remove all

these deposits. A mild soap, safe for

use on painted surfaces, should be

used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-

oughly with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-

ish.

• Do not use strong soap, chemi-

cal detergents or hot water, and

do not wash the vehicle in direct

sunlight or when the body of the

vehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the

side windows of your vehicle.

Especially, with high-pressure

water, water may leak through

the windows and wet the interi-

or.

• To prevent damage to the plastic

parts, do not clean with chemi-

cal solvents or strong deter-

gents.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water before getting on the

road. If braking performance is

impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

WARNING

7-81

Maintenance

• Water washing in the engine

compartment including high

pressure water washing may

cause the failure of electrical cir-

cuits located in the engine com-

partment.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

Matte paint finish vehicle

(if equipped)

Automatic car wash which uses

rotating brushes should not be

used as this can damage the sur-

face of your vehicle. A steam

cleaner which washes the vehicle

surface at high temperature may

result the oil to adhere and leave

stains that is difficult to remove.

Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber

towel or sponge) when washing

your vehicle and dry with a

microfiber towel. When you hand

wash your vehicle, you should not

use a cleaner that finishes with

wax. If the vehicle surface is too

dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contami-

nant, etc.), clean the surface with

water before washing the car.

Waxing

A good coat of wax provides a barri-

er between your paint and environ-

mental contamination.

Keeping a good coat of wax on your

vehicle will help protect it.

Wax the vehicle when water will no

longer bead on the paint.

Always wash and dry the vehicle

before waxing. Use a good quality

liquid or paste wax, and follow the

manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all

metal trim to protect it and to main-

tain its luster.

Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-

als with a spot remover will usually

strip the wax from the finish. Be sure

to re-wax these areas even if the rest

of the vehicle does not yet need wax-

ing.

NOTICE

OOS077051

7-82

Maintenance

• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch the

finish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergents

containing highly alkaline or

caustic agents on chrome-plat-

ed or anodized aluminum parts.

This may result in damage to the

protective coating and cause

discoloration or paint deteriora-

tion.

Matte paint finish vehicle

(if equipped)

Do not use any polish protector

such as a detergent, an abrasive

and a polish. In case wax is

applied, remove the wax immedi-

ately using a silicon remover and

if any tar or tar contaminant is on

the surface use a tar remover to

clean. However, be careful not to

apply too much pressure on the

painted area.

Repairing your vehicle's finish

Deep scratches or stone chips in the

painted surface must be repaired

promptly. Exposed metal will quickly

rust and may develop into a major

repair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged and

requires any metal repair or

replacement, be sure the body

shop applies anti-corrosion mate-

rials to the parts repaired or

replaced.

Matte paint finish vehicle

(if equipped)

In case of matte paint finish vehi-

cles, it is impossible to modify

only the damaged area and repair

of the whole part is necessary. If

the vehicle is damaged and paint-

ing is required, we recommend

that you have your vehicle main-

tained and repaired by an author-

ized HYUNDAI dealer. Take

extreme care, as it is difficult to

restore the quality after the repair.

Bright-metal maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper or

other sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-

metal parts from corrosion, apply a

coating of wax or chrome preser-

vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastal

areas, cover the bright metal parts

with a heavier coating of wax or

preservative. If necessary, coat the

parts with non-corrosive petroleum

jelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenance

Corrosive materials used for ice and

snow removal and dust control may

collect on the underbody. If these

materials are not removed, acceler-

ated rusting can occur on underbody

parts such as the fuel lines, frame,

floor pan and exhaust system, even

though they have been treated with

rust protection.

NOTICE

7-83

Maintenance

Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-

body and wheel openings with luke-

warm or cold water once a month,

after off-road driving and at the end

of each winter. Pay special attention

to these areas because it is difficult

to see all the mud and dirt. It will do

more harm than good to wet down

the road grime without removing it.

The lower edges of doors, rocker

panels, and frame members have

drain holes that should not be

allowed to clog with dirt; trapped

water in these areas can cause rust-

ing.

Aluminum wheel maintenance

The aluminum wheels are coated

with a clear protective finish.

• Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or

wire brushes on aluminum

wheels.

• Clean the wheel when it has

cooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral

detergent, and rinse thoroughly

with water. Also, clean the

wheels after driving on salted

roads.

• Do not wash the wheels with

high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners con-

taining acid or alkaline deter-

gents.

Corrosion protection

Protecting your vehicle from corro-

sion

By using the most advanced design

and construction practices to combat

corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehi-

cles of the highest quality. However,

this is only part of the job.To achieve

the long-term corrosion resistance

your vehicle can deliver, the owner’s

cooperation and assistance is also

required.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-

sion on your vehicle are:

• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath

the vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective

coatings by stones, gravel, abra-

sion or minor scrapes and dents

which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, test

the brakes while driving slowly

to see if they have been affected

by water.If braking performance

is impaired, dry the brakes by

applying them lightly while

maintaining a slow forward

speed.

WARNING

7-84

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-

cle is regularly exposed to corrosive

materials, corrosion protection is

particularly important. Some of the

common causes of accelerated cor-

rosion are road salts, dust control

chemicals, ocean air and industrial

pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in

which corrosion is most likely to

occur. For example, corrosion is

accelerated by high humidity, partic-

ularly when temperatures are just

above freezing. In such conditions,

the corrosive material is kept in con-

tact with the car surfaces by moisture

that is slow to evaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosive

because it is slow to dry and holds

moisture in contact with the vehicle.

Although the mud appears to be dry,

it can still retain the moisture and

promote corrosion.

High temperatures can also acceler-

ate corrosion of parts that are not

properly ventilated so the moisture

can be dispersed. For all these rea-

sons, it is particularly important to

keep your vehicle clean and free of

mud or accumulations of other mate-

rials.This applies not only to the vis-

ible surfaces but particularly to the

underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

Keep your vehicle clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is

to keep your vehicle clean and free

of corrosive materials. Attention to

the underside of the vehicle is partic-

ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area

— where road salts are used, near

the ocean, areas with industrial

pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you

should take extra care to prevent

corrosion. In winter, hose off the

underside of your vehicle at least

once a month and be sure to clean

the underside thoroughly when

winter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the

vehicle, pay particular attention to

the components under the fenders

and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just

dampening the accumulated mud

rather than washing it away will

accelerate corrosion rather than

prevent it. Water under high pres-

sure and steam are particularly

effective in removing accumulated

mud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,

rocker panels and frame members,

be sure that drain holes are kept

open so that moisture can escape

and not be trapped inside to accel-

erate corrosion.

7-85

Maintenance

Keep your garage dry

Don't park your vehicle in a damp,

poorly ventilated garage. This cre-

ates a favorable environment for cor-

rosion. This is particularly true if you

wash your vehicle in the garage or

drive it into the garage when it is still

wet or covered with snow, ice or

mud.Even a heated garage can con-

tribute to corrosion unless it is well

ventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good condition

Scratches or chips in the finish

should be covered with "touch-up"

paint as soon as possible to reduce

the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the atten-

tion of a qualified body and paint

shop is recommended.

Bird droppings are highly corrosive

and may damage painted surfaces in

just a few hours. Always remove bird

droppings as soon as possible.

Interior Care

Interior general precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as

perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-

tacting the interior parts because

they may cause damage or discol-

oration. If they do contact the interior

parts, wipe them off immediately.

See the instructions for the proper

way to clean vinyl.

• Never allow water or other liq-

uids to come in contact with

electrical/electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this

may damage them.

• When cleaning leather products

(steering wheel, seats etc.), use

neutral detergents or low alco-

hol content solutions. If you use

high alcohol content solutions

or acid/ alkaline detergents, the

color of the leather may fade or

the surface may get stripped off.

Cleaning the upholstery and

interior trim

Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from

vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a

vinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-

ric with a whisk broom or vacuum

cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-

tion recommended for upholstery or

carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-

diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If

fresh spots do not receive immediate

attention, the fabric can be stained

and its color can be affected.Also, its

fire-resistant properties can be

reduced if the material is not proper-

ly maintained.

Using anything but recommended

cleaners and procedures may

affect the fabric's appearance and

fire-resistant properties.

NOTICE

7-86

Maintenance

Leather (if equipped)

• Features of seat leather

- Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goes

through a special process to be

available for use.Since it is a nat-

ural product, each part differs in

thickness or density.

Wrinkles may appear as a natural

result of stretching and shrinking

depending on the temperature

and humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchable

fabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body are

curved and the side supporting

area is high which provides driv-

ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturally

from usage. It is not a fault of the

products.

• Caring for the leather seats

- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat.

It will prevent abrasion or damage

of the leather and maintain its qual-

ity.

- Wipe the natural leather seat cover

often with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protector

may prevent abrasion of the cover

and helps maintain the color. Be

sure to read the instructions and

consult a specialist when using

leather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige)

leather is easily contaminated and

the stain is noticeable. Clean the

seats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may

cause the surface to crack.

• Wrinkles or abrasions which

appear naturally from usage

are not covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic acces-

sories, zippers or keys inside

the back pocket may damage

the seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.

It may change the nature of

natural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which could

bleach may contaminate the

surface of the seat covering

fabric.

CAUTION

• Cleaning the leather seats

- Remove all contaminations instant-

ly. Refer to instructions below for

removal of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,

foundation, etc.)

Apply cleansing cream on a cloth

and wipe the contaminated spot.

Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth

and remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)

Apply a small amount of neutral

detergent and wipe until contami-

nations do not smear.

- Oil

Remove oil instantly with

absorbable cloth and wipe with

stain remover used only for natural

leather.

- Chewing gum

Harden the gum with ice and

remove gradually.

Cleaning the seat belt webbing

Clean the belt webbing with any mild

soap solution recommended for

cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow

the instructions provided with the

soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the

webbing because this may weaken

the seat belt.

Cleaning the interior window

glass

If the interior glass surfaces of the

vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-

ered with an oily, greasy or waxy

film), they should be cleaned with

glass cleaner. Follow the directions

on the glass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the

inside of the rear window. This

may result in damage to the rear

window defroster grid.

NOTICE

7-87

Maintenance

7-88

Maintenance

The emission control system of your

vehicle is covered by a written limited

warranty. Please see the warranty

information contained in the Owner’s

Handbook & Warranty Information

booklet in your vehicle.

Your vehicle is equipped with an

emission control system to meet all

applicable emission regulations.

There are three emission control

systems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-

tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-

tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to ensure the proper func-

tion of the emission control systems,

it is recommended that you have

your vehicle inspected and main-

tained by an authorized HYUNDAI

dealer in accordance with the main-

tenance schedule in this manual.

For the Inspection and

Maintenance Test (with Electronic

Stability Control (ESC) system)

• To prevent the vehicle from mis-

firing during dynamometer test-

ing, turn the Electronic Stability

Control (ESC) system off by

pressing the ESC switch (ESC

OFF light illuminated).

• After dynamometer testing is

completed, turn the ESC system

back on by pressing the ESC

switch again.

1. Crankcase Emission Control

System

The positive crankcase ventilation

system is employed to prevent air

pollution caused by blow-by gases

being emitted from the crankcase.

This system supplies fresh filtered air

to the crankcase through the air

intake hose. Inside the crankcase,

the fresh air mixes with blow-by

gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative Emission Control

System Including Onboard

Refueling Vapor Recovery

(ORVR)

The Evaporative Emission Control

System is designed to prevent fuel

vapors from escaping into the atmos-

phere. The ORVR system is

designed to allow the vapors from

the fuel tank to be loaded into a can-

ister while refueling at the gas sta-

tion, preventing the escape of fuel

vapors into the atmosphere.

NOTICE

EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM

7-89

Maintenance

Canister

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel

tank are absorbed and stored in the

onboard canister.When the engine is

running, the fuel vapors absorbed in

the canister are drawn into the surge

tank through the purge control sole-

noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)

The purge control solenoid valve is

controlled by the Engine Control

Module (ECM); when the engine

coolant temperature is low during

idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-

orated fuel is not taken into the

engine. After the engine warms-up

during ordinary driving, the PCSV

opens to introduce evaporated fuel to

the engine.

3. Exhaust Emission Control

System

The Exhaust Emission Control

System is a highly effective system

which controls exhaust emissions

while maintaining good vehicle per-

formance.

When the engine starts or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to the

emission system.

Engine exhaust (carbon monox-

ide) precautions

• Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes. If you

smell exhaust fumes of any kind in

your vehicle, drive with all the win-

dows fully open. Have your vehicle

checked and repaired immediately.

Engine exhaust gases contain

carbon monoxide (CO). Though

colorless and odorless, it is

dangerous and could be lethal if

inhaled. Follow the instructions

on this page to avoid CO poi-

soning.

WARNING

7-90

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con-

fined or closed areas (such as

garages) any more than what is

necessary to move the vehicle in or

out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in an

open area for more than a short

time with the engine running,

adjust the ventilation system (as

needed) to draw outside air into the

vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped

vehicle for any extended time with

the engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to

start, excessive attempts to restart

the engine may cause damage to

the emission control system.

Operating precautions for cat-

alytic converters (if equipped)

The exhaust system and cat-

alytic converter are very hot

during and immediately after

the engine has been running.To

avoid SERIOUS INJURY or

DEATH:

• Do not park, idle, or drive the

vehicle over or near flamma-

ble objects, such as grass,

vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.

A hot exhaust system can

ignite flammable items under

your vehicle.

• Keep away from the exhaust

system and catalytic convert-

er or you may get burned.

Also, Do not remove the heat

sink around the exhaust sys-

tem, do not seal the bottom of

the vehicle, and do not coat

the vehicle for corrosion con-

trol. It may present a fire risk

under certain conditions.

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust and a wide vari-

ety of automobile components

and parts, including compo-

nents found in the interior fur-

nishings in a vehicle, contain or

emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause can-

cer and birth defects and repro-

ductive harm. In addition, cer-

tain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of compo-

nent wear contain or emit chem-

icals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproduc-

tive harm.

WARNING

7-91

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-

alytic converter emission control

device.

To prevent damage to the catalytic

converter and to your vehicle, take

the following precautions:

• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.

• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-

tion, such as misfire or a noticeable

loss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the

engine. Examples of misuse are

coasting with the engine off and

descending steep grades in gear

with the engine off.

• Do not operate the engine at high

idle speed for extended periods (5

minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any

part of the engine or emission con-

trol system. All inspections and

adjustments must be made by an

authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with extremely low

fuel level.If you run out of gasoline,

it could cause the engine to misfire

and result in excessive loading of

the catalytic converter.

CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEE

Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:

Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,

must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).

Maintenance

7-92

888

Specifications & Consumer information

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Dimensions..............................................................8-2

Engine......................................................................8-2

Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3

Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5

Volume and Weight................................................8-6

Air Conditioning System........................................8-6

Recommended Lubricants and Capacities..........8-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................8-9

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10

Vehicle Certification Label .................................8-10

Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11

Engine Number.....................................................8-11

Consumer Information.........................................8-12

Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS

8-2

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

EENNGGIINNEE

Items Gamma 1.6 T-GDI Nu 2.0 MPI

Displacement

cu. in. (cc)

97.09 (1,591) 121.98 (1,999)

Bore x Stroke

in. (mm)

3.03x3.36 (77x85.4) 3.18x3.82 (81x97)

Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder

: with roof rack

Items in (mm)

Overall length 163.97 (4,165)

Overall width 70.86 (1,800)

Overall height 61.02 (1,550) / 61.61 (1,565)*

Front tread

205/60 R16 62.0 (1,575)

215/55 R17 61.53 (1,563)

235/45 R18 61.37 (1,559)

Rear tread

205/60 R16 62.36 (1,584)

215/55 R17 61.88 (1,572)

235/45 R18 61.73 (1,568)

Wheelbase 102.36 (2,600)

BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Front

Headlamp

Low (Type A) H7 55

High (Type A) H7 55

Low (Type B) LED LED

High (Type B) LED LED

Cornering lamp H7 55

Turn signal lamp PY28/8W 28

Side marker LED LED

Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED

Daytime running lamp (DRL) / position lamp LED LED

Fog lamp H8 35

Rear

Rear combination lamp

Stop/Tail (Type A) P21/5W 21/5

Tail (Type A) W5W 5

Stop/Tail (Type B) LED LED

Turn signal P21W 21

Back up P21W 21

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

Side marker

Type A W5W 5

Type B LED LED

License plate lamp W5W 5

8-3

8-4

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Interior

Map lamp W10W 10

Room lamp (with sunroof) FESTOON 10

Room lamp (without sunroof) FESTOON 8

Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5

Tailgate room lamp FESTOON 10

Glove box lamp FESTOON 5

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

8-5

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.

Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.

CAUTION

• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expect-

ed soon.

Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are

expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you

plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a prop-

er level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)

NOTICE

Item Tire Size Wheel Size

Cold tire inflation pressure kPa(psi)

Wheel Lug Nut

Torque

kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)

Front Rear

Full size tire

205/60 R16 6.5J x 16

230 (33) 230 (33)

11~13

(79~94,107~127)

215/55 R17 7.0J x 17

235/45 R18 7.5J x 18

Compact spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 420 (60)

8-6

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

VVOOLLUUMMEE AANNDD WWEEIIGGHHTT

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

Items

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI Nu 2.0 MPI

DCT (2WD) DCT (AWD) A/T (2WD) A/T (AWD)

Gross vehicle weight

lbs. (kg)

4,045 (1,835) 4,255 (1,930) 3,979 (1,805) 4,189 (1,900)

Luggage volume (SAE)

cu. ft. (l)

Behind 1

row : 45.7 (1,296)

Behind 2

row : 19.2 (544)

Items Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant

oz. (g)

15.87 (450) ± 0.88 (25) R-1234yf

Compressor lubricant

oz. (cc)

4.23 (120) ± 0.35 (10) PAG

A/T : Automatic transmission

DCT : Dual clutch transmission

8-7

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.

The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *

(drain and refill)

Recommends

Gamma

1.6 T-GDI

4.76 US qt. (4.5 l)

API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or

ACEA A5/B5 *

Nu 2.0 MPI

4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)

SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest)

Automatic transmission fluid Nu 2.0 MPI

7.08 US qt. (6.7 l)

MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV,

NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF

SP-IV or other brands meeting the above

specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor

Co.

Dual clutch transmission fluid

Gamma

1.6 T-GDI

2.01~2.11 US qt. (1.9~2.0 l)

HK DCTF 70W (SK)

SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF

(H.K.SHELL)

GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)

(API GL-4, SAE 70W)

8-8

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure

in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

: If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

: If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).

Lubricant

Volume Classification

Transfer case oil (AWD)

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

0.44 ~ 0.49 US qt.

(0.47~0.52 l)

HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/90

(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)

Nu 2.0 MPI

0.36~0.4 US qt.

(0.38~0.42 l)

Rear differential oil (AWD)

0.44~0.49 US qt.

(0.47~0.52 l)

Coolant

Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

7.5 US qt. (7.1 l)

Mixture of antifreeze and water

(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for alu-

minum radiator)

Nu 2.0 MPI

6.8 US qt. (6.5 l)

Brake fluid

0.74~0.85 US qt.

(0.7 ~ 0.8 l)

SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,

FMVSS 116 DOT-4,

ISO 4925 CLASS-6

Fuel

13.2 US gal. (50 l)

Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.

8-9

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Recommended SAE viscosity

number

Always be sure to clean the area

around any filler plug, drain

plug, or dipstick before check-

ing or draining any lubricant.

This is especially important in

dusty or sandy areas and when

the vehicle is used on unpaved

roads. Cleaning the plug and

dipstick areas will prevent dirt

and grit from entering the

engine and other mechanisms

that could be damaged.

CAUTION

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Engine

Oil

Gamma

1.6 T-GDI *

Nu 2.0

MPI *

°C

(°F)

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil

of a viscosity grade 5W-30 (API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA

A5 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in your

country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscos-

ity chart.

: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil

of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest).

However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select

the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

5W-30, 5W-40

10W-30

15W-40

20W-50

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold

weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity

engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance,

however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication

in hot weather.

Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in

engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be

operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended

oil viscosity from the chart.

8-10

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

The vehicle identification number

(VIN) is the number used in register-

ing your car and in all legal matters

pertaining to its ownership, etc.

The number is punched on the floor

under the passenger seat. To check

the number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attached

to the top of the dashboard. The

number on the plate can easily be

seen through the windshield from

outside.

The vehicle certification label attached

on the driver's side center pillar gives

the Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN).

VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))

OOS087006L

■ VIN label

OOS087001

■ Frame number

OOS087002

VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN

LLAABBEELL

8-11

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

The tires supplied on your new vehi-

cle are chosen to provide the best

performance for normal driving.

The tire label located on the driver’s

side center pillar gives the tire pres-

sures recommended for your car.

The engine number is stamped on

the engine block as shown in the

drawing.

EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERRTTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDD

PPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL

OOS087003

OOS087004

■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

OAD085009L

■ Nu 2.0 MPI

8-12

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

Eastern Region:

Connecticut, Delaware,

Maine, Massachusetts, New

Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,

Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,

Vermont.

Eastern Region

1122 Cranbury South River Road

Jamesburg, NJ 08831

(800) 633-5151

Southern Region:

Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North

Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,

West Virginia.

Southern Region

3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway

Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066

(800) 633-5151

South Central Region:

Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,

Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,

Tennessee, Texas.

South Central Region

1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400

Coppell, TX 75019

(800) 633-5151

Central Region:

Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,

Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,

North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,

Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.

Central Region

2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook

Terrace, IL 60181

(800) 633-5151

Western Region:

Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,

Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,

Oregon, Utah, Washington,

Wyoming.

Western Region

10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box

20850 Fountain Valley, California

92728-0850

(800) 633-5151

CCOONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN

This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic

Safety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you

may have as you read this information.

HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner’s Manual, particularly the

information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".

If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest

HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:

8-13

Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should

immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI

MOTOR AMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);

go to http://www.safercar.gov;

download the SaferCar mobile application;

or write to: Administrator, NHTSA

1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,

West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group

of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob-

lems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.

RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS

Index

I-2

Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-3

Immobilizer System....................................................3-11

Remote Key..................................................................3-3

Smart Key.....................................................................3-6

Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-45

Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-67

Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-67

How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-50

Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-56

SRS Care ....................................................................2-66

What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates ..................2-55

Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-47

Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-61

Air cleaner.......................................................................7-29

Filter Replacement .....................................................7-29

Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-6

All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-40

AWD operation...........................................................5-41

Emergency precautions ..............................................5-44

Appearance care..............................................................7-80

Exterior Care ..............................................................7-80

Interior Care ...............................................................7-85

Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-118

Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-119

Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-120

System Maintenance ................................................3-125

System Operation .....................................................3-123

Automatic Transmission .................................................5-14

Automatic Transmission Operation............................5-14

Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-18

Battery.............................................................................7-35

Battery Recharging.....................................................7-36

For Best Battery Service ............................................7-36

Reset Features ............................................................7-37

Before driving ...................................................................5-4

Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4

Before Starting .............................................................5-4

Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ................5-47

BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)........................5-48

Detecting sensor .........................................................5-52

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-53

RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ........5-50

Brake fluid ......................................................................7-27

Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-27

Index

I-3

Braking system ...............................................................5-29

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-32

Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................5-30

Downhill Brake Control (DBC).................................5-37

Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-34

Good Braking Practices..............................................5-39

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-37

Parking Brake.............................................................5-30

Power Brakes..............................................................5-29

Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).......................5-36

Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3

California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-92

Child Restraint System (CRS)........................................2-34

Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-34

Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-37

Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-35

Climate Control Additional Features............................3-132

Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-132

Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-132

Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................3-132

Climate control air filter .................................................7-30

Filter Inspection..........................................................7-30

Consumer Information....................................................8-12

Cruise control..................................................................5-92

Cruise Control operation ............................................5-92

Dimensions .......................................................................8-2

Door Locks .....................................................................3-13

Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-16

Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-17

Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-14

Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ......3-13

Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-46

Driver Assist System.....................................................3-105

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system ...........3-106

Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system

Precautions ............................................................3-109

Rear view monitor....................................................3-105

Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......................5-88

Resetting the System ..................................................5-89

System Malfunction ...................................................5-90

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-88

System Standby ..........................................................5-90

Dual clutch transmission.................................................5-20

Dual Clutch Transmission Operation .........................5-20

Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-27

Index

I-4

Emission control system .................................................7-88

Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-88

Evaporative Emission Control System Including

Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........7-88

Exhaust Emission Control System.............................7-89

Engine ...............................................................................8-2

Engine Compartment.................................................1-6, 7-3

Engine coolant ................................................................7-23

Changing Engine Coolant ..........................................7-26

Checking the Engine Coolant Level ..........................7-23

Engine Number ...............................................................8-11

Engine oil........................................................................7-21

Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-22

Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-21

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-18

Exterior Features .................................................3-43, 3-144

Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-46

Hood ...........................................................................3-43

Liftgate .......................................................................3-44

Roof Side Rails ........................................................3-144

Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2

Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system

- Camera type ..............................................................5-55

FCA Sensor ................................................................5-59

FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-57

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-63

System Malfunction ...................................................5-61

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-55

Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) system

- sensor fusion type (Front radar + Front camera) ......5-68

System Setting and Activation ...................................5-68

FCA Sensor ................................................................5-72

FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-70

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-75

System Malfunction ...................................................5-73

Fuses ...............................................................................7-53

Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-55

Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-57

Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-54

Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2

Head Up Display (HUD) ................................................3-87

Index

E F

I-5

If the engine overheats......................................................6-6

If the engine will not start.................................................6-3

If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or

Turns Over Slowly ....................................................6-3

If the Engine Turns Over Normally

but Doesn't Start........................................................6-3

If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...........................6-14

Changing Tires ...........................................................6-15

Jack and Tools ............................................................6-14

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) .................6-20

Checking the tire inflation pressure ...........................6-25

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit.........................6-22

Distributing the sealant ..............................................6-24

Introduction ................................................................6-20

Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ..........6-21

Using the Tire Mobility Kit........................................6-23

Ignition switch ..................................................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop Button..............................................5-9

Key Ignition Switch .....................................................5-6

Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2

Air Bag Hazards...........................................................2-2

Always Wear Your Seat Belt........................................2-2

Control Your Speed ......................................................2-2

Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2

Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-2

Restrain All Children....................................................2-2

Infotainment System .........................................................4-2

Antenna ........................................................................4-2

Audio (Display Audio) / Video

/ Navigation System (AVN) .......................................4-4

AUX, USB and iPod

Port ..........................................4-2

Bluetooth

Wireless Technology Hands-Free..............4-4

Steering Wheel Audio Controls....................................4-3

In case of an emergency while driving.............................6-2

If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........6-2

If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2

If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.........................6-3

Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-49

Gauges and Meters.....................................................3-51

Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-50

LCD Display Messages..............................................3-67

Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-54

Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-55

Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5

Interior Features............................................................3-135

Cargo Area Cover.....................................................3-142

Clock ........................................................................3-140

Clothes Hanger.........................................................3-140

Cup Holder ...............................................................3-135

Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-141

Luggage Net Holder.................................................3-141

Luggage tray.............................................................3-144

Power Outlet.............................................................3-137

Sunvisor....................................................................3-136

Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-138

Index

I-6

Interior Overview..............................................................1-4

Jump starting.....................................................................6-4

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-80

Limitations of the System ..........................................5-86

LKA system Function Change ...................................5-87

LKA system Operation...............................................5-81

Warning Light and Message.......................................5-85

LCD Display ...................................................................3-72

LCD Display Control .................................................3-72

LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-73

Light bulbs ......................................................................7-69

Front fog lamp............................................................7-74

Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light,

Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker,

Cornering lamp .......................................................7-69

High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-77

Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-78

License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-78

Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-75

Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-74

Lighting...........................................................................3-90

Exterior Lights............................................................3-90

Interior Lights.............................................................3-98

Smart cornering lamp.................................................3-97

Welcome System ......................................................3-100

Maintenance services........................................................7-4

Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4

Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4

Manual Climate Control System...................................3-110

Heating and Air Conditioning ..................................3-111

System Maintenance.................................................3-116

System Operation .....................................................3-114

Mirrors ............................................................................3-21

Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-21

Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-31

Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5

Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-6

Parking brake ..................................................................7-28

Checking the Parking Brake ......................................7-28

Index

I-7

Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-7

Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-9

Reporting Safety Defects................................................8-13

Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)................................................7-16

Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions

(Nu 2.0 MPI) ...........................................................7-11

Normal Maintenance Schedule

(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)................................................7-13

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8

Seat Belts ........................................................................2-21

Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-30

Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-33

Seat Belt Restraint System.........................................2-23

Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-21

Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-22

Seats ..................................................................................2-3

Front Seats....................................................................2-5

Head Restraints ..........................................................2-14

Rear Seats ...................................................................2-11

Safety Precautions ........................................................2-4

Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats.....................2-18

Smart Cruise Control system..........................................5-97

Conventional Cruise Control Mode .........................5-108

Limitations of the System ........................................5-108

SCC Reaction Setting...............................................5-107

Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead......5-105

Smart Cruise Control Speed.......................................5-98

Smart Cruise Control Switch .....................................5-97

Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-102

Special driving conditions.............................................5-114

Driving at Night........................................................5-115

Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-116

Driving in the Rain...................................................5-115

Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-114

Highway Driving......................................................5-116

Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-117

Rocking the Vehicle..................................................5-114

Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-115

Steering Wheel................................................................3-18

Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-18

Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada) .........................3-20

Horn............................................................................3-21

Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ..............................3-19

Storage Compartment ...................................................3-133

Center Console Storage............................................3-133

Glove Box ................................................................3-133

Multi Box .................................................................3-134

Sunglass Holder........................................................3-134

Index

I-8

Sunroof............................................................................3-39

Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-41

Sliding the sunroof .....................................................3-40

Sunroof Open Warning...............................................3-42

Sunroof opening and closing......................................3-40

Sunshade.....................................................................3-41

Tilting the sunroof......................................................3-40

Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-18

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......................6-8

Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-12

Check Tire Pressure......................................................6-8

Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with

Position Indicator ....................................................6-10

Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-10

Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9

TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-11

Tire Specification and Pressure Label ............................8-11

Tires and wheels......................................................7-38, 8-5

All Season Tires .........................................................7-50

Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-40

Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-51

Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-51

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-39

Snow Tires..................................................................7-51

Summer Tires .............................................................7-50

Tire Care.....................................................................7-38

Tire Maintenance........................................................7-43

Tire Replacement........................................................7-42

Tire Rotation...............................................................7-40

Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-43

Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-47

Tire Traction ...............................................................7-43

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-41

Wheel Replacement....................................................7-43

Towing ............................................................................6-27

Emergency Towing.....................................................6-29

Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-28

Tie-down Hook...........................................................6-30

Towing Service...........................................................6-27

Trailer towing................................................................5-127

Trip Computer.................................................................3-83

Vehicle Certification Label .............................................8-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).............................8-10

Vehicle load limit..........................................................5-122

Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-123

Volume and Weight...........................................................8-6

Index

I-9

Washer fluid....................................................................7-28

Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-28

Windows .........................................................................3-35

Power Windows..........................................................3-36

Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-127

Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature

with Automatic Temperature Control System) .....3-129

Rear Window Defroster............................................3-131

Winter driving ...............................................................5-101

Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-101

Winter Precautions ...................................................5-103

Wiper blades ...................................................................7-32

Blade Inspection.........................................................7-32

Blade Replacement.....................................................7-32

Wipers and Washers......................................................3-101

Rear Window Wiper and Washer .............................3-104

Windshield Washers .................................................3-103

Windshield Wipers ...................................................3-101

Index

Hyundai 2020 Kona 1.6 Turbo

Product's Documents

Owner's Manual

Specifications

Hyundai 2020 KONA Questions and Answers

Related Products

Hyundai 2010 Genesis Coupe 2.0T Turbo

Vevor L17040C101&L17040T101 Truck Cargo Mat & Backrest Mat TPE Custom Fit for Hyundai Palisade 2020-2024

Hyundai HYSW1500E 1500W 32cm Electric Artificial Grass Sweeper and Lawn Brush

Vevor HP121 High Pressure Fuel Pump for Kia Hyundai Santa 35320-2G720 35320-2G740

Vevor HP156 High Pressure Fuel Pump for Hyundai Accent/Sonata Tucson Veloster Kia Rio

Pyle PHYELANT16 2016 Hyundai Elantra Replacement Stereo